2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Malibu_Limited_23179986A.ai 1 6/25/2015 2:00:45 PM

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26 Seats and Restraints ...... 48 Storage ...... 94 Instruments and Controls ...... 96 Lighting ...... 133 Infotainment System ...... 140 Climate Controls ...... 168 Driving and Operating ...... 177 Vehicle Care ...... 226 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 309 Technical Data ...... 322 Customer Information ...... 325 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 335 OnStar ...... 339 Index ...... 349 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

2 Introduction Introduction was not purchased on the vehicle, Helm, Incorporated model variants, country Attention: Customer Service specifications, features/applications 47911 Halyard Drive that may not be available in your Plymouth, MI 48170 region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual. Using this Manual Refer to the purchase To quickly locate information about documentation relating to your the vehicle, use the Index in the specific vehicle to confirm the back of the manual. It is an The names, logos, emblems, features. alphabetical list of what is in the slogans, vehicle model names, and manual and the page number where vehicle body designs appearing in Keep this manual in the vehicle for it can be found. this manual including, but not limited quick reference. to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, Canadian Vehicle Owners Danger, Warning, and MALIBU, and the MALIBU Emblem Caution Propriétaires Canadiens are trademarks and/or service Warning messages found on vehicle marks of General Motors LLC, its A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or For vehicles first sold in Canada, www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them. substitute the name “General On peut obtenir un exemplaire de Motors of Canada Limited” for ce guide en français auprès du { Danger Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it concessionnaire ou à l'adresse appears in this manual. savant: Danger indicates a hazard with a This manual describes features that high level of risk which will result may or may not be on the vehicle in serious injury or death. because of optional equipment that Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 23179986 A First Printing © 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Introduction 3

the text describing the operation or I : Cruise Control { Warning information relating to a specific component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture Warning indicates a hazard that gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service could result in injury or death. M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature manual has additional instructions : Exterior Lamps or information. O g : First Responder Caution * : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions could result in property or vehicle or information. # : Fog Lamps 0 damage. : Shown when there is more . : Fuel Gauge information on another page — “see page.” + : Fuses Vehicle Symbol Chart 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Here are some additional symbols j that may be found on the vehicle : LATCH System Child Restraints and what they mean. For more * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp information on the symbol, refer to : : Oil Pressure the Index. A circle with a slash through it is a O : Power safety symbol which means “Do 9 : Airbag Readiness Light / : Remote Vehicle Start Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let # : Air Conditioning this happen.” > : Safety Belt Reminders ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) : Tire Pressure Monitor Symbols % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls 7 or OnStar® (if equipped) d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of $ : Brake System Warning Light a : Under Pressure text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System M : Windshield Washer Fluid Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

4 Introduction 2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 5

Satellite Radio ...... 19 In Brief Portable Audio Devices ...... 19 Bluetooth® ...... 19 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 20 Instrument Panel Cruise Control ...... 20 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 6 Driver Information Initial Drive Information Center (DIC) ...... 20 Initial Drive Information ...... 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 21 System ...... 8 Lane Departure Remote Vehicle Start ...... 8 Warning (LDW) ...... 21 Door Locks ...... 9 Side Blind Zone Windows ...... 9 Alert (SBZA) ...... 21 Seat Adjustment ...... 10 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21 Memory Features ...... 12 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Second Row Seats ...... 12 System ...... 21 Heated Seats ...... 12 Parking Assist ...... 22 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12 Power Outlets ...... 22 Safety Belts ...... 13 Universal Remote System . . . . . 22 Passenger Sensing System . . . 13 Sunroof ...... 22 Mirror Adjustment ...... 13 Performance and Maintenance Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14 Traction Control/Electronic Interior Lighting ...... 14 Stability Control ...... 23 Exterior Lighting ...... 15 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 24 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 16 Engine Oil Life System ...... 24 Climate Controls ...... 17 Driving for Better Fuel Transmission ...... 18 Economy ...... 24 Vehicle Features Roadside Assistance Infotainment System ...... 19 Program ...... 25 Radio(s) ...... 19 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

6 In Brief Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 174. 11. Traction Control/Electronic 22. Data Link Connector (Out of 0 2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Stability Control 203. View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine and Lane-Change Signals Lane Departure Warning 0 0 135. (LDW) 0 214 (If Equipped). Light) 107. Driver Information Center 12. Power Outlets 0 100. 23. Storage Compartment. See Instrument Panel Storage 0 94. Buttons. See Driver Information 13. Parking Brake 0 201. Center (DIC) 0 113. 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. 0 14. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 3. Instrument Cluster 102. Transmission 0 198. Fog Lamps 136 (If Driver Information Center (DIC) Equipped). 0 15. Hazard Warning Flashers 113. 0 135. Instrument Panel Illumination 0 Control 0 136. 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 98. 16. Ignition Positions (Keyless 5. Storage Area (If Equipped). Access) 0 188 or Ignition See Instrument Panel Storage Positions (Key Access) 0 190. 0 94. 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 97. 6. Light Sensor. See Automatic 18. Horn 0 98. Headlamp System 0 134. 0 19. Steering Wheel Adjustment 7. Infotainment 140. 0 97. 0 8. CD Player 151. 20. Cruise Control 0 205. 9. Climate Control Systems 0 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 168. System 0 211 (If Equipped). Dual Automatic Climate Control 0 21. Hood Release. See Hood System 171. 0 228. 10. Heated Front Seats 0 54 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

8 In Brief

Initial Drive 7 : Press and release one time to initiate vehicle locator. Press and Information hold for at least three seconds to This section provides a brief sound the panic alarm. Press again overview about some of the to cancel the panic alarm. important features that may or may See Keys 0 26 and Remote Keyless not be on your specific vehicle. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be Remote Vehicle Start found later in this owner manual. If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry With Remote Start Shown Starting the Vehicle (RKE) System Press the button to extend the key. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The key can be used for all locks. 1. Press and release Q on the transmitter may work up to 60 m This key is also used for the RKE transmitter. (197 ft) away from the vehicle. ignition, if the vehicle does not have 2. Immediately press and hold / pushbutton start. for at least four seconds or until K : Press to unlock the driver door the turn signal lamps flash. or all doors. 3. Start the vehicle normally after Q : Press to lock all doors. entering. Lock and unlock feedback can be When the vehicle starts, the parking personalized. lamps will turn on. Y : Press and hold to open the Remote start can be extended. trunk. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 9

Canceling a Remote Start Windows To cancel a remote start, do one of the following: . Press and hold / until the parking lamps turn off. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 34.

Door Locks . Press Q or K on the door lock switch. To lock or unlock the doors from the outside: . Push the lock knob on the driver Press the switch down to open the door to lock all doors. Push the window. Pull the front of the switch . Press Q or K on the Remote lock knob on a passenger door up to close it. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. to lock only that door. The power windows only operate See Remote Keyless Entry with the ignition in ACC/ (RKE) System Operation 0 28. . Pull the door handle once to unlock the door. Pulling the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, . Use the key in the driver door. handle again unlatches the door. or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See To lock or unlock the doors from the See Door Locks 0 35 or Power Door Retained Accessory Power (RAP) inside: Locks 0 36. 0 195. Express Window Operation Windows with an express-down feature allow the window to be lowered without holding the switch. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

10 In Brief

If equipped, windows may also have 1. Pull the handle at the front of Power Seats an express-up feature. Pull a the seat. window switch up or press it down 2. Slide the seat to the desired all the way, release it, and the position and release the window goes up or down handle. automatically. Stop the window by pulling or pressing the switch in the 3. Try to move the seat back and same direction a second time, or by forth to be sure it is locked in briefly operating the switch to the place. first detent in either direction. Seat Height Adjuster See Power Windows 0 44. Seat Adjustment

Manual Front Seats To adjust a power seat, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the entire seat by Press and hold the top or bottom of moving the entire control up the switch to raise or lower the seat. or down. Release the switch when the See Power Seat Adjustment 0 51. desired height is reached. See Seat Adjustment 0 50. To adjust a manual seat: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 11

Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the Manual Reclining Seatbacks seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

If equipped, press and hold the front or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To recline a manual seatback: See Lumbar Adjustment 0 51. 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback, seatback in place. if available: 3. Push and pull on the seatback . Tilt the top of the control to make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward position: to raise. See Reclining Seatbacks 0 51. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

12 In Brief

Memory Features placed in OFF. These automatically Press M or L to heat the driver or stored positions are referred to as passenger seat cushion and RKE Memory positions. seatback. Indicator lights on the See Memory Seats 0 53 and button show the current setting. 0 Vehicle Personalization 123. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of Second Row Seats the button, the heated seat will The rear seatbacks can be folded change to the next lower setting, down to increase cargo space. and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest See Rear Seats 0 55. setting and one for the lowest. Heated Seats See Heated Front Seats 0 54. Head Restraint On vehicles with the memory feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on the Adjustment outboard side of the driver seat are Do not drive until the head restraints used to manually store and recall for all occupants are installed and the positions of the driver seat and adjusted properly. outside mirrors. These manually stored positions are referred to as To achieve a comfortable seating Button Memory positions. position, change the seatback recline angle as little as necessary The vehicle will also automatically while keeping the seat and the head store driver seat and outside mirror restraint height in the proper positions to the current driver position. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Head Restraints 0 49 and Seat transmitter when the ignition is If available, the buttons are on the 0 climate control panel. To operate, Adjustment 50. the engine must be running. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 13

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead System console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 105. Mirror Adjustment Interior Mirror United States Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle. Manual Rearview Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for Refer to the following sections for daytime use and pull it rearward for important information on how to use nighttime use to avoid glare of the safety belts properly: Canada headlamps from behind. . Safety Belts 0 57. The passenger sensing system Automatic Dimming Rearview . How to Wear Safety Belts turns off the front outboard Mirror Properly 0 58. passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag under certain conditions. No If equipped, the mirror will . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 59. other airbag is affected by the automatically reduce the glare of the . Lower Anchors and Tethers for passenger sensing system. See headlamps from behind. The Children (LATCH System) 0 82. Passenger Sensing System 0 69. dimming feature comes on when the vehicle is started. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 44. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

14 In Brief

Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel Interior Lighting Adjustment Dome Lamps

1. Turn the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose the driver or passenger mirror. To adjust the steering wheel: The interior lamps control in the 2. Move the control to adjust the 1. Pull the lever down. overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps. mirror. 2. Move the steering wheel up To operate, press the buttons: 3. Turn the selector switch to ( or down. to deselect the mirror. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel E : Turns the lamps off. closer or away from you. 1 : Turns the lamps on when any 4. Push the lever up to lock the door is opened. steering wheel in place. + : Keeps the lamps on all Do not adjust the steering wheel the time. while driving. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 15

Reading Lamps The exterior lamp control is on the There are front and rear reading instrument panel on the left side of lamps in the overhead console and the steering wheel. the headliner. O : Turns off the exterior lamps. The knob returns to the AUTO position after it is released. Turn to O again to reactivate the AUTO mode. Rear Reading Lamps In Canada, the headlamps will automatically reactivate once the # or $ : Press the button near vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). each lamp to turn it on or off. AUTO : Automatically turns the For more information, see exterior lamps on and off, Instrument Panel Illumination depending on outside lighting. Control 0 136. ; : Turns on the parking lamps Front Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting including all lamps, except the headlamps. 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights. See: . Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) 0 134. . Fog Lamps 0 136. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

16 In Brief

Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the lever up to INT for intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the lever down. For several wipes, The windshield wiper/washer lever hold the lever down. is on the right side of the steering column. n L : Pull the lever toward you to spray windshield washer fluid and With the ignition in ACC/ activate the wipers. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, 0 move the lever to select the wiper See Windshield Wiper/Washer 98. speed. HI : Use for fast wipes. LO : Use for slow wipes. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 17

Climate Controls The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system.

Climate Control System

1. Fan Control 5. Temperature Control 2. Air Conditioning or Comfort/ 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) Eco Air Conditioning 7. Rear Window Defogger 3. Air Delivery Modes 8. Recirculation 4. Defrost Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

18 In Brief

Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) DSC allows you to change gears similar to a manual transmission. To use this feature: 1. Move the shift lever from D (Drive) rearward to M (Manual). 2. Press the + (plus) end of the button on the top of the shift Dual Automatic Climate Control System lever to upshift, or press the − (minus) end of the button to 1. Driver and Passenger 7. Rear Window Defogger downshift. 0 Temperature Controls 8. Fan Control See Manual Mode 200. 2. Air Conditioning or Comfort/ 9. Recirculation Eco Air Conditioning 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 3. Air Delivery Modes See Climate Control Systems 0 168 4. Defrost or Dual Automatic Climate Control 5. SYNC System 0 171 (If Equipped). 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 19 Vehicle Features Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices If equipped, vehicles with a This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm Infotainment System SiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and a (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB valid SiriusXM satellite radio port in the center console. External See the infotainment manual for ® information on the radio, audio subscription can receive SiriusXM devices such as iPods , laptop players, phone, navigation system, programming. computers, MP3 players, and USB storage devices may be connected. and voice or speech recognition. SiriusXM Satellite Radio It also includes information on Service See Auxiliary Devices 0 152. settings. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Bluetooth® based in the 48 contiguous United Radio(s) ® States and 10 Canadian provinces. The Bluetooth system allows users VOL/ O : Press to turn the system SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile on and off. Turn to increase or variety of programming and phone to make and receive decrease the volume. commercial-free music, coast to hands-free calls using the vehicle coast, and in digital-quality sound. audio system and controls. RADIO/BAND : Press to choose ® A fee is required to receive the The Bluetooth-enabled mobile between FM, AM, or SiriusXM , SiriusXM service. if equipped. phone must be paired with the Refer to: in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it TUNE/MENU : Turn to select radio can be used in the vehicle. Not all stations. Press to select a menu. . www.siriusxm.com or call phones will support all functions. 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.). © SEEK ¨ : Press to seek the See Bluetooth (Infotainment previous or next station or track. . www.xmradio.ca or call Controls) 0 158 or Bluetooth (Voice 1-877-209-0079 (Canada). INFO : Press to show available Recognition) 0 162 or Bluetooth information about the current station See Satellite Radio 0 148. (Overview) 0 157. or track. See Overview 0 141. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

20 In Brief

Steering Wheel Controls Press SRC to change between * : Press to disengage cruise radio and CD. control without erasing the set Press and hold SRC to interact with speed from memory. the navigation system, if equipped. RES/+ : If there is a set speed in + x − : Press + to increase or − to memory, press the control up briefly to resume to that speed or hold to decrease the volume. accelerate. If cruise control is See Steering Wheel Controls 0 97. already active, use to increase vehicle speed. Cruise Control SET/− : Press the control down briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease speed. b / g : Press to interact with See Cruise Control 0 205. OnStar, Bluetooth, or navigation, if equipped. Driver Information $ / i : Press to mute. Press Center (DIC) again to turn the sound on. Press to The DIC display is in the center of reject an incoming call, or to end a the instrument cluster. It shows the current call. status of many vehicle systems. The _ SRC ^ : Use to select a radio controls for the DIC are on the turn band or audio source. signal lever. 1 : Press to turn the cruise control Use _ or ^ to select the next or on or off. A white indicator comes previous favorite radio station, CD on in the instrument cluster. track, or MP3 track. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 21

vehicle much too closely. When Side Blind Zone approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a red flashing Alert (SBZA) alert on the windshield and rapidly If equipped, SBZA will detect beeps. moving vehicles in the next lane See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) over in the vehicle's side blind zone 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, System 0 211. area. When this happens, the SBZA or press and hold to clear, the display will light up in the menu item displayed. corresponding outside side mirror Lane Departure and will flash if the turn signal is on. 2. / : Use the band to Warning (LDW) w x See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) scroll through the items in If equipped, LDW may help avoid 0 212. each menu. unintentional lane departures at 3. MENU: Press to display the speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or Rear Vision DIC menus. This button is also greater. LDW uses a camera sensor Camera (RVC) used to return to or exit the last to detect the lane markings. The screen displayed on the DIC. LDW light, @, is green if a lane If equipped, RVC displays a view of the area behind the vehicle, on the See Driver Information Center (DIC) marking is detected. If the vehicle center stack display, when the 0 113. departs the lane without using a turn signal in that direction, the light will vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 (FCA) System addition, beeps will sound. 207. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If equipped, FCA may help avoid or 0 214. Rear Cross Traffic Alert reduce the harm caused by (RCTA) System front-end crashes. FCA provides a green indicator, V, when a vehicle If equipped, the RCTA system uses is detected ahead. This indicator a triangle with an arrow displayed displays amber if you follow a on the RVC screen to warn of traffic behind your vehicle that may cross Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

22 In Brief

your vehicle's path while in There are two accessory power helpful to have another person R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will outlets: one on the center stack available to assist with programming sound. below the climate control and one the Universal Remote system. under the armrest inside the center See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Universal Remote System console storage. (RCTA)” under Rear Vision Camera 0 129. (RVC) 0 207. Open the protective cover to use the accessory power outlet. Sunroof Parking Assist See Power Outlets 0 100. On vehicles with a sunroof, the If equipped, Rear Parking Assist switches used to operate it are on (RPA) uses sensors on the rear Universal Remote System the headliner above the rearview bumper to assist with parking and mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ avoiding objects while in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in R (Reverse). It operates at speeds Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses operate the sunroof. See Ignition audible beeps to provide distance Positions (Keyless Access) 0 188 or and system information. Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 Keep the sensors on the vehicle's 190 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 195. rear bumper clean to ensure proper If equipped, this system provides a operation. way to replace up to three remote See Parking Assist 0 209. control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door Power Outlets openers, security systems, and home automation devices. The accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment, Read the instructions completely such as a cell phone or MP3 player. before attempting to program the Universal Remote system. Because of the steps involved, it may be Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 23 The sunroof cannot be opened or Performance and closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure. Maintenance Anti-Pinch Feature Traction Control/ If an object is in the path of the Electronic Stability sunroof when it is closing, the anti-pinch feature detects the object Control and stops the sunroof from closing The traction control system limits at the point of the obstruction. The wheel spin. The system turns on sunroof then returns to the full-open automatically every time the vehicle position. is started. See Sunroof 0 46. The StabiliTrak system assists with Open/Close : Press and hold the directional control of the vehicle in front or rear of the switch (1) to open difficult driving conditions. The or close the sunroof. The sunshade system turns on automatically every automatically opens with the time the vehicle is started. sunroof, but must be closed manually. . To turn off traction control, press and release the TCS/StabiliTrak Express Open/Close : Press and release the front or rear of the button g on the center stack. i switch (1) to express-open or illuminates in the instrument express-close the sunroof. cluster. Vent/Close : Press and hold the . Press and release the TCS/ rear of the switch (2) to vent the StabiliTrak button again to turn sunroof. Press and hold the front of on traction control. the switch to close. . To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold the TCS/StabiliTrak button g on Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

24 In Brief

the center stack, until i and g Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. The Resetting the Oil Life System illuminate in the instrument warning light will remain on until the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN cluster. tire pressure is corrected. with the engine off. . Press and release the TCS/ The low tire pressure warning light 2. Press the DIC MENU button on StabiliTrak button again to turn may come on in cool weather when the turn signal lever to enter on both systems. the vehicle is first started, and then the Vehicle Information Menu. turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Use the thumbwheel to scroll See Traction Control/Electronic may be an early indicator that the Stability Control 0 203. through the menu items until tire pressures are getting low and you reach REMAINING the tires need to be inflated to the OIL LIFE. Tire Pressure Monitor proper pressure. 3. Press the SET/CLR button to This vehicle may have a Tire The TPMS does not replace normal reset the oil life at 100%. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). monthly tire maintenance. Maintain the correct tire pressures. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. See Tire Pressure Monitor System See Engine Oil Life System 0 233. 0 270. Driving for Better Fuel Engine Oil Life System Economy The engine oil life system calculates Driving habits can affect fuel The low tire pressure warning light engine oil life based on vehicle use mileage. Here are some driving tips alerts to a significant loss in and displays the CHANGE ENGINE to get the best fuel economy pressure of one of the vehicle's OIL SOON message when it is time possible. tires. If the warning light comes on, to change the engine oil and filter. The oil life system should be reset . Avoid fast starts and accelerate stop as soon as possible and inflate smoothly. the tires to the recommended to 100% only following an oil pressure shown on the Tire and change. . Brake gradually and avoid Loading Information label. See abrupt stops. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

In Brief 25

. Avoid idling the engine for long New Chevrolet owners are periods of time. automatically enrolled in the . When road and weather Roadside Assistance Program. conditions are appropriate, use See Roadside Assistance Program cruise control. 0 329. . Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. . Follow recommended scheduled maintenance. Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438 Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 42 Windows Power Mirrors ...... 43 Heated Mirrors ...... 43 Keys Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 43 { Warning Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors Keys ...... 26 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 43 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 43 System ...... 28 an ignition key or Remote Automatic Dimming Rearview Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Mirror ...... 44 System Operation ...... 28 dangerous and children or others Remote Vehicle Start ...... 34 Windows could be seriously injured or Door Locks ...... 35 Windows ...... 44 killed. They could operate the Power Door Locks ...... 36 Power Windows ...... 44 power window or other controls or Delayed Locking ...... 36 Sun Visors ...... 46 make the vehicle move. The Automatic Door Locks ...... 36 windows will function with the key Lockout Protection ...... 36 Roof in the ignition or with the RKE Safety Locks ...... 37 Sunroof ...... 46 transmitter in the vehicle, and Doors children or others could be caught Trunk ...... 38 in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle Vehicle Security with the ignition key or an RKE Vehicle Security ...... 39 transmitter. Vehicle Alarm System ...... 39 Immobilizer ...... 41 Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) ...... 41 Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) ...... 41 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may not deploy. To reduce the risk of unintentional rotation of the ignition key, do not change the way the ignition key and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

If the vehicle is equipped with a Press the button on the RKE { Warning keyed ignition, the ignition key, key transmitter to extend the key. Press rings, and RKE transmitter, If the key is unintentionally the button and the key blade to if equipped, are designed to work retract the key. rotated while the vehicle is together. As a system, it reduces running, the ignition could be the risk of unintentionally moving If the vehicle has an ignition and it moved out of the RUN position. the key out of the RUN position. becomes difficult to turn the key, This could be caused by heavy If replacements or additions are inspect the key blade for debris. items hanging from the key ring, required, see your dealer. Limit Periodically clean with a brush or by large or long items attached added items to a few essential keys or pick. to the key ring that could be or small, light items no larger than See your dealer if a new key is contacted by the driver or an RKE transmitter. needed. steering wheel. If the ignition The key that is part of the RKE If locked out of the vehicle, see moves out of the RUN position, transmitter can be used for the Roadside Assistance Program the engine will shut off, braking ignition and all locks if the vehicle is 0 329. and steering power assist may be a Key Access vehicle. If the vehicle (Continued) has the keyless ignition, the key can be used for the locks. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With an active OnStar subscription, Remote Keyless Entry The turn signal indicators may flash an OnStar Advisor may remotely and/or the horn may sound on the unlock the vehicle. See OnStar (RKE) System Operation second press to indicate locking. Overview 0 339. The Keyless Access system allows See Vehicle Personalization 0 123. for vehicle entry when the Remote Keyless Entry transmitter is within range. See If the driver door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock except the (RKE) System “Keyless Access Operation” following. driver door, if enabled through See Radio Frequency Statement vehicle personalization. See Vehicle The transmitter functions may work 0 335. Personalization 0 123. up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the If there is a decrease in the RKE vehicle. If the passenger door is open when operating range: Q is pressed, all doors lock. Other conditions, such as those . Check the distance. The previously stated, can impact the Pressing Q may also arm the alarm transmitter may be too far from performance of the transmitter. system. See Vehicle Alarm System the vehicle. 0 39. . Check the location. Other K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the vehicles or objects may be driver door or all doors. See Vehicle blocking the signal. Personalization 0 123. . Check the transmitter's battery. The turn signal indicators may flash See “Battery Replacement” later to indicate unlocking. See Vehicle in this section. Personalization 0 123. . If the transmitter is still not Pressing K will disarm the alarm working correctly, see your system. See Vehicle Alarm System dealer or a qualified technician 0 39. for service. Memory seat positions may be With Remote Start Shown recalled when unlocking the vehicle. Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors. See Memory Seats 0 53 and Vehicle Personalization 0 123. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Y (Remote Trunk Release) : Keyless Access Operation Press and hold to open the trunk. If equipped, the Keyless Access 7 (Vehicle Locator/Panic system allows the door and trunk to Alarm) : Press and release one be locked and unlocked without time to initiate vehicle locator. The pressing the RKE transmitter button. exterior lamps flash and the horn The RKE transmitter must be within chirps three times. 1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, there Press and hold 7 for at least will be a button on the outside front three seconds to sound the panic door handles. alarm. The horn sounds and the turn signals flash for about The Keyless Access can be 7 programmed to unlock all doors on Driver Side Shown, Passenger 30 seconds until is pressed again the first unlock/lock button press Similar or the vehicle is started. from the driver door. See Vehicle / (Remote Vehicle Start) : For Personalization 0 123. Pressing the lock/unlock button will vehicles with this feature, press cause all doors to lock if any of the Q Keyless Unlocking/Locking from following occur: and release and then press and the Driver Door . It has been more than hold / for at least four seconds to When the doors are locked and the start the engine from outside the five seconds since the first lock/ RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) unlock button press. vehicle using the RKE transmitter. of the driver door handle, pressing See Remote Vehicle Start 0 34. the lock/unlock button on the driver . Two lock/unlock button presses The RKE transmitter buttons will not door handle will unlock the driver were used to unlock all doors. operate when the key is in the door. If the lock/unlock button is . Any vehicle door has opened ignition. pressed again within five seconds, and all doors are now closed. all passenger doors will unlock. Pull the door handle to unlatch the door. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from closed, if the vehicle is off and at Programming Transmitters to Passenger Doors least one RKE transmitter has been the Vehicle When the doors are locked and the removed from the interior or none remain in the interior. Only RKE transmitters programmed RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) to the vehicle will work. If a of the door handle, pressing the Temporary Disable Passive transmitter is lost or stolen, a lock/unlock button on that door Locking Feature replacement can be purchased and handle will unlock all doors. Temporarily disable the passive programmed through your dealer. Pressing the lock/unlock button will K The vehicle can be reprogrammed locking by pressing and holding so that lost or stolen transmitters no cause all doors to lock if any of the on the interior door switch with a following occur: longer work. Any remaining door open for at least four seconds, transmitters will need to be . The lock/unlock button was used or until three chimes are heard. reprogrammed. Each vehicle can to unlock all doors. Passive locking will then remain have up to eight transmitters . Any vehicle door has opened disabled until Q on the interior door matched to it. and all doors are now closed. is pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. Programming with a Recognized Passive Locking Transmitter (Key Vehicles Only) To customize the doors to If other electronic devices interfere automatically lock when exiting the To program a new key: with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle, see Vehicle Personalization 1. Insert the original, already vehicle may not detect the RKE 0 123. programmed key in the ignition transmitter inside the vehicle. and turn the key to the ON/ If passive locking is enabled, the Keyless Trunk Opening RUN position. doors may lock with the RKE Press the touch pad on the trunk transmitter inside the vehicle. Do 2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, Center High-Mounted Stoplamp and remove the key. not leave the RKE transmitter in an (CHMSL) to open the trunk if the unattended vehicle. RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) 3. Insert the new key to be If equipped with Keyless Access, of the trunk. programmed and turn it to the this feature will lock the vehicle ON/RUN position within several seconds after all doors are five seconds. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

The security light will turn off 1. Insert the new vehicle key into 1. Place the recognized once the key has been the ignition. transmitter(s) in the transmitter programmed. 2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security pocket. The transmitter pocket is inside the center console 4. Repeat Steps 1–3 if additional light will come on. storage area. keys are to be programmed. 3. Wait 10 minutes until the If a key is lost or damaged, see your security light turns off. 2. Insert the vehicle key of the dealer to have a new key made. new transmitter into the key 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. lock cylinder on the outside of Programming without a 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more the driver door and turn the key Recognized Transmitter (Key times. After the third time, turn to the unlock position five times Vehicles Only) to ON/RUN; the key is learned within 10 seconds. U.S. owners are permitted to and all previously known keys The Driver Information Center program a new key to their vehicle will no longer work with the (DIC) displays READY FOR when a recognized key is not vehicle. REMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5. available. Canadian regulations Remaining keys can be learned by require that Canadian owners see following the procedure in their dealer for programming new “Programming with a Recognized keys when a recognized key is not Transmitter (Key Vehicles Only).” available. Programming with a Recognized If there are no currently recognized Transmitter (Keyless Access keys available, follow this procedure Vehicles Only) to program the first key. A new transmitter can be This procedure will take programmed to the vehicle when approximately 30 minutes to there is one recognized transmitter. complete for the first key. The To program, the vehicle must be off vehicle must be off and all of the and all of the transmitters, both keys you wish to program must be currently recognized and new, must with you. 3. Place the new transmitter into be with you. the transmitter pocket. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

4. Press the ENGINE START/ 1. Insert the vehicle key of the STOP button. When the transmitter into the key lock transmitter is learned, the DIC cylinder on the outside of the will show that it is ready to driver door and turn the key to program the next transmitter. the unlock position five times 5. Remove the transmitter from within 10 seconds. the transmitter pocket and The Driver Information Center press K. (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN PENDING, To program additional PLEASE WAIT. transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the When all additional transmitters DIC displays PRESS ENGINE are programmed, press and START BUTTON TO LEARN 4. Place the new transmitter into hold the ENGINE START/ and then press the ENGINE the transmitter pocket, which is STOP button for 12 seconds to START/STOP button. inside the center console exit programming mode. storage area. The DIC displays will again Programming without a show REMOTE LEARN 5. Press the ENGINE START/ Recognized Transmitter (Keyless PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. STOP button. When the Access Vehicles Only) transmitter is learned the DIC 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional will show that it is ready to If there are no currently recognized times. After the third time, all program the next transmitter. transmitters available, follow this previously known transmitters procedure to program up to eight will no longer work with the 6. Remove the transmitter from transmitters. This feature is not vehicle. Remaining transmitters the transmitter pocket and available in Canada. This procedure can be relearned during the press K. will take approximately 30 minutes next steps. to complete. The vehicle must be off To program additional and all of the transmitters to be The DIC display should now transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. programmed must be with you. show READY FOR REMOTE # 1. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

When all additional transmitters Battery Replacement are programmed, press and Replace the battery if the DIC hold the for 12 seconds to exit indicates that battery replacement is programming mode. necessary. See Key and Lock Starting the Vehicle with a Low Messages 0 119. Transmitter Battery While trying to start the vehicle, Caution if the transmitter battery is weak or if When replacing the battery, do there is interference with the signal, not touch any of the circuitry on the DIC may display NO REMOTE the transmitter. Static from your DETECTED or USE TRANSMITTER POCKET TO body could damage the transmitter. 2. Remove the battery cover by START. The REPLACE BATTERY prying it with a finger. IN REMOTE KEY message may also be displayed at this time. The battery is not rechargeable. To 3. Remove the battery by pushing replace the battery: on the battery and sliding it To start the vehicle: toward the key blade. 1. Press the button on the 1. Open the center console and 4. Insert the new battery, positive place the transmitter in the transmitter to extend the key blade. side facing up. Push the transmitter pocket with the battery down until it is held in buttons facing the front of the place. Replace with a CR2032 vehicle. or equivalent battery. 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or 5. Snap the battery cover back on N (Neutral), press the brake to the transmitter. pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button. See Starting the Engine 0 192. Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Vehicle Start Other conditions can affect the Start the vehicle before driving. performance of the transmitter. See The vehicle may have this feature Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Extending Engine Run Time that allows the engine to be started System 0 28. The engine run time can be from outside the vehicle. extended by another 10 minutes, / Starting the Engine Using Remote if during the first 10 minutes (Remote Vehicle Start) : This Start button will be on the RKE Steps 1–2 are repeated while the transmitter if the vehicle has remote To start the engine using the remote engine is still running. An extension start. start feature: can be requested 30 seconds after starting. When the remote start is The climate control system will use 1. Press and release Q. extended, the second 10 minute the previous settings during a 2. Immediately after completing period is added on to the first remote start. The rear window 10 minutes for a total of 20 minutes. defogger may come on during a Step 1, press and hold / for at remote start based on cold ambient least four seconds or until the The remote start can only be conditions. The rear defog indicator turn signal lamps flash. The extended once. light does not come on during a turn signal lamps flashing A maximum of two remote starts, remote start. confirms the request to remote or a single start with an extension, start the vehicle has been is allowed between ignition cycles. If the vehicle has heated seats, they received. may come on during a remote start. The vehicle's ignition must be See Heated Front Seats 0 54. When the engine starts, the parking turned on and then back off before lamps will turn on and remain on as Laws in some local communities the remote start procedure can be long as the engine is running. The used again. may restrict the use of remote doors will be locked and the climate starters. For example, some laws control system may come on. Canceling a Remote Start require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view. Check The engine will continue to run for To cancel a remote start, do one of local regulations for any 10 minutes. After 30 seconds, the following: requirements. repeat the steps if a 10-minute . Aim the RKE transmitter at the extension is desired. Remote start / can be extended only once. vehicle and press and hold until the parking lamps turn off. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

. Turn on the hazard warning Door Locks flashers. Warning (Continued) . Turn the vehicle on and then off. { Warning death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle Conditions in Which Remote Start Unlocked doors can be Will Not Work whenever leaving it. dangerous. The remote vehicle start feature will . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially not operate if: through an unlocked door children, can easily open when you slow down or stop . The key is in the ignition (Key the doors and fall out of a the vehicle. Locking the Access) or if the key is in the moving vehicle. When a doors can help prevent this vehicle (Keyless Access). door is locked, the handle from happening. . The hood is not closed. will not open it. The chance of being thrown out of the . The hazard warning flashers vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the doors from the are on. increased if the doors are outside: . The malfunction indicator lamp not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote is on. passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. safety belts properly and the . The engine coolant temperature See Remote Keyless Entry doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 28. is too high. whenever the vehicle is . The oil pressure is low. driven. . Use the key in the driver door. . Two remote vehicle starts, or a . Young children who get into To lock or unlock the doors from the single remote start with an unlocked vehicles may be inside: extension, have already unable to get out. A child . Push down the manual lock been used. can be overcome by knob to lock that door. extreme heat and can suffer . The vehicle is not in P (Park). permanent injuries or even . Pull the door handle once to unlock the door. Pull the handle (Continued) again to unlatch it. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press Q or K on the power door Delayed Locking Delayed locking can be lock switch. programmed through the Driver This feature delays the actual Information Center (DIC). See locking of the doors until Vehicle Personalization 0 123. Power Door Locks five seconds after all doors are closed. Automatic Door Locks Delayed locking can only be turned The doors will lock automatically on when the Unlocked Door Anti when all doors are closed, the Lockout feature has been turned off. ignition is on, and the shift lever is When Q is pressed on the power moved out of P (Park). door lock switch with the door open, To unlock the doors: a chime will sound three times indicating that delayed locking is . Press K on a door. active. . Shift the transmission into The doors will then lock P (Park). automatically five seconds after all Automatic door unlocking can be doors are closed. If a door is programmed through the Driver reopened before five seconds have Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors. Information Center (DIC). See elapsed, the five-second timer will Vehicle Personalization 0 123. K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the reset once all the doors are closed doors. again. Lockout Protection Locking or unlocking the doors will Press Q on the door lock switch also lock or unlock the trunk. See Keyed Ignition : When locking is Trunk 0 38. again, or press Q on the RKE requested with the driver door open transmitter, to override this feature and the key in the ignition, all the and lock the doors immediately. doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

This can be manually overridden by be turned on or off using the vehicle 2. Close the door. pressing and holding on the personalization menus. See Vehicle Q 0 3. Do the same for the other power door lock switch. Personalization 123. rear door. Pushbutton Start : When locking Safety Locks To open a rear door when the safety is requested with the driver door lock is on: open and the vehicle is in ACC/ The rear door safety locks prevent ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, passengers from opening the rear 1. Unlock the door by activating all the doors will lock and then the doors from inside the vehicle. the inside handle, by using the driver door will unlock. power door lock switch, or by Manual Safety Locks using the Remote Keyless If the vehicle is off and locking is Entry (RKE) transmitter. requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the 2. Open the door from the vehicle will check for RKE outside. transmitters inside. If an RKE To cancel the safety lock: transmitter is detected and the 1. Unlock the door and open it number of RKE transmitters inside from the outside. has not reduced, the driver door will unlock. 2. Insert the key into the safety lock slot and turn it so the slot This can be manually overridden by is in the vertical position. Do pressing and holding Q on the the same for the other door. power door lock switch. Open/Unlocked Door Anti Lockout If equipped, the safety lock is If equipped with Keyless Access, located on the inside edge of the Open/Unlocked Door Anti Lockout, rear doors. To use the safety lock: when on, will unlock the driver door 1. Insert the key into the safety if locking is requested while the lock slot and turn it so the slot driver door is open. This feature can is in the horizontal position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors Warning (Continued) Trunk highest setting. See “Climate Control Systems” { Warning in the Index. . If the vehicle is equipped Exhaust gases can enter the with a power liftgate, disable vehicle if it is driven with the the power liftgate function. liftgate, hatch/trunk open, or with For more information about any objects that pass through the carbon monoxide, see Engine seal between the body and the Exhaust 0 197. hatch/trunk or liftgate. Engine . Press the touch pad on the rear exhaust contains carbon of the trunk after unlocking all monoxide (CO) which cannot be Trunk Release doors. seen or smelled. It can cause To open the trunk the vehicle must unconsciousness and even death. If equipped with Keyless Access, be off or the shift lever must be in the trunk may be opened while the If the vehicle must be driven with P (Park). vehicle is locked by pressing the the liftgate or hatch/trunk open: . Press Y on the RKE touch pad on the rear of the trunk . Close all of the windows. transmitter when removed from while the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle. . Fully open the air outlets on the ignition. or under the instrument See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) panel. System Operation 0 28. . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Caution Vehicle Security This vehicle has theft-deterrent Do not use the emergency trunk features; however, they do not make release handle as a tie-down or the vehicle impossible to steal. anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage Vehicle Alarm System the handle. This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system. Close the trunk by pulling on the There is a glow-in-the-dark handle. emergency trunk release handle on Emergency Trunk Release the trunk lid. This handle glows following exposure to light. Pull the Handle release handle to open the trunk from the inside. After use, return to the stored position.

The indicator light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, indicates the status of the system: Off : Alarm system is disarmed. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

On Solid : Vehicle is secured bypass the 30-second delay . Press K on the RKE transmitter. during the delay to arm the system. and immediately arm the alarm system. . Unlock the vehicle using the Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. Keyless Access system, A door, the hood, or the trunk The vehicle alarm system will not if equipped. is open. arm if the doors are locked with . Start the vehicle. Slow Flash : Alarm system is the key. armed. If the driver door is opened without To avoid setting off the alarm by first unlocking with the RKE accident: Arming the Alarm System transmitter, the horn will chirp and . Lock the vehicle after all 1. Close the trunk and the hood. the lights will flash to indicate occupants have left the vehicle Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not and all doors are closed. started, or the door is not unlocked 2. Lock the vehicle in one of K . Always unlock a door with the three ways: by pressing on the RKE RKE transmitter or use the transmitter during the 10-second . Use the RKE transmitter. Keyless Access system, pre-alarm, the alarm will be if equipped. . Use the Keyless Access activated. system, if equipped. Unlocking the driver door with the If a door, the hood, or the trunk is key will not disarm the system or . With a door open, press on opened without first disarming the turn off the alarm. the inside Q. system, the turn signals will flash and the horn will sound for about How to Detect a Tamper 3. After 30 seconds the alarm 30 seconds. The alarm system will Condition system will arm, and the then re-arm to monitor for the next indicator light will begin to unauthorized event. If K is pressed on the RKE slowly flash indicating the transmitter and the horn chirps and alarm system is operating. Disarming the Alarm System the lights flash three times, an alarm Pressing Q on the RKE Do one of the following to disarm occurred previously while the alarm transmitter a second time will the alarm system or turn off the system was armed. alarm if it has been activated: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

If the alarm has been activated, a Do not leave the key or device that message will appear on the DIC. disarms or deactivates the See Security Messages 0 121. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. Immobilizer Immobilizer Operation See Radio Frequency Statement (Keyless Access) 0 335. The security light in the instrument cluster comes on if there is a This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system. Immobilizer Operation problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. The system does not have to be (Key Access) When trying to start the vehicle, the manually armed or disarmed. This vehicle has a passive security light comes on briefly when The vehicle is automatically theft-deterrent system. the ignition is turned on. immobilized when the transmitter The system does not have to be If the engine does not start and the leaves the vehicle. manually armed or disarmed. security light stays on, there is a The immobilization system is The vehicle is automatically problem with the system. Turn the disarmed when the ignition button is immobilized when the key is ignition off and try again. pushed in and a valid transmitter is removed from the ignition. If the engine still does not start, and found in the vehicle. The system is automatically the key appears to be undamaged disarmed when the vehicle is or the light continues to stay on, try started with the correct key. The key another ignition key. uses a transponder that matches an If the engine still does not start with immobilizer control unit in the the other key, the vehicle needs vehicle and automatically disarms service. If the vehicle does start, the the system. Only the correct key first key may be damaged. See your starts the vehicle. The vehicle may dealer who can service the The security light on the instrument not start if the key is damaged. theft-deterrent system and have a cluster comes on when there is a new key made. problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows The system has one or more If the vehicle does not start with the Exterior Mirrors transmitters matched to an other transmitter or when the immobilizer control unit in the transmitter is in the transmitter vehicle. Only a correctly matched pocket, your vehicle needs service. Convex Mirrors transmitter will start the vehicle. See your dealer who can service If the transmitter is ever damaged, the theft-deterrent system and have { Warning you may not be able to start your a new transmitter programmed to vehicle. the vehicle. A convex mirror can make things, like other vehicles, look farther When trying to start the vehicle, the Do not leave the transmitter or away than they really are. If you security light comes on briefly when device that disarms or deactivates cut too sharply into the right lane, the ignition is turned on. the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. you could hit a vehicle on the If the vehicle does not start and the right. Check the inside mirror or security light stays on, there is a glance over your shoulder before problem with the system. Turn the changing lanes. vehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to be The passenger side mirror is convex undamaged, try another transmitter, shaped. A convex mirror's surface is or place the transmitter in the curved so more can be seen from transmitter pocket. See “Starting the the driver seat. Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 28. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Power Mirrors See “Rear Window Defogger” under Interior Mirrors Dual Automatic Climate Control 0 System 171. Interior Rearview Mirrors Reverse Tilt Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your If equipped with the memory vehicle. package, the outside mirrors have a reverse tilt feature. This feature tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle the outside mirrors to a preselected may have three control buttons at position when the vehicle is in the bottom of the mirror. See your R (Reverse). This allows the driver dealer for more information about to view the curb for parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it. See OnStar Overview 0 339. The passenger and/or driver mirror returns to its original position when Do not spray glass cleaner directly To adjust the mirrors: the vehicle is shifted out of on the mirror. Use a soft towel 1. Turn the selector switch to L R (Reverse), or the ignition is turned dampened with water. (Left) or R (Right) to choose off or to OFF/LOCK. the driver or passenger mirror. This feature can be turned on or off Manual Rearview Mirror 2. Move the control to adjust the through the Driver Information If equipped, push the tab forward for mirror. Center (DIC). See Vehicle daytime use and pull it rearward for Personalization 0 123. nighttime use to avoid glare of the 3. Turn the selector switch to 9 headlamps from behind. to deselect the mirror. Heated Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors: 1 (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to heat the mirrors. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows Automatic Dimming Windows pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front Rearview Mirror windows are up. To reduce the If equipped, automatic dimming { Warning sound, open either a front window reduces the glare of headlamps or the sunroof, if equipped. from behind. The dimming feature Never leave a child, a helpless comes on when the vehicle is adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows started. especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning extreme heat and suffer Children could be seriously permanent injuries or even death injured or killed if caught in the from heat stroke. path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 26.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Pull a window switch up or press it windows will need to be down all the way, release it, and the reprogrammed for the express-up window goes up or down feature to work. Before automatically. Stop the window by reprogramming, replace or recharge pressing or pulling the switch in the the vehicle's battery. same direction a second time, or by To program the driver window: briefly operating the switch to the first detent in either direction. 1. Close all doors, with the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY Safety Function or ON/RUN, or with RAP This is for vehicles with the active. express-up feature. If any object is 2. Press and hold the power in the path of the window when the Press the switch down to open the window switch until the window express-up feature is active, the window. Pull the front of the switch is fully open. window will stop and auto-reverse to up to close it. a preset position. Weather 3. Pull the power window switch The power windows only operate conditions may cause the window to up until the window is fully with the ignition in ACC/ auto-reverse. The window switch closed. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, may be held up to the second 4. Continue holding the switch up or when Retained Accessory position to close the window. The for approximately two seconds Power (RAP) is active. See window will return to normal after the window is completely Retained Accessory Power (RAP) operation once the obstruction or closed. 0 195. condition is removed. The window is now reprogrammed. Express Window Operation Programming the Power Windows with an express-down Windows feature allow the window to be This is for vehicles with the lowered without holding the switch. express-up feature. If the battery on If equipped, the driver window may the vehicle has been recharged or also have an express-up feature. disconnected, or is not working, the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows Window Lockout Sun Visors Roof Sunroof On vehicles with a sunroof, the switches used to operate it are on the headliner above the rearview mirror. The ignition must be in ON/ RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP) to operate the sunroof. See Ignition 0 Pull the sun visor down to block Positions (Keyless Access) 188 or glare. Detach the sun visor from the Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 center mount to pivot to the side 190 and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 195. This feature prevents the rear window, or to extend along the rod, passenger windows from operating, if available. except from the driver position. The vehicle may have mirror lamps. Press Z on the driver door to The lamps turn on and off when the cover is opened and closed. activate the window lockout. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate. Press Z again to deactivate the window lockout. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Open/Close : Press and hold the front or rear of the switch (1) to open or close the sunroof. The sunshade automatically opens with the sunroof, but must be closed manually. Express Open/Close : Press and release the front or rear of the switch (1) to express-open or express-close the sunroof. Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This Vent/Close : Press and hold the could cause an issue with sunroof rear of the switch (2) to vent the operation or noise. It could also plug sunroof. Press and hold the front of the water drainage system. the switch to close. Periodically open the sunroof and The sunroof cannot be opened or remove any obstacles or loose closed if the vehicle has an debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and electrical failure. roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not Anti-Pinch Feature remove grease from the sunroof. If an object is in the path of the sunroof when it is closing, the anti-pinch feature detects the object and stops the sunroof from closing at the point of the obstruction. The sunroof then returns to the full-open position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

48 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing LATCH System Parts Seats and Parts after a Crash ...... 63 After a Crash ...... 89 Restraints Securing Child Restraints Airbag System (Rear Seat) ...... 89 Airbag System ...... 63 Securing Child Restraints (Front Where Are the Airbags? ...... 65 Passenger Seat) ...... 91 Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Head Restraints ...... 49 Inflate? ...... 66 Front Seats What Makes an Airbag Seat Adjustment ...... 50 Inflate? ...... 67 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 51 How Does an Airbag Lumbar Adjustment ...... 51 Restrain? ...... 68 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 51 What Will You See after an Memory Seats ...... 53 Airbag Inflates? ...... 68 Heated Front Seats ...... 54 Passenger Sensing System . . . 69 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Rear Seats Vehicle ...... 73 Rear Seats ...... 55 Adding Equipment to the Rear Seat Armrest ...... 57 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 74 Airbag System Check ...... 74 Safety Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts Safety Belts ...... 57 after a Crash ...... 75 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 58 Child Restraints Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 59 Older Children ...... 75 Safety Belt Use During Infants and Young Children . . . . 77 Pregnancy ...... 61 Child Restraint Systems ...... 79 Safety Belt Extender ...... 62 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 81 Safety System Check ...... 62 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety Belt Care ...... 62 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 82 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 49 Head Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull and push on the head restraint top of the restraint is at the same after the button is released to make height as the top of the occupant's sure that it is locked in place. { Warning head. This position reduces the The front seat outboard head chance of a neck injury in a crash. With head restraints that are not restraints are not removable. installed and adjusted properly, Front Seat Rear Seat there is a greater chance that The vehicle's front seats have occupants will suffer a neck/ The vehicle's rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the adjustable head restraints in the spinal injury in a crash. Do not outboard seating positions. drive until the head restraints for outboard seating positions. all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

To raise or lower the head restraint, The height of the head restraint can press the button located on the side be adjusted. Pull the head restraint of the head restraint and pull up or up to raise it. Try to move the head push the head restraint down and restraint to make sure that it is release the button. locked in place. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

50 Seats and Restraints To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats 2. Slide the seat to the desired the button, located on the top of the position and release the seatback, and push the head Seat Adjustment handle. restraint down. Try to move the 3. Try to move the seat back and head restraint after the button is forth to be sure it is locked in released to make sure that it is { Warning place. locked in place. You can lose control of the Seat Height Adjuster If you are installing a child restraint vehicle if you try to adjust a driver in the rear seat, see "Securing a seat while the vehicle is moving. Child Restraint Designed for the Adjust the driver seat only when LATCH System" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children the vehicle is not moving. (LATCH System) 0 82.

Press and hold the top or bottom of the switch to raise or lower the seat. Release the switch when the desired height is reached.

To adjust a manual seat: 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 51

Power Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the To adjust a power seat, if equipped: If equipped, press and hold the front vehicle is in motion, have the . Move the seat forward or or rear of the control to increase or seatback upright. Then sit well rearward by sliding the control decrease lumbar support. back in the seat and wear the forward or rearward. safety belt properly. Reclining Seatbacks . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. { Warning . Raise or lower the entire seat by Sitting in a reclined position when moving the entire control up the vehicle is in motion can be or down. dangerous. Even when buckled To adjust the seatback, see up, the safety belts cannot do Reclining Seatbacks 0 51. their job. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

52 Seats and Restraints

2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline a manual seatback: the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever. Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then { Warning release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback, seatback in place. if available: If either seatback is not locked, it 3. Push and pull on the seatback . Tilt the top of the control could move forward in a sudden to make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright . Tilt the top of the control forward Always push and pull on the position: to raise. seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without locked. applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 53

Memory Seats RKE Memory positions. See If something has blocked the driver Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) seat while recalling a memory System Operation 0 28. position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press Storing Button Memory Positions and hold the power driver seat To save positions into Button control for two seconds. Try Memory: recalling the memory position again 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback by pressing the appropriate memory recliner, and both outside button. If the memory position is still mirrors to the desired driving not recalling, see your dealer for positions. service. 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) Recalling RKE Memory Positions and 1 at the same time until a The RKE Memory feature can recall beep sounds. the driver seat and outside mirrors If available, the 1 and 2 buttons on 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a to previously stored RKE Memory the outboard side of the driver seat second driver using 2. positions when entering the vehicle. are used to manually save and RKE transmitters are not labeled recall the positions of the driver seat Recalling Button Memory with a number. If your memory seat and outside mirrors. These manually Positions position is stored to "1" or "2," but stored positions are referred to as To recall the Button Memory this position is not automatically Button Memory positions. positions, press and hold 1 or 2. The recalling, then change the stored The vehicle will also automatically driver seat and outside mirrors position or switch RKE transmitters save driver seat and outside mirror move to the positions stored to with the other driver. positions to the current driver those buttons when pressed. Every time the ignition is placed in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Releasing 1 or 2 before the stored OFF, the positions of the driver seat transmitter when the ignition is positions are reached stops the and outside mirrors are placed in OFF. These automatically recall. automatically stored to the RKE stored positions are referred to as transmitter that was used to start the vehicle. These positions are Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

54 Seats and Restraints

called RKE Memory positions and If something has blocked the driver If something has blocked the driver may be different than the previously seat while recalling a memory seat while recalling the exit position, mentioned Button Memory positions position, the recall may stop. the recall may stop. Remove the saved to the 1 or 2 buttons. Remove the obstruction; then press obstruction; then press and hold the To recall RKE Memory positions: and hold the appropriate manual power seat control rearward for control for the memory item that is two seconds. Try recalling the exit . On vehicles with RKE, press K not recalling for two seconds. Try position again. If the exit position is on the RKE transmitter and open recalling the memory position again still not recalling, see your dealer for the driver door. by opening the driver door and service. K . On vehicles with Keyless pressing the RKE transmitter Access, press the lock/unlock button. If the memory position is still Heated Front Seats button on the outside driver door not recalling, see your dealer for handle and open the door. The service. { Warning RKE transmitter must be present Easy Exit Driver Seat for the recall to activate. If you cannot feel temperature This feature moves the seat change or pain to the skin, the . If the driver door is already rearward allowing the driver more seat heater may cause burns. To open, press K on the RKE room to exit the vehicle. reduce the risk of burns, people transmitter to activate the recall. To activate, place the ignition in with such a condition should use The driver seat and outside mirrors OFF and open the driver door. If the care when using the seat heater, will move to the previously saved driver door is already open, placing especially for long periods of RKE Memory positions. the ignition in OFF will activate the time. Do not place anything on recall. the seat that insulates against This feature is turned on or off using the vehicle personalization menu. This feature is turned on or off using heat, such as a blanket, cushion, See Vehicle Personalization 0 123. the vehicle personalization menu. cover, or similar item. This may See Vehicle Personalization 0 123. cause the seat heater to To stop recall movement, press one overheat. An overheated seat of the memory, power mirror, To stop recall movement, press one heater may cause a burn or may or power seat controls. of the memory or power seat damage the seat. controls. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 55 Remote Start Heated Seats Rear Seats When it is cold outside, the heated seats can be turned on Folding the Seatback automatically during a remote Either side of the seatback can be vehicle start. The heated seats will folded down for more cargo space. be canceled when the ignition is Fold a seatback only when the turned on. Press the button to use vehicle is not moving. the heated seats after the vehicle is started. Caution The heated seat indicator lights on the button do not turn on during a Folding a rear seat with the safety remote start. belts still fastened may cause If available, the buttons are on the damage to the seat or the safety The temperature performance of an climate control panel. To operate, belts. Always unbuckle the safety the engine must be running. unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal. belts and return them to their Press M or L to heat the driver or normal stowed position before The heated seats will not turn on folding a rear seat. passenger seat cushion and during a remote start unless the seatback. Indicator lights on the heated seat feature is enabled in button show the current setting. the vehicle personalization menu. To fold the seatback down: Press the button once for the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 34 and 1. Lower the rear seat head highest setting. With each press of Vehicle Personalization 0 123. restraints completely. See the button, the heated seat will Head Restraints 0 49. change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The 2. Lift the rear seat armrest and lights indicate three for the highest place it in the folded position, setting and one for the lowest. if necessary. See Rear Seat Armrest 0 57. The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

56 Seats and Restraints

A tab near the seatback lever raises when the seatback is Warning (Continued) unlocked. seriously injured. After raising the 5. Fold the seatback down. rear seatback, always check to be Repeat the steps for the other sure that the safety belts are seatback, if desired. properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Raising the Seatback

{ Warning To raise a seatback: 1. Lift the seatback up and push it If either seatback is not locked, it rearward to lock it in place. 3. Make sure the outboard safety could move forward in a sudden Make sure the safety belt is in belt is in the belt guide. stop or crash. That could cause the belt guide and is not injury to the person sitting there. twisted or caught in the Always push and pull on the seatback. seatbacks to be sure they are A tab near the seatback lever locked. retracts when the seatback is locked in place. The center rear safety belt may { Warning lock when you raise the seatback. If this happens, let A safety belt that is improperly the belt go back all the way routed, not properly attached, and start again. or twisted will not provide the 2. Push and pull the top of the protection needed in a crash. The seatback to be sure it is locked person wearing the belt could be 4. Pull on the lever on the top of into position. the seatback to unlock it. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 57 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the Safety Belts other seatback, if necessary. Warning (Continued) This section of the manual When the seat is not in use, it describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of should be kept in the upright, locked properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped position. things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. Rear Seat Armrest Always wear a safety belt, and { Warning check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. passenger(s) are not wearing 0 safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 104. worse than if you are wearing Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other The rear seat has an armrest in the passengers in the vehicle. center of the seatback. Lower the armrest to access the two It is extremely dangerous to ride cupholders and the storage area. in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, To fold, lift the armrest up and push it rearward until it is flush with the passengers riding in these areas seatback. are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

58 Seats and Restraints

When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of There are important things to know When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the you stop over a longer distance and, most protection. when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts. safety belts makes such good sense. How to Wear Safety Belts Questions and Answers About Properly Safety Belts This section is only for people of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size. after a crash if I am wearing a There are special things to know safety belt? about safety belts and children. And . Sit up straight and always keep A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be of you. Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle during and after a crash, so you Children 0 75 or Infants and Young for your seating position. can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 77. Follow those rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 59

pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock less likely to slide under the lap if you pull the belt across you belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to abdomen. This could cause The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt serious or even fatal injuries. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the properly. If the shoulder portion of a shoulder and across the chest. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all These parts of the body are best adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint able to take belt restraining straight. To see how, see locking feature may be forces. The shoulder belt locks if “Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let there is a sudden stop or crash. the belt go back all the way and start again. { Warning

You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your safety belt properly. . Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted. . Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull . Never route the lap or the belt across you. Do not let shoulder belt over an it get twisted. If the webbing locks in the latch armrest. plate before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to unlock. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

60 Seats and Restraints

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the safety belt slowly. If the safety belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the safety belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your 3. Push the latch plate into the 5. To make the lap part tight, pull dealer. buckle until it clicks. up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the Pull up on the latch plate to safety belt is out of the way. If a make sure it is secure. If the door is slammed against a safety belt is not long enough, see belt, damage can occur to both the Safety Belt Extender 0 62. safety belt and the vehicle. Position the release button on Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster the buckle so that the safety The vehicle has a shoulder belt belt could be quickly unbuckled height adjuster for the driver and if necessary. right front passenger seating 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt positions. height adjuster, move it to the Adjust the height so the shoulder height that is right for you. See portion of the belt is on the shoulder Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster “ ” and not falling off of it. The belt later in this section for should be close to, but not instructions on use and contacting, the neck. Improper important safety information. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 61

shoulder belt height adjustment Safety Belt Pretensioners some adults. When installed on a could reduce the effectiveness of shoulder belt, the comfort guide This vehicle has safety belt the safety belt in a crash. See How positions the belt away from the pretensioners for front outboard to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 58. neck and head. occupants. Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they Comfort guides are available are part of the safety belt assembly. through your dealer for the rear They can help tighten the safety outboard seating positions. belts during the early stages of a Instructions are included with the moderate to severe frontal, near comfort guide. frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner Safety Belt Use During activation are met. Safety belt Pregnancy pretensioners can also help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a Safety belts work for everyone, rollover event. including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to Pretensioners work only once. If the be seriously injured if they do not pretensioners activate in a crash, wear safety belts. Press the release button and move the pretensioners and probably the height adjuster to the desired other parts of the vehicle's safety position. The adjuster can be moved belt system will need to be replaced. up by pushing the slide/trim up. See Replacing Safety Belt System After the adjuster is set to the Parts after a Crash 0 63. desired position, try to move it down without pushing the release button Rear Safety Belt Comfort to make sure it has locked into Guides position. Rear safety belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

62 Seats and Restraints

But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 104. order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry. will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 62. long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To { Warning wear it, attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the A pregnant woman should wear a Do not bleach or dye safety belts. instruction sheet that comes with It may severely weaken them. In lap-shoulder belt, and the lap the extender. portion should be worn as low as a crash, they might not be able to possible, below the rounding, provide adequate protection. throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. The best way to protect the fetus is Now and then, check that the safety to protect the mother. When a safety belt reminder light, safety belts, belt is worn properly, it is more likely buckles, latch plates, retractors, and that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly. crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system properly. from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a Safety Belt Extender crash. They can rip apart under If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten impact forces. If a belt is torn or around you, you should use it. frayed, get a new one right away. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 63 Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Airbag System necessary even if the safety belt System Parts after a system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following Crash time of the crash. airbags: Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. { Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger. A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A knee airbag for the driver. A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 105. . A knee airbag for the front may not properly protect the outboard passenger. person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a . A seat-mounted side impact crash. To help make sure the airbag for the driver. safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact properly after a crash, have them airbag for the front outboard inspected and any necessary passenger. replacements made as soon as . Seat-mounted side impact possible. airbags for the second row outboard passengers. After a minor crash, replacement of . A roof-rail airbag for the driver safety belts may not be necessary. and the passenger seated But the safety belt assemblies that directly behind the driver. were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. . A roof-rail airbag for the front See your dealer to have the safety outboard passenger and the belt assemblies inspected or passenger seated directly replaced. behind the front outboard passenger. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

64 Seats and Restraints

All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning { Warning near the deployment opening. You can be severely injured or Because airbags inflate with great For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not force and faster than the blink of AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even an eye, anyone who is up steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are against, or very close to any the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety airbag when it inflates can be outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also, seriously injured or killed. Do not For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG airbags are not designed to inflate sit unnecessarily close to any is on the lower part of the in every crash. In some crashes airbag, as you would be if sitting instrument panel. safety belts are the only restraint. on the edge of the seat or leaning For seat-mounted side impact See When Should an Airbag forward. Safety belts help keep airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 66. you in position before and during side of the seatback closest to Wearing your safety belt during a a crash. Always wear a safety the door. crash helps reduce the chance of belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible For roof-rail airbags, the word hitting things inside the vehicle or AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. being ejected from it. Airbags are while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The safety belts and Airbags are designed to supplement “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in the the front outboard passenger the protection provided by safety airbags are most effective when belts. Even though today's airbags vehicle should wear a safety belt properly, whether or not there is you are sitting well back and are also designed to help reduce upright in the seat with both feet the risk of injury from the force of an an airbag for that person. on the floor. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job. Occupants should not lean on or Here are the most important things sleep against the door or side to know about the airbag system: windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 65

Where Are the Airbags? { Warning

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 75 or Infants and Young Children 0 77.

The driver knee airbag is below the steering column. The front outboard The driver frontal airbag is in the passenger knee airbag is below the center of the steering wheel. glove box. The front outboard passenger There is an airbag readiness light frontal airbag is in the passenger on the instrument cluster, which side instrument panel. shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 105 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

66 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag. Driver Side Shown, Passenger Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Never secure anything to the roof Side Similar Passenger Side Similar of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags The seat-mounted side impact On vehicles with second row by routing a rope or tie‐down airbags for the driver and front seat-mounted side impact airbags, through any door or window outboard passenger are in the side they are in the sides of the rear opening. If you do, the path of an of the seatbacks closest to the door. seatback closest to the door. inflating roof-rail airbag will be The roof-rail airbags for the driver, blocked. right front passenger, and second { Warning row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. If something is between an When Should an Airbag occupant and an airbag, the Inflate? airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into This vehicle is equipped with 0 that person causing severe injury airbags. See Airbag System 63. Airbags are designed to inflate if the or even death. The path of an impact exceeds the specific airbag inflating airbag must be kept system's deployment threshold. (Continued) Deployment thresholds are used to Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 67

predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to of the impact. In addition, these to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, in roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate and help restrain the rear impacts, or in many side inflate during a rollover or in a occupants. The vehicle has impacts. severe frontal impact. Roof-rail electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has airbags are not designed to inflate in airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology will inflate when either side of the thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint vehicle is struck, if the sensing vehicle design. according to crash severity. system predicts that the vehicle is Frontal airbags are designed to about to roll over on its side, or in a Knee airbags are designed to inflate severe frontal impact. inflate in moderate to severe frontal in moderate to severe frontal or or near frontal crashes to help near frontal impacts. Knee airbags In any particular crash, no one can reduce the potential for severe are not designed to inflate during say whether an airbag should have injuries, mainly to the driver's or vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, inflated simply because of the front outboard passenger's head or in many side impacts. vehicle damage or repair costs. and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag Whether the frontal airbags will or are designed to inflate in moderate should inflate is not based primarily to severe side crashes depending Inflate? on how fast the vehicle is traveling. on the location of the impact. In a deployment event, the sensing It depends on what is hit, the Seat-mounted side impact airbags system sends an electrical signal direction of the impact, and how are not designed to inflate in frontal triggering a release of gas from the quickly the vehicle slows down. impacts, near frontal impacts, inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the Frontal airbags may inflate at rollovers, or rear impacts. airbag causing the bag to break out different crash speeds depending on A seat-mounted side impact airbag of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, whether the vehicle hits an object is designed to inflate on the side of and related hardware are all part of straight on or at an angle, and the vehicle that is struck. the airbag module. whether the object is fixed or Roof-rail airbags are designed to For airbag locations, see Where Are moving, rigid or deformable, narrow inflate in moderate to severe side the Airbags? 0 65. or wide. crashes depending on the location Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

68 Seats and Restraints

How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many prevent the driver from seeing out of types of collisions, primarily the windshield or being able to steer Restrain? because the occupant's motion is the vehicle, nor does it prevent In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When people from leaving the vehicle. near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 66. occupants can contact the steering Airbags should never be regarded { Warning wheel or the instrument panel. In as anything more than a supplement moderate to severe side collisions, to safety belts. When an airbag inflates, there even belted occupants can contact may be dust in the air. This dust the inside of the vehicle. What Will You See after could cause breathing problems Airbags supplement the protection an Airbag Inflates? for people with a history of provided by safety belts by asthma or other breathing trouble. distributing the force of the impact After the frontal, knee, and To avoid this, everyone in the more evenly over the seat-mounted side impact airbags vehicle should get out as soon as occupant's body. inflate, they quickly deflate, so it is safe to do so. If you have quickly that some people may not Rollover capable roof-rail airbags breathing problems but cannot even realize an airbag inflated. are designed to help contain the get out of the vehicle after an Roof-rail airbags may still be at least head and chest of occupants in the airbag inflates, then get fresh air partially inflated for some time after outboard seating positions in the by opening a window or a door. they inflate. Some components of first and second rows. The rollover If you experience breathing the airbag module may be hot for capable roof-rail airbags are problems following an airbag several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the risk of deployment, you should seek airbags, see Where Are the full or partial ejection in rollover medical attention. Airbags? 0 65. events, although no system can The parts of the airbag that come prevent all such ejections. The vehicle has a feature that may into contact with you may be warm, automatically unlock the doors, turn but not too hot to touch. There may on the interior lamps and hazard be some smoke and dust coming warning flashers, and shut off the from the vents in the deflated fuel system after the airbags inflate. airbags. Airbag inflation does not Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 69

The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may Passenger Sensing without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag. System threshold. You can lock the doors, . Airbags are designed to inflate The vehicle has a passenger and turn off the interior lamps and only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front hazard warning flashers by using inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The the controls for those features. parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console { Warning airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. to help protect you in another A crash severe enough to inflate crash. A new system will include the airbags may have also airbag modules and possibly damaged important functions in other parts. The service manual the vehicle, such as the fuel for the vehicle covers the need system, brake and steering to replace other parts. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle . The vehicle has a crash sensing United States appears to be drivable after a and diagnostic module which moderate crash, there may be records information after a concealed damage that could crash. See Vehicle Data make it difficult to safely operate Recording and Privacy 0 336 the vehicle. and Event Data Recorders Use caution if you should attempt 0 337. to restart the engine after a crash . Let only qualified technicians Canada has occurred. work on the airbag systems. Improper service can mean that The words ON and OFF, or the symbol for on and off, will be visible In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work during the system check. When the inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for service. system check is complete, either the broken by vehicle deformation. word ON or OFF, or the symbol for Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

70 Seats and Restraints

on or off, will be visible. See Never put a rear-facing child seat in Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) 0 105. the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates. inflate under some unusual The passenger sensing system circumstance, even though the turns off the front outboard airbag(s) are off. passenger frontal airbag and knee { Warning airbag under certain conditions. No Secure rear-facing child restraints other airbag is affected by the A child in a rear-facing child in a rear seat, even if the passenger sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured airbag(s) are off. If you secure a or killed if the front outboard forward-facing child restraint in The passenger sensing system passenger frontal airbag inflates. the front outboard passenger works with sensors that are part of This is because the back of the the front outboard passenger seat. seat, always move the seat as far rear-facing child restraint would The sensors are designed to detect back as it will go. It is better to be very close to the inflating the presence of a properly seated secure the child restraint in a occupant and determine if the front airbag. A child in a forward-facing rear seat. outboard passenger frontal airbag child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front and knee airbag should be allowed The passenger sensing system is outboard passenger frontal airbag to inflate or not. designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is outboard passenger frontal airbag According to accident statistics, in a forward position. children are safer when properly and knee airbag if: secured in a rear seat in the correct Even if the passenger sensing . The front outboard passenger child restraint for their weight system has turned off the front seat is unoccupied. and size. outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The system determines that an Whenever possible, children age system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not infant is present in a child 12 and under should be secured in restraint. a rear seating position. (Continued) . A front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 71

. There is a critical problem with depending upon the person's in a child restraint. If a child restraint the airbag system or the seating posture and body build. has been installed and the on passenger sensing system. Everyone in the vehicle who has indicator is lit: When the passenger sensing outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off. system has turned off the front wear a safety belt properly — whether or not there is an airbag for 2. Remove the child restraint from outboard passenger frontal airbag the vehicle. and knee airbag, the off indicator that person. will light and stay lit as a reminder 3. Remove any additional items that the airbags are off. See { Warning from the seat such as blankets, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator cushions, seat covers, seat 0 105. If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. comes on and stays on, it means 4. Reinstall the child restraint The passenger sensing system is that something may be wrong following the directions designed to turn on the front with the airbag system. To help provided by the child restraint outboard passenger frontal airbag avoid injury to yourself or others, and knee airbag anytime the system manufacturer and refer to have the vehicle serviced right senses that a person of adult size is Securing Child Restraints away. See Airbag Readiness (Rear Seat) 0 89 or Securing sitting properly in the front outboard 0 passenger seat. When the Light 105 for more information, Child Restraints (Front passenger sensing system has including important safety Passenger Seat) 0 91. information. allowed the airbags to be enabled, 5. If, after reinstalling the child the on indicator will light and stay lit restraint and restarting the as a reminder that the airbags are If the On Indicator Is Lit for a vehicle, the on indicator is still active. Child Restraint lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle For some children, including The passenger sensing system is seatback and adjust the seat children in child restraints and for designed to turn off the front cushion, if adjustable, to make very small adults, the passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag sure that the vehicle seatback sensing system may or may not turn and knee airbag if the system is not pushing the child off the front outboard passenger determines that an infant is present frontal airbag and knee airbag, restraint into the seat cushion. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

72 Seats and Restraints

Also make sure the child If a person of adult size is sitting in restraint is not trapped under the front outboard passenger seat, { Warning the vehicle head restraint. but the off indicator is lit, it could be If this happens, adjust the head because that person is not sitting If the front outboard passenger restraint. See Head Restraints properly in the seat. Use the airbag is turned off for an 0 49. following steps to allow the system adult-sized occupant, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help 6. Restart the vehicle. to detect that person and enable the front outboard passenger frontal protect that person in a crash, The passenger sensing system may airbag and knee airbag: resulting in an increased risk of or may not turn off the airbag(s) for serious injury or even death. An 1. Turn the vehicle off. a child in a child restraint depending adult-sized occupant should not upon the child's size. It is better to 2. Remove any additional material ride in the front outboard secure the child restraint in a from the seat, such as passenger seat, if the passenger rear seat. blankets, cushions, seat airbag off indicator is lit. covers, seat heaters, or seat If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an massagers. Also, remove Adult-Sized Occupant laptops, or other electronic Additional Factors Affecting devices. System Operation 3. Place the seatback in the fully Safety belts help keep the upright position. passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and 4. Have the person sit upright in braking, which helps the passenger the seat, centered on the seat sensing system maintain the cushion, with legs comfortably passenger airbag status. See extended. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” 5. Restart the vehicle and have in the Index for additional the person remain in this information about the importance of position for two to proper restraint use. three minutes after the on indicator is lit. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 73

A thick layer of additional material, passenger airbag(s) while a Servicing the such as a blanket or cushion, child restraint or child occupant or aftermarket equipment such as is on the seat. If the passenger Airbag-Equipped Vehicle seat covers, seat heaters, and seat airbag(s) are turned on, the on Airbags affect how the vehicle massagers can affect how well the indicator will be lit. should be serviced. There are parts passenger sensing system If the passenger seat gets wet, dry of the airbag system in several operates. We recommend that you the seat immediately. If the airbag places around the vehicle. Your not use seat covers or other readiness light is lit, do not install a dealer and the service manual have aftermarket equipment except when child restraint or allow anyone to information about servicing the approved by GM for your specific occupy the seat. See Airbag vehicle and the airbag system. To vehicle. See Adding Equipment to 0 purchase a service manual, see 0 Readiness Light 105 for important the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 74 safety information. Service Publications Ordering for more information about Information 0 334. modifications that can affect how The on indicator may be lit if an the system operates. object, such as a briefcase, { Warning handbag, grocery bag, laptop, A wet seat can affect the or other electronic device is put on For up to 10 seconds after the performance of the passenger an unoccupied seat. If this is not sensing system. Here is how: vehicle is turned off and the desired remove the object from battery is disconnected, an airbag . The passenger sensing system the seat. can still inflate during improper may turn off the passenger service. You can be injured if you airbag(s) when liquid is soaked { Warning are close to an airbag when it into the seat. If this happens, the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. off indicator will be lit, and the Stowing of articles under the They are probably part of the airbag readiness light on the passenger seat or between the airbag system. Be sure to follow instrument panel will also be lit. passenger seat cushion and proper service procedures, and seatback may interfere with the . Liquid pooled on the seat that make sure the person performing proper operation of the passenger has not soaked in may make it work for you is qualified to do so. more likely that the passenger sensing system. sensing system will turn on the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

74 Seats and Restraints

Adding Equipment to the covers, upholstery, or trim; or with reason, call Customer Assistance. GM covers, upholstery, or trim See Customer Assistance Offices Airbag-Equipped Vehicle designed for a different vehicle. Any 0 327. Adding accessories that change the object, such as an aftermarket seat vehicle's frame, bumper system, heater or a comfort-enhancing pad Airbag System Check height, front end, or side sheet or device, installed under or on top metal, may keep the airbag system of the seat fabric, could also The airbag system does not need from working properly. The interfere with the operation of the regularly scheduled maintenance or operation of the airbag system can passenger sensing system. This replacement. Make sure the airbag could either prevent proper readiness light is working. See also be affected by changing any 0 parts of the front seats, safety belts, deployment of the passenger Airbag Readiness Light 105. the airbag sensing and diagnostic airbag(s) or prevent the passenger module, steering wheel, instrument sensing system from properly Caution panel, any of the airbag modules, turning off the passenger airbag(s). ceiling or pillar garnish trim, front See Passenger Sensing System If an airbag covering is damaged, sensors, side impact sensors, 0 69. opened, or broken, the airbag may not work properly. Do not or airbag wiring. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail open or break the airbag Your dealer and the service manual airbags, see Different Size Tires coverings. If there are any have information about the location and Wheels 0 277 for additional opened or broken airbag of the airbag sensors, sensing and important information. coverings, have the airbag diagnostic module, and airbag If you have to modify your vehicle wiring. covering and/or airbag module because you have a disability and replaced. For the location of the In addition, the vehicle has a you have questions about whether airbags, see Where Are the passenger sensing system for the the modifications will affect the Airbags? 0 65. See your dealer front outboard passenger position, vehicle's airbag system, or if you for service. which includes sensors that are part have questions about whether the of the passenger seat. The airbag system will be affected if the passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non-GM Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 75 Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat Parts after a Crash edge? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children return to the booster seat. { Warning . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. A crash can damage the airbag Does the shoulder belt rest on systems in the vehicle. the shoulder? If yes, continue. A damaged airbag system may If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide, if available. not work properly and may not See Rear Safety Belt Comfort protect you and your “ Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt passenger(s) in a crash, resulting ” 0 59. If a comfort guide is not in serious injury or even death. To available, or if the shoulder belt help make sure the airbag still does not rest on the systems are working properly shoulder, then return to the after a crash, have them booster seat. inspected and any necessary . Does the lap belt fit low and replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown snug on the hips, touching the possible. booster seats should wear the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, vehicle safety belts. return to the booster seat. If an airbag inflates, you will need to The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be replace airbag system parts. See come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the your dealer for service. weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, booster. Use a booster seat with a If the airbag readiness light stays on return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child after the vehicle is started or comes passes the fit test below: on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 105. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

76 Seats and Restraints

Q: What is the proper way to wear safety belts? { Warning { Warning A: An older child should wear a Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the lap-shoulder belt and get the to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt additional restraint a shoulder safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be belt can provide. The shoulder the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing belt should not cross the face or can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a neck. The lap belt should fit seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be snugly below the hips, just must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt. touching the top of the thighs. at a time. The child could move too far This applies belt force to the child's pelvic bones in a crash. forward increasing the chance of It should never be worn over the head and neck injury. The child abdomen, which could cause might also slide under the lap severe or even fatal internal belt. The belt force would then be injuries in a crash. applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort injuries. The shoulder belt should Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt ” go over the shoulder and across 0 59. the chest. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position. In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 77

the vehicle's safety belt system nor { Warning its airbag system is designed for them. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people, shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle. cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child Infants and Young but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. Children wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Everyone in a vehicle needs 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) tightened around a child’s neck, protection! This includes infants and the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a all other children. Neither the to cut it. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's distance traveled nor the age and arms. An infant should be size of the traveler changes the Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate need, for everyone, to use safety in a vehicle and never allow restraint. restraints. In fact, the law in every children to play with the safety state in the United States and in belts. every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

78 Seats and Restraints

restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards. The restraint manufacturer instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs.

Q: What are the different types of { Warning { Warning add-on child restraints? To reduce the risk of neck and Children who are up against, A: Add-on child restraints, which are purchased by the vehicle head injury in a crash, infants and or very close to, any airbag when toddlers should be secured in a it inflates can be seriously injured owner, are available in four basic types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age or killed. Never put a rear-facing two, or until they reach the child restraint in the front restraint should take into consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits outboard seat. Secure a weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear whether or not the restraint will seat. It is also better to secure a be compatible with the motor forward-facing child restraint in a vehicle in which it will be used. rear seat. If you must secure a For most basic types of child forward-facing child restraint in restraints, there are many the front outboard seat, always different models available. When move the front passenger seat as purchasing a child restraint, be far back as it will go. sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 79

Child Restraint Systems { Warning

A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle's regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal Forward-Facing Child Seat injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides crash, young children should restraint for the child's body with the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. always be secured in appropriate restraint with the seating surface child restraints. against the back of the infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

80 Seats and Restraints

important, so if they are not Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a instructions that came with that collision or sudden stop and injure child restraint and the instructions people in the vehicle. Be sure to in this manual. properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is in it. To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child Booster Seats in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians systems must be secured in vehicle A booster seat is a child restraint (CPSTs) are available to inspect seats by lap belts or the lap belt designed to improve the fit of the and demonstrate how to correctly portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by vehicle's safety belt system. use and install child restraints. In the LATCH system. See Lower A booster seat can also help a child the U.S., refer to the National Anchors and Tethers for Children to see out the window. Highway Traffic Safety (LATCH System) 0 82. Children can Administration (NHTSA) website to be endangered in a crash if the child Securing an Add-On Child locate the nearest child safety seat restraint is not properly secured in Restraint in the Vehicle inspection station. For CPST the vehicle. availability in Canada, check with { Warning When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 81

Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint { Warning Warning (Continued) A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the { Warning restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure A child can be seriously injured or airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. killed in a crash if the child is not the back of the rear-facing child properly secured in the child See Passenger Sensing System restraint would be very close to restraint. Secure the child 0 69 for additional information. the inflating airbag. A child in a properly following the instructions forward-facing child restraint can that came with that child restraint. be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the Where to Put the and the passenger seat is in a instructions that came with the child forward position. restraint to make sure it is Restraint compatible with this vehicle. Even if the passenger sensing According to accident statistics, Child restraints and booster seats system has turned off the front children and infants are safer when vary considerably in size, and some passenger frontal airbag, no properly restrained in a child may fit in certain seating positions restraint system or infant restraint system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. system secured in a rear seating guarantee that an airbag will not Depending on where you place the position. deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the Whenever possible, children aged turned off. child restraint, you may not be able 12 and under should be secured in to access adjacent safety belt a rear seating position. Secure rear-facing child restraints assemblies or LATCH anchors for in a rear seat, even if the airbag Never put a rear-facing child seat in additional passengers or child the front. This is because the risk to is off. If you secure a restraints. Adjacent seating the rear-facing child is so great if the forward-facing child restraint in positions should not be used if the airbag deploys. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

82 Seats and Restraints

child restraint prevents access to or attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must interferes with the routing of the rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top safety belt. seats can be properly installed tether and anchor. Wherever a child restraint is using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can installed, be sure to secure the child the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight restraint properly. use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure Keep in mind that an unsecured 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH child restraint can move around in a child seat. collision or sudden stop and injure anchorage system once the people in the vehicle. Be sure to Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than properly secure any child restraint in safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). the booster seat. If the manufacturer the vehicle — even when no child is The following explains how to attach in it. recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle. this can be done as long as the Lower Anchors and booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference child restraints have lower anchors (LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this The LATCH system secures a child case, the safety belt must be used restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions (with top tether where available) to LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, secure the child restraint. See restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this Securing Child Restraints (Rear restraint to the anchors in the manual. Seat) 0 89 or Securing Child vehicle. The LATCH system is When installing a child restraint with Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) designed to make installation of a a top tether, you must also use 0 91. child restraint easier. either the lower anchors or the In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 83

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle. lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the seating position that will vehicle. The top tether accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Rear Seat Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating tether to the anchor. positions with top tether anchors. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

84 Seats and Restraints

H (Lower Anchor) : Seating restraint system or infant restraint positions with two lower anchors. system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 81 for additional information. Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System To assist in locating the lower anchors, each rear anchor position { Warning has a label, near the crease If a LATCH-type child restraint is between the seatback and the seat The top tether anchors are under not attached to anchors or with cushion. the covers, behind the rear seat, on the safety belt, the child restraint the filler panel. Be sure to use an will not be able to protect the child anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position correctly. In a crash, the child where the child restraint will be could be seriously injured or placed. killed. Install a LATCH-type child restraint properly using the Do not secure a child restraint in a anchors, or use the vehicle safety position without a top tether anchor belts to secure the restraint, To assist in locating the top tether if a national or local law requires following the instructions that anchors, the top tether anchor that the top tether be attached, or if came with the child restraint and symbol is on the cover. the instructions that come with the the instructions in this manual. child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 85

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

To reduce the risk of serious or wrapped around a child’s neck. Do not fold the empty rear seat fatal injuries during a crash, do If the shoulder belt is locked and with a safety belt buckled. This not attach more than one child tightened around a child’s neck, could damage the safety belt or restraint to a single anchor. the only way to loosen the belt is the seat. Unbuckle and return the Attaching more than one child to cut it. safety belt to its stowed position, restraint to a single anchor could Buckle any unused safety belts before folding the seat. cause the anchor or attachment behind the child restraint so to come loose or even break children cannot reach them. Pull If you need to secure more than one during a crash. A child or others the shoulder belt all the way out child restraint in the rear seat, see could be injured. of the retractor to set the lock, Where to Put the Restraint 0 81. and tighten the belt behind the You cannot secure three child child restraint after the child restraints using the LATCH anchors { Warning restraint has been installed. in the rear seat at the same time, but you can install two of them. Children can be seriously injured If you want to do this, install one or strangled if a shoulder belt is LATCH child restraint in the right wrapped around their neck. The Caution rear seating position, and install the shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH other one either in the left rear seating position or in the center cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the The shoulder belt locks when it is seating position. If you need to vehicle’s safety belts. This may pulled all the way out of the install child restraints in both the damage these parts. If necessary, center and left rear seating retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to shoulder belt is allowed to go all positions, the one in the center avoid rubbing the LATCH seating position will need to be the way back into the retractor, attachments. but it cannot do this if it is secured using the vehicle safety (Continued) belts instead of the LATCH anchors. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

86 Seats and Restraints

Refer to the following illustration to Installing child restraints using 1.1. Find the lower anchors for learn which anchors to use. LATCH in the center and left rear the desired seating seating positions at the same time is position. prohibited. 1.2. Put the child restraint on Make sure to attach the child the seat. restraint at the proper anchor If the head restraint location. interferes with the proper This system is designed to make installation of the child installation of child restraints easier. restraint, the head When using lower anchors, do not restraint may be removed. use the vehicle's safety belts. See “Head Restraint Instead use the vehicle's anchors Removal and and child restraint attachments to Reinstallation” at the end secure the restraints. Some of this section. restraints also use another vehicle 1.3. Attach and tighten the There are five lower LATCH anchors anchor to secure a top tether. in the rear seat. lower attachments on the 1. Attach and tighten the lower child restraint to the lower . Use anchors 1 and 2 when attachments to the lower anchors. installing a child restraint using anchors. If the child restraint 2. If the child restraint LATCH in the right rear seating does not have lower position. manufacturer recommends that attachments or the desired the top tether be attached, . Use anchors 3 and 4 when seating position does not have attach and tighten the top installing a child restraint using lower anchors, secure the child tether to the top tether anchor, LATCH in the center rear seating restraint with the top tether and if equipped. Refer to the child position. the safety belts. Refer to the restraint instructions and the child restraint manufacturer following steps: . Use anchors 4 and 5 when instructions and the installing a child restraint using instructions in this manual. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. LATCH in left rear seating position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 87

Open the cover to expose under the headrest or the anchor. head restraint and in 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten between the headrest or the top tether according to head restraint posts. the child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint If the position you are and you are using a dual using does not have a tether route the tether headrest or head restraint around the headrest or and you are using a single head restraint. tether, route the tether 3. Before placing a child in the over the seatback. child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint If the position you are at the LATCH path and attempt using has an adjustable to move it side to side and headrest or head restraint back and forth. There should and you are using a single tether, route the tether Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

88 Seats and Restraints

be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) 2. Press both buttons on the head of movement for proper restraint posts at the same installation. time, and pull up on the head restraint. Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation 3. Store the head restraint in the trunk of the vehicle. The rear outboard head restraints can be removed if they interfere with 4. When the child restraint is the proper installation of the child removed, reinstall the head restraint. restraint before the seating position is used. To remove the head restraint: 1. Partially fold the seatback { Warning 1. Insert the head restraint posts forward. See Rear Seats 0 55 into the holes in the top of the for additional information. With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, seatback. The notches on the posts must face the driver side there is a greater chance that of the vehicle. occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not 2. Push the head restraint down. drive until the head restraints for If necessary, press the height all occupants are installed and adjustment release button to adjusted properly. further lower the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 49. To reinstall the head restraint: 3. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 89

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. { Warning rear seating position, study the If the child restraint or vehicle seat instructions that came with the child A crash can damage the LATCH position does not have the LATCH restraint to make sure it is system, you will be using the safety system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH instructions that came with the child resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH restraint. Secure the child in the death in a crash. To help make System) 0 82 for how and where to child restraint when and as the sure the LATCH system is install the child restraint using instructions say. working properly after a crash, LATCH. If a child restraint is see your dealer to have the If more than one child restraint secured in the vehicle using a needs to be installed in the rear system inspected and any safety belt and it uses a top tether, necessary replacements made as seat, be sure to read Where to Put see Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Restraint 0 81. soon as possible. Children (LATCH System) 0 82 for top tether anchor locations. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. If the vehicle has the LATCH system Do not secure a child seat in a and it was being used during a position without a top tether anchor If the head restraint interferes crash, new LATCH system parts if a national or local law requires with the proper installation of may be needed. that the top tether be anchored, or if the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See New parts and repairs may be the instructions that come with the Head Restraint Removal and necessary even if the LATCH child restraint say that the top strap “ Reinstallation under Lower system was not being used at the must be anchored. ” Anchors and Tethers for time of the crash. Children (LATCH System) 0 82. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

90 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt the retractor. back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child 3. Push the latch plate into the restraint, it may be helpful to buckle until it clicks. If the latch use your knee to push down on plate will not go fully into the the child restraint as you buckle, check if the correct tighten the belt. buckle is being used. Try to pull the belt out of the Position the release button on retractor to make sure the the buckle so that the safety retractor is locked. If the belt could be quickly unbuckled retractor is not locked, repeat if necessary. Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 91

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint Warning (Continued) manufacturer's instructions (Front Passenger Seat) regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear This is because the back of the tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a rear-facing child restraint would Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See be very close to the inflating System) 0 82. Where to Put the Restraint 0 81. airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously 7. Before placing a child in the In addition, the vehicle has a injured or killed if the front child restraint, make sure it is passenger sensing system which is outboard passenger frontal airbag securely held in place. To designed to turn off the front inflates and the passenger seat is check, grasp the child restraint outboard passenger frontal airbag in a forward position. at the safety belt path and and knee airbag under certain attempt to move it side to side conditions. See Passenger Sensing Even if the passenger sensing and back and forth. When the System 0 69 and Passenger Airbag system has turned off the front child restraint is properly Status Indicator 0 105 for more outboard passenger frontal installed, there should be no information, including important airbag, no system is fail-safe. No more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of safety information. one can guarantee that an airbag movement. Never put a rear-facing child seat in will not deploy under some To remove the child restraint, the front. This is because the risk to unusual circumstance, even unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the rear-facing child is so great, though it is turned off. let it return to the stowed position. if the airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints If the top tether is attached to a top in a rear seat, even if the airbag tether anchor, disconnect it. If the { Warning head restraint was removed, is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in reinstall it before the seating A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the position is used. See “Head restraint can be seriously injured Restraint Removal and or killed if the front outboard (Continued) Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors passenger frontal airbag inflates. and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 82. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

92 Seats and Restraints

When using the lap-shoulder belt to Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that front passenger seat as far back came with the child restraint and the as it will go. It is better to secure following instructions: the child restraint in a rear seat. 1. Move the seat as far back as it See Passenger Sensing System will go before securing the 0 69 for additional information. forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing If the child restraint uses a top system has turned off the front tether, see Lower Anchors and outboard passenger frontal Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag and knee airbag, the off System) 0 82 for top tether anchor indicator on the passenger Tilt the latch plate to adjust the locations. airbag status indicator should belt if needed. Do not secure a child seat in a light and stay lit when you start position without a top tether anchor the vehicle. See Passenger 0 if a national or local law requires Airbag Status Indicator 105. that the top tether be anchored, or if 2. Put the child restraint on the instructions that come with the the seat. child restraint say that the top strap 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run must be anchored. the lap and shoulder portions In Canada, the law requires that of the vehicle's safety belt forward-facing child restraints have through or around the restraint. a top tether, and that the tether be The child restraint instructions attached. will show you how.

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Seats and Restraints 93

Position the release button on 7. Before placing a child in the the buckle so that the safety child restraint, make sure it is belt could be quickly unbuckled securely held in place. To if necessary. check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbags are off, the off 6. To tighten the belt, push down indicator in the passenger airbag on the child restraint, pull the status indicator will come on and shoulder portion of the belt to stay on when the vehicle is started. tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the back into the retractor. When On Indicator Is Lit for a Child way out of the retractor to set installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing the lock. When the retractor restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 69. lock is set, the belt can be use your knee to push down on tightened but not pulled out of the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, the retractor. tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

94 Storage Storage Storage Compartments Storage Compartments Storage Compartments ...... 94 { Warning Instrument Panel Storage ...... 94 Glove Box ...... 94 Do not store heavy or sharp Cupholders ...... 95 objects in storage compartments. Center Console Storage ...... 95 In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and Additional Storage Features could result in injury. Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 95 Convenience Net ...... 95 Uplevel Instrument Panel Storage The vehicle may have a storage area behind the radio display. Slide the button to the right and release; the door automatically opens. Keep the storage area closed when not in use. Push the door down to close. Glove Box Pull the handle up to open.

Pull the door down to access. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Storage 95 Cupholders Center Console Storage Additional Storage Rear Seat Features Cargo Tie-Downs There are cargo tie‐downs in the trunk. The cargo tie‐downs can be used to secure small loads or the convenience net. See Convenience Net 0 95. Convenience Net For vehicles with a convenience net, it is in the trunk and used to store The center console has storage small loads. The net should not be under the armrest. Pull up the latch used to store heavy loads. Attach Lower the armrest to access the and lift to open. cupholders. There is also storage in the loops on each side of the net to the armrest; lift the lid to access. If equipped, there is an auxiliary the cargo tie-downs in the trunk. input jack, USB port, and power See Cargo Tie-Downs 0 95. outlet. There is an opening under the armrest on the passenger side for cord access. See Auxiliary Devices 0 152 and Power Outlets 0 100. See the infotainment manual. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

96 Instruments and Controls

Malfunction Indicator Lamp Battery Voltage and Charging Instruments and (Check Engine Light) ...... 107 Messages ...... 117 Controls Brake System Warning Brake System Messages . . . . . 117 Light ...... 108 Compass Messages ...... 117 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 117 Controls Warning Light ...... 109 Door Ajar Messages ...... 117 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 97 Lane Departure Warning Engine Cooling System Steering Wheel Controls ...... 97 (LDW) Light ...... 109 Messages ...... 118 Horn ...... 98 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 110 Engine Oil Messages ...... 118 Traction Off Light ...... 110 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 119 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 98 ® Compass ...... 99 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 110 Fuel System Messages ...... 119 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Key and Lock Messages ...... 119 Clock ...... 99 ® Power Outlets ...... 100 StabiliTrak Light ...... 110 Lamp Messages ...... 119 Tire Pressure Light ...... 111 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 111 Messages ...... 120 Indicators Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 112 Ride Control System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Security Light ...... 112 Messages ...... 121 Indicators ...... 101 High-Beam On Light ...... 112 Security Messages ...... 121 Instrument Cluster ...... 102 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 112 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 121 Speedometer ...... 103 Lamps On Reminder ...... 113 Tire Messages ...... 121 Odometer ...... 103 Cruise Control Light ...... 113 Transmission Messages ...... 122 Trip Odometer ...... 103 Door Ajar Light ...... 113 Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 122 Tachometer ...... 103 Information Displays Fuel Gauge ...... 103 Washer Fluid Messages ...... 122 Engine Coolant Temperature Center Stack Display ...... 113 Window Messages ...... 122 Driver Information Gauge ...... 104 Vehicle Personalization Safety Belt Reminders ...... 104 Center (DIC) ...... 113 Vehicle Personalization ...... 123 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 105 Vehicle Messages Passenger Airbag Status Vehicle Messages ...... 116 Universal Remote System Indicator ...... 105 Universal Remote System . . . . 129 Charging System Light ...... 106 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 97 Universal Remote System Controls Steering Wheel Controls Programming ...... 129 Universal Remote System Operation ...... 132 Steering Wheel Adjustment

For vehicles with audio steering wheel controls, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel. To adjust the steering wheel: b / g (Press to Talk) : For vehicles 1. Pull the lever down. with an OnStar, Bluetooth, 2. Move the steering wheel up or navigation system, press to or down. interact with those systems. See Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) 3. Pull or push the steering wheel 0 158 or Bluetooth (Voice closer or away from you. Recognition) 0 162 or Bluetooth 4. Push the lever up to lock the (Overview) 0 157 and OnStar steering wheel in place. Overview 0 339. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

98 Instruments and Controls

$ / i (Mute/End Call) : Press to Windshield Wiper/Washer INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Move silence the vehicle speakers only. the lever up to INT for intermittent Press again to turn the sound on. wipes, then turn the x INT band For vehicles with OnStar or up for more frequent wipes or down Bluetooth systems, press to reject for less frequent wipes. an incoming call, or to end a OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. current call. 1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, briefly SRC (Thumbwheel Control) : _ ^ move the wiper lever down. For Use this control to select a radio The windshield wiper/washer lever several wipes, hold the wiper band or audio source. is on the right side of the steering lever down. Use _ or ^ to select the next or column. previous favorite radio station, CD With the ignition in ACC/ { Warning track or MP3 track. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, In freezing weather, do not use Press SRC to change between move the windshield wiper lever to the washer until the windshield is radio and CD. select the wiper speed. warmed. Otherwise the washer HI : Use for fast wipes. Press and hold SRC to interact with fluid can form ice on the the navigation system, if equipped. LO : Use for slow wipes. windshield, blocking your vision. + x − (Volume) : Press + to increase the volume; press − to n L (Windshield Washer) : Pull decrease the volume. the windshield wiper lever toward you to spray washer fluid and Horn activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the lever is released Press a on the steering wheel pad or the maximum wash time is to sound the horn. reached. When the lever is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the windshield washer had been Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 99

activated. See Washer Fluid 0 240 Compass be used with the radio on while in for information on filling the ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. windshield washer fluid reservoir. The vehicle may have a compass See Overview 0 141 for information display on the center stack. The about how to use the menu system. Clear snow and ice from the wiper compass receives its heading and blades and windshield before using For vehicles with a navigation other information from the Global system, see the navigation manual. them. If frozen to the windshield, Positioning System (GPS) antenna, carefully loosen or thaw them. StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed Setting the Clock (Radio Damaged blades should be information. with CD) replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 245. The compass system is designed to To set the time: operate for a certain number of 1. Press the CONFIG button and Heavy snow or ice can overload the miles or degrees of turn before select Time Settings. wiper motor. needing a signal from the GPS Wiper Parking satellites. When the compass 2. Select Set Time. display shows CAL, drive the If the ignition is put in OFF while the 3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to vehicle for a short distance in an adjust the highlighted number. wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they open area where it can receive a will immediately stop. GPS signal. The compass system 4. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to If the windshield wiper lever is then will automatically determine when a select the next number. moved to OFF before the driver GPS signal is restored and provide 5. To save the time and return to door is opened or within 10 minutes, a heading again. See Compass the Time Settings menu, press 0 the wipers will restart and move to Messages 117 for the messages the BACK / button at any time that may be displayed for the the base of the windshield. or press the TUNE/MENU knob compass. If the ignition is put in OFF while the after adjusting the minutes. wipers are performing wipes due to Setting the 12/24 Hour Format windshield washing, the wipers Clock continue to run until they reach the The infotainment system controls 1. Press the CONFIG button and base of the windshield. are used to access the time and select Time Settings. date settings through the menu 2. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. system. The clock menu can only Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

100 Instruments and Controls

3. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to Day + or Day − : Press the Day + Certain electrical accessories may select the 12 hour or 24 hour or Day − display buttons to increase not be compatible with the display format. or decrease the day. accessory power outlets and could Display : Press Display to turn the overload vehicle or adapter fuses. Setting the Clock (Radio with If there is a problem, see your Touchscreen) display of the time on the screen on or off. dealer. To set the time: When adding electrical equipment, 1. Press the CONFIG button to Power Outlets be sure to follow the installation enter the menu options. Turn instructions included with the the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct equipment. See Add-On Electrical through the available setup Current Equipment 0 224. features. Press the TUNE/ The accessory power outlets can be MENU knob or press the Time used to plug in electrical equipment, Caution screen button to display other such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Hanging heavy equipment from options within that feature. There are two accessory power the power outlet can cause 2. Press + or − to increase or outlets: one on the center stack decrease the Hours and below the climate control system, damage not covered by the Minutes displayed on the clock. and one under the armrest inside vehicle warranty. The power the center console storage. outlets are designed for To turn Auto Set on and off, press accessory power plugs only, such the Auto Set button. The outlet is powered when the as cell phone charge cords. If auto timing is set, the time ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or until the driver displayed on the clock may not Power Outlet 110/120 Volt update immediately when driving door is opened within 10 minutes of into a new time zone. turning off the vehicle. See Retained Alternating Current Accessory Power (RAP) 0 195. 12/24 HR Format : Press the 12 HR If equipped with this power outlet it screen button for standard time; Open the protective cover to use the can be used to plug in electrical press the 24 HR screen button for accessory power outlet. equipment that uses a maximum military time. limit of 150 watts. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 101 operate briefly then turn off. Warning Lights, A protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the indicator light Gauges, and turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn Indicators the Retained Accessory Power Warning lights and gauges can (RAP) off and then back on. See signal that something is wrong Retained Accessory Power (RAP) before it becomes serious enough 0 195. The power restarts when to cause an expensive repair or equipment using 150 watts or less is replacement. Paying attention to the plugged into the outlet and a system warning lights and gauges could fault is not detected. prevent injury. The power outlet is on the rear of The power outlet is not designed for Some warning lights come on briefly the center console. the following, and may not work when the engine is started to properly if they are plugged in: indicate they are working. When An indicator light on the outlet turns one of the warning lights comes on on to show it is in use. The light . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as and stays on while driving, or when comes on when the ignition is in one of the gauges shows there may ON/RUN and equipment requiring compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools. be a problem, check the section that less than 150 watts is plugged into explains what to do. Waiting to do the outlet, and no system fault is . Other equipment requiring an repairs can be costly and even detected. extremely stable power supply, dangerous. The indicator light does not come on such as if the ignition is in LOCK/OFF, no microcomputer-controlled equipment is plugged into the outlet, electric blankets and touch or if the equipment is plugged, but sensor lamps. not fully seated in the outlet. . Medical equipment. If equipment is connected using See High Voltage Devices and more than 150 watts or a system Wiring 0 254. fault is detected, the equipment may Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

102 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 103

Speedometer vehicle status. When pointing to Fuel Gauge AUTO STOP, the engine is off but The speedometer shows the the vehicle is on and can move. The vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine could auto start at any time. per hour (km/h) or miles per When the indicator points to OFF, hour (mph). the vehicle is off. Odometer When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s The odometer shows how far the revolutions per minute (rpm). The vehicle has been driven, in either tachometer may vary by several kilometers or miles. hundred rpm’s, during auto stop mode, when the engine is shutting Trip Odometer off and restarting. The trip odometer shows how far A slight bump may be felt when the the vehicle has been driven since transmission is determining the When the ignition is on, the fuel the trip odometer was last reset. most fuel efficient operating range. gauge shows how much fuel is left in the fuel tank. When the indicator The trip odometer is accessed and Caution nears empty, a message in the reset through the Driver Information Driver Information Center (DIC) Center (DIC). See Driver If the engine is operated with the displays. See Fuel System Information Center (DIC) 0 113. Messages 0 119. The vehicle still rpm’s in the warning area at the high end of the tachometer, the has a little fuel left, but the vehicle Tachometer should be fueled soon. An arrow on vehicle could be damaged, and the fuel gauge indicates the side of The tachometer displays the engine the damage would not be covered the vehicle the fuel door is on. speed in revolutions per by the vehicle warranty. Do not minute (rpm). operate the engine with the rpm’s Here are four things that some owners ask about. These are For vehicles with the Stop/Start in the warning area. system, when the ignition is in ON/ normal and do not indicate a RUN, the tachometer indicates the problem with the fuel gauge: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

104 Instruments and Controls

. At the service station, the gas Engine Coolant Safety Belt Reminders pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. Temperature Gauge Driver Safety Belt Reminder . It takes a little more or less fuel Light to fill up than the gauge There is a driver safety belt indicated. For example, the reminder light on the instrument gauge may have indicated the cluster. fuel tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the fuel tank's capacity to fill it. . The indicator moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up. . The gauge goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. When the vehicle is started, this This gauge shows the engine light flashes and a chime may come coolant temperature. on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays If the indicator needle moves to the on solid until the belt is buckled. hot side of the gauge, the engine is This cycle may continue several too hot. times if the driver remains or If the vehicle has been operated becomes unbuckled while the under normal driving conditions, pull vehicle is moving. off the road, stop the vehicle, and If the driver safety belt is buckled, turn off the engine as soon as neither the light nor the chime possible. comes on. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 105

Passenger Safety Belt grocery bag, laptop, or other Reminder Light electronic device. To turn off the { Warning reminder light and/or chime, remove There is a passenger safety belt the object from the seat or buckle If the airbag readiness light stays reminder light near the passenger the safety belt. on after the vehicle is started or airbag status indicator. See comes on while driving, it means 0 Passenger Sensing System 69. Airbag Readiness Light the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in This light shows if there is an the vehicle might not inflate in a electrical problem with the airbag crash, or they could even inflate system. The system check includes without a crash. To help avoid the airbag sensor(s), passenger injury, have the vehicle serviced sensing system, the pretensioners, right away. the airbag modules, the wiring, and When the vehicle is started, this the crash sensing and diagnostic light flashes and a chime may come module. For more information on the Passenger Airbag Status on to remind passengers to fasten airbag system, see Airbag System 0 Indicator their safety belt. Then the light stays 63. on solid until the belt is buckled. The vehicle has a passenger This cycle continues several times if sensing system. See Passenger 0 the passenger remains or becomes Sensing System 69. The unbuckled while the vehicle is overhead console has a passenger moving. airbag status indicator. If the passenger safety belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the The front passenger safety belt vehicle is started. If the light does reminder light and chime may turn not come on then, have it fixed on if an object is put on the seat immediately. such as a briefcase, handbag, Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

106 Instruments and Controls

outboard passenger frontal airbag Charging System Light and knee airbag are allowed to inflate. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing United States system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and knee airbag. This light comes on briefly when the If, after several seconds, both status ignition key is turned to START, but indicator lights remain on, or if there the engine is not running, as a are no lights at all, there may be a check to show it is working. problem with the lights or the If it does not, have the vehicle Canada passenger sensing system. See serviced by your dealer. your dealer for service. When the vehicle is started, the The light should go out once the engine starts. If it stays on, passenger airbag status indicator { Warning will light ON and OFF, or the symbol or comes on while driving, there for on and off, for several seconds If the airbag readiness light ever could be a problem with the charging system. This light could as a system check. Then, after comes on and stays on, it means indicate that there are problems with several more seconds, the status that something may be wrong indicator will light either ON or OFF, a generator drive belt, or that there with the airbag system. To help is an electrical problem. Have it or either the on or off symbol, to let avoid injury to yourself or others, you know the status of the front checked right away. If the vehicle have the vehicle serviced right outboard passenger frontal airbag must be driven a short distance with away. See Airbag Readiness and knee airbag. the light on, turn off accessories, Light 0 105 for more information, such as the radio and air If the word ON or the on symbol is including important safety conditioner. lit on the passenger airbag status information. indicator, it means that the front Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 107

Malfunction Indicator If the light is flashing : A Caution malfunction has been detected that Lamp (Check Engine could damage the emission control Light) If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service This light is part of the vehicle’s control system may not work as may be required. emission control on-board well, the fuel economy may be diagnostic system. If this light is on lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce while the engine is running, a run smoothly. This could lead to vehicle speed and avoid hard malfunction has been detected and accelerations and uphill grades. costly repairs that might not be the vehicle may require service. The If towing a trailer, reduce the covered by the vehicle warranty. light should come on to show that it amount of cargo being hauled as is working when the ignition is in soon as possible. ON/RUN with the engine not If the light continues to flash, find a running for Key Access or in Service Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle Only Mode for Keyless Access. See off and wait at least 10 seconds Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the 0 188 or Ignition Positions (Key transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the Access) 0 190. or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as meet the original tire possible. specifications, can cause this light If the light is on steady : A to come on. This could lead to malfunction has been detected. costly repairs not covered by the Diagnosis and service may be vehicle warranty. This could also required. affect the vehicle’s ability to pass Malfunctions are often indicated by an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following: the system before any problem is Maintenance test. See . A loose or missing fuel cap may noticeable. Being aware of the light Accessories and Modifications cause the light to come on. See and seeking service promptly when 0 227. Filling the Tank 0 217. A few it comes on may prevent damage. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

108 Instruments and Controls

driving trips with the cap The DLC is under the instrument been replaced or run down, or if properly installed may turn the panel to the left of the steering the vehicle has been recently light off. wheel. Connecting devices that are serviced. . Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions See your dealer if the vehicle will inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to not pass or cannot be made ready poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect for the test. vehicle operation See Add-On away once the engine is warmed 0 up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 224. See your dealer if assistance is needed. Brake System Warning fuel brand. It may require at Light least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel inspection if: The vehicle brake system consists 0 of two hydraulic circuits. If one 216. . The light is on when the engine circuit is not working, the remaining If the light remains on, see your is running. circuit can still work to stop the dealer. . The light does not come on vehicle. For normal braking Emissions Inspection and when the ignition is in ON/RUN performance, both circuits need to Maintenance Programs with the engine not running for be working. Key Access or in Service Only If the warning light comes on, there If the vehicle requires an Emissions Mode for Keyless Access. Inspection/Maintenance test, the is a brake problem. Have the brake test equipment will likely connect to . Critical emission control systems system inspected right away. the vehicle's Data Link have not been completely Connector (DLC). diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if Metric English the 12-volt battery has recently Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 109

This light comes on briefly when the Antilock Brake System have antilock brakes and there is a vehicle is turned on. If it does not problem with the regular brakes. come on then, have it fixed so it will (ABS) Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light be ready to warn if there is a 0 108. problem. For vehicles with a Driver When the ignition is on, the brake Information Center (DIC), see Brake system warning light also comes on System Messages 0 117 for all when the parking brake is set. The brake-related DIC messages. light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on For vehicles with the Antilock Brake Lane Departure Warning after the parking brake is fully (LDW) Light released, it means the vehicle has a System (ABS), this light comes on brake problem. briefly when the engine is started. If it does not, have the vehicle { Warning serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the The brake system might not be indicator light then goes off. working properly if the brake If the ABS light stays on, turn the system warning light is on. ignition off. If the light comes on If equipped, this light comes on Driving with the brake system while driving, stop as soon as it is briefly while starting the vehicle. warning light on can lead to a safely possible and turn the ignition crash. If the light is still on after off. Then start the engine again to If it does not come on, have the the vehicle has been pulled off reset the system. If the ABS light vehicle serviced. the road and carefully stopped, stays on, or comes on again while This light is green if LDW is on and have the vehicle towed for driving, the vehicle needs service. ready to operate. service. If the regular brake system warning light is not on, the vehicle still has This light changes to amber and brakes, but not antilock brakes. flashes to indicate that the lane If the regular brake system warning marking has been crossed without light is also on, the vehicle does not using a turn signal in that direction. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

110 Instruments and Controls

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) This light comes on briefly while This light comes on briefly while 0 214. starting the engine. If it does not, starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your have the vehicle serviced by your Vehicle Ahead Indicator dealer. If the system is working dealer. normally, the indicator light then This light comes on when the turns off. StabiliTrak system is turned off. The traction off light comes on when If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction the Traction Control System (TCS) Control System (TCS) is also off. has been turned off by pressing and If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak the system does not assist in button. controlling the vehicle. Turn on the If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF TCS and the StabiliTrak systems display green when a vehicle is light come on when StabiliTrak is and the warning light turns off. detected ahead and amber when turned off. you are following a vehicle ahead See Traction Control/Electronic 0 much too closely. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not Stability Control 203. limited. Adjust driving accordingly. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) See Traction Control/Electronic Traction Control System System 0 211. ® Stability Control 0 203. (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Traction Off Light StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 111

If the light does not come on, have For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Monitor System (TPMS), this light If the system is working normally, comes on briefly when the engine is the indicator light turns off. started. It provides information Caution If the light is on and not flashing, the about tire pressures and the TPMS. Lack of proper engine oil TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak When the Light Is On Steady maintenance can damage the system have been disabled. A DIC engine. Driving with the engine oil This indicates that one or more of message may display. Check the low can also damage the engine. DIC messages to determine which the tires are significantly underinflated. The repairs would not be covered feature(s) is no longer functioning by the vehicle warranty. Check and whether the vehicle requires A Driver Information Center (DIC) the oil level as soon as possible. service. tire pressure message may also Add oil if required, but if the oil 0 If the light is on and flashing, the display. See Tire Messages 121. level is within the operating range TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system Stop as soon as possible, and and the oil pressure is still low, inflate the tires to the pressure value is actively working. have the vehicle serviced. Always shown on the Tire and Loading follow the maintenance schedule See Traction Control/Electronic Information label. See Tire Pressure Stability Control 0 203. 0 268. for changing engine oil. Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor This light should come on briefly as Operation 0 271. the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

112 Instruments and Controls

If the light comes on and stays on, it Security Light This light comes on when the means that oil is not flowing through high-beam headlamps are in use. the engine properly. The vehicle See Headlamp High/Low-Beam could be low on oil and might have Changer 0 133. some other system problem. See your dealer. Front Fog Lamp Light Low Fuel Warning Light The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. The fog lamp light comes on when If the light stays on and the engine the fog lamps are in use. This light is near the fuel gauge and does not start, there could be a comes on briefly when the ignition is The light goes out when the fog problem with the theft-deterrent turned on as a check to show it is lamps are turned off. See Fog system. See Immobilizer Operation working. Lamps 0 136. (Key Access) 0 41 or Immobilizer It also comes on when the fuel tank Operation (Keyless Access) 0 41. is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, High-Beam On Light have the vehicle serviced. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 113 Lamps On Reminder Door Ajar Light Information Displays Center Stack Display Infotainment and vehicle personalization information displays in the center stack screen. See: . The navigation system manual This light comes on when the This light comes on in the Driver and Infotainment 0 140. exterior lamps are in use. See Information Center (DIC) when a . Vehicle Personalization 0 123. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. door is open or not securely latched. The center stack controls only need Before driving, check that all doors Cruise Control Light a light touch to operate and work are properly closed. best with bare hands. The controls will work with most gloves although they may take longer to respond. Use the finger pad rather than the finger tip to minimize response time. If the controls are not responding, remove the gloves. The cruise control light is white Driver Information when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the Center (DIC) cruise control is set and active. The DIC displays information about The light goes out when the cruise the vehicle. It also displays warning control is turned off. See Cruise messages if a system problem is Control 0 205. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

114 Instruments and Controls

detected. See Vehicle Messages 2. / (Band): Use the band . Timer 0 w x 116. All messages appear in the to scroll through the items in . Navigation DIC display in the center of the each menu. instrument cluster. Digital Speedometer 3. MENU: Press to display the The vehicle may also have features Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle The speedometer shows how fast that can be customized through the Information menu. This button the vehicle is moving in either controls on the radio. See Vehicle is also used to return to or exit kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles 0 Personalization 123. the last screen displayed on per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. DIC Operation and Displays the DIC. Trip 1 and Trip 2 The DIC has different displays, Trip/Fuel Menu Items which can be accessed by using the Press MENU on the turn signal This display shows the current DIC buttons on the turn signal lever lever until Trip/Fuel Menu is distance traveled, in either to the left of the steering wheel. The kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since displayed. Use / to scroll DIC displays trip, fuel, vehicle w x the last reset for the trip odometer. system information, and warning through the menu items. The The trip odometer can be reset to messages if a system problem is following is the list of all possible zero by pressing SET/CLR while the detected. trip/fuel displays. Some of the items trip odometer display is showing. may not be available for your DIC Buttons particular vehicle. Fuel Range . Digital Speedometer This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven . Trip 1 without refueling. The fuel range . Trip 2 estimate is based on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy over . Fuel Range recent driving history and the . Average Fuel Economy and amount of fuel remaining in the fuel 1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear Instantaneous Fuel Economy tank. Fuel range cannot be reset. the menu item displayed. . Average Vehicle Speed Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 115

Average Fuel Economy and calculated based on the various Vehicle Information Menu Instantaneous Fuel Economy vehicle speeds recorded since the Items last reset of this value. The average This display shows the approximate Press MENU on the turn signal average liters per 100 kilometers (L/ speed can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Vehicle lever until Vehicle Information menu 100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). is displayed. Use / to scroll This number is calculated based on Speed display is showing. w x through the menu items. The the number of L/100 km (mpg) Timer following is the list of all possible recorded since the last time this vehicle information displays. Some menu item was reset. This number This display can be used as a timer. of the items may not be available for reflects only the approximate To start the timer, press SET/CLR your particular vehicle. average fuel economy that the while Timer is displayed. The vehicle has right now, and will display will show the amount of time . Display Units that has passed since the timer was change as driving conditions . Tire Pressure change. The fuel economy can be last reset, not including time the reset by pressing SET/CLR while ignition is off. Time will continue to . Remaining Oil Life be counted as long as the ignition is the Average Fuel Economy display . Battery is showing. on, even if another display is being shown on the DIC. The timer will Display Units The instantaneous fuel economy record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, display shows the current and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after Move w / x to switch between approximate fuel economy in liters which the display will return to zero. metric or US when the Unit display per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or To stop the timer, press SET/CLR is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm miles per gallon (mpg). Unlike briefly while Timer is displayed. To the setting. This will change the average economy, this display reset the timer to zero, press and displays on the cluster and DIC to cannot be reset. hold SET/CLR. either metric or English (US) measurements. Average Vehicle Speed Navigation Tire Pressure This display shows the average This display is used for the speed of the vehicle in kilometers Turn-by-Turn Navigation, The display will show a vehicle with per hour (km/h) or miles per if equipped. the approximate pressures of all hour (mph). This average is four tires. Tire pressure is displayed Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

116 Instruments and Controls in either kilopascal (kPa) or pounds engine oil life system, press SET/ Vehicle Messages per square inch (psi). See Tire CLR while the Oil Life display is Pressure Monitor System 0 270 and active. See Engine Oil Life System Messages displayed on the DIC Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 233. indicate the status of the vehicle or 0 271. some action that may be needed to Battery correct a condition. Multiple Remaining Oil Life This display, available on some messages may display one after the This display shows an estimate of vehicles, shows the current battery other. the oil's remaining useful life. voltage. If the voltage is in the The messages that do not require If Remaining Oil Life 99% is normal range, the value will display. immediate action can be displayed, that means 99% of the For example, the display may read acknowledged and cleared by current oil life remains. Battery Voltage 15.0 Volts. The pressing SET/CLR. The messages When the remaining oil life is low, vehicle's charging system regulates that require immediate action cannot the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON voltage based on the state of the be cleared until that action is message will appear on the display. battery. The battery voltage can performed. All messages should be See Engine Oil Messages 0 118. fluctuate while viewing this taken seriously and clearing the The oil should changed as soon as information on the DIC. This is messages does not correct the 0 normal. See Charging System Light possible. See Engine Oil 231. In 0 problem. addition to the engine oil life system 106. If there is a problem with the battery charging system, the DIC The following are some of the monitoring the oil life, additional vehicle messages that may be maintenance is recommended. See will display a message. 0 displayed depending on your Maintenance Schedule 310. vehicle content. Remember, the Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Also, be careful not to reset the Oil Life display accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 117

Battery Voltage and Brake System Messages Cruise Control Messages Charging Messages BRAKE FLUID LOW CRUISE SET TO XXX BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message is displayed when the This message displays when the This message displays when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake cruise control is set and shows the 0 vehicle has detected that the battery Fluid 241. speed it was set to. See Cruise Control 0 205. voltage is dropping beyond a SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST reasonable point. The battery saver system starts reducing features of This message may be displayed Door Ajar Messages the vehicle that may be noticed. At when there is a problem with the the point that features are disabled, brake boost assist system. When DRIVER DOOR OPEN this message displays. Turn off this message is displayed, the brake This message will display when the unnecessary accessories to allow boost assist motor might be heard driver door is open. Close the door the battery to recharge. operating and you might notice completely. pulsation in the brake pedal. This is LOW BATTERY normal under these conditions. Take HOOD OPEN This message is displayed when the the vehicle to your dealer for This message will display when the battery voltage is low. See Battery - service. hood is open. Close the hood North America 0 242. completely. Compass Messages SERVICE BATTERY LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN CAL CHARGING SYSTEM This message will display when the This message is displayed when This message is displayed when the driver side rear door is open. Close there is a fault in the battery compass needs to be calibrated. the door completely. charging system. Take the vehicle to See Compass 0 99. your dealer for service. PASSENGER DOOR OPEN –– This message will display when the Dashes will be displayed if the front passenger door is open. Close compass needs service. See your the door completely. dealer for service. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

118 Instruments and Controls

RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN If this message continues to appear, Engine Oil Messages have the system repaired by your This message will display when the dealer as soon as possible to avoid CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON passenger side rear door is open. damage to the engine. Close the door completely. This message displays when the COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD engine oil needs to be changed. TRUNK OPEN COOLANT When the engine oil is changed, be This message will display when the sure to reset the Oil Life System. trunk is open. Close the trunk This message will display if the See Engine Oil Life System 0 233, completely. coolant is low. See Engine Coolant Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 236. 0 113, Engine Oil 0 231, and Maintenance Schedule 0 310. Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED — Messages IDLE ENGINE ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE ENGINE A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH This message displays when the ENGINE TEMP engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil temperature is too hot. This message displays when the idle until it cools down. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle engine coolant becomes hotter than until it cools down. the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OVERHEATED — To avoid added strain on a hot STOP ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW— STOP engine, the air conditioning This message displays and a ENGINE compressor automatically turns off. continuous chime sounds if the This message displays if low oil When the coolant temperature engine cooling system reaches pressure levels occur. Stop the returns to normal, the air unsafe temperatures for operation. vehicle as soon as safely possible conditioning compressor turns back Stop and turn off the vehicle as and do not operate it until the cause on. You can continue to drive the soon as it is safe to do so to avoid of the low oil pressure has been vehicle. severe damage. This message corrected. Check the oil as soon as clears when the engine has cooled possible and have the vehicle to a safe operating temperature. serviced by your dealer. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 119

Engine Power Messages TIGHTEN GAS CAP USE TRANSMITTER POCKET TO START ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED This message displays when the fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message displays when trying This message displays when the fuel cap. to start the vehicle if an RKE vehicle's engine power is reduced. transmitter is not detected. The Reduced engine power can affect Key and Lock Messages transmitter battery may be weak. the vehicle's ability to accelerate. See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low If this message is on, but there is no NO REMOTE DETECTED Transmitter Battery” under Remote reduction in performance, proceed This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System to your destination. The transmitter battery is weak on Operation 0 28. performance may be reduced the vehicles with Keyless Access. See next time the vehicle is driven. The “Starting the Vehicle with a Low Lamp Messages vehicle may be driven at a reduced Transmitter Battery” under Remote speed while this message is on, but Keyless Entry (RKE) System AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL maximum acceleration and speed Operation 0 28. ON/OFF may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, the vehicle REPLACE BATTERY IN This message is displayed when the automatic light control has been should be taken to your dealer for REMOTE KEY service as soon as possible. turned on or off. See Automatic This message displays when the Headlamp System 0 134. battery in the Remote Keyless Entry Fuel System Messages (RKE) transmitter needs to be CHECK XXX TURN FUEL LEVEL LOW replaced. See “Battery SIGNAL LAMP Replacement” under Remote When one of the turn signals is out, This message displays when the Keyless Entry (RKE) System this message displays to show vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as Operation 0 28. which bulb needs to be replaced. soon as possible. See Bulb Replacement 0 246 and Replacement Bulbs 0 253. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

120 Instruments and Controls

TURN SIGNAL ON clean the outside of the windshield this system to help you park. See area in front of the LDW/FCA Parking Assist 0 209. See your This message is displayed if the camera sensor. dealer for service. turn signal has been left on. Turn off the turn signal. LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SERVICE SIDE DETECTION UNAVAILABLE SYSTEM Object Detection System This message may appear if LDW If this message appears, the system Messages does not activate due to a needs service. Take the vehicle to FORWARD COLLISION temporary condition. your dealer. ALERT OFF PARK ASSIST OFF SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT OFF If your vehicle has the Forward This message displays when the This message indicates that the Collision Alert (FCA) system, this parking assist system has been driver has turned the system off. message may display if the FCA turned off or when there is a system cannot activate due to a temporary condition causing the SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM temporary condition. See Forward system to be disabled. See Parking UNAVAILABLE Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 211. Assist 0 209. This message indicates that the FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED, SERVICE FRONT CAMERA SBZA system is disabled because CLEAN WINDSHIELD the sensor is blocked and cannot This message displays when the detect vehicles in the blind zone. This message displays when the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and The sensor may be blocked by mud, Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Forward Collision Alert (FCA) dirt, snow, ice, or slush. This Forward Collision Alert (FCA) systems are disabled and need message may also activate during systems are disabled because the service. See your dealer. heavy rain or due to road spray. The camera view is blocked and cannot vehicle does not need service. operate properly. It may also SERVICE PARK ASSIST activate during heavy rain or due to This message displays if there is a road spray. To clean the system, problem with the Rear Parking Assist (RPA) system. Do not use Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 121

Ride Control System Security Messages Tire Messages Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SERVICE TRACTION This message displays if the vehicle SYSTEM CONTROL detects a tamper condition. This message displays if there is a This message displays when there problem with the Tire Pressure is a problem with the Traction Service Vehicle Messages Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 271. Control System (TCS). When this SERVICE AC SYSTEM message is displayed, the system TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your This message displays if there is a driving accordingly. See your dealer problem with the air conditioning This message displays when the for service. system. Take the vehicle to your system is learning new tires. See dealer for service. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation SERVICE STABILITRAK 0 271. SERVICE POWER STEERING This message displays if there is a TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD problem with the StabiliTrak system. This message displays and a chime AIR TO TIRE If this message appears, try to reset may sound when there may be a the system. Stop; turn off the engine problem with the power steering On vehicles with the Tire Pressure for at least 15 seconds; then start system. If this message displays Monitor System (TPMS), this the engine again. If this message and a reduction in steering message displays when the still comes on, it means there is a performance or loss of power pressure in one or more of the problem. See your dealer for steering assistance is noticed, see vehicle's tires is low. service. The vehicle is safe to drive; your dealer. The low tire pressure warning light however, you do not have the SERVICE VEHICLE SOON will also come on. See Tire benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce Pressure Light 0 111. your speed and drive accordingly. This message displays if there is a problem with the vehicle. Take the If a tire pressure message displays, vehicle to your dealer for service. inflate the tires until the tire pressure is equal to the values shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

122 Instruments and Controls

See Tires 0 261, Vehicle Load TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE the location of the windshield Limits 0 184, and Tire Pressure ENGINE washer reservoir. Also, see Washer 0 268. Fluid 0 240 for more information. This message displays and a chime More than one tire pressure sounds if the transmission fluid in message can be received at a time. the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the Window Messages The DIC also shows the tire transmission fluid temperature high OPEN, THEN CLOSE DRIVER/ pressure values. See Driver can cause damage to the vehicle. PASSENGER WINDOW Information Center (DIC) 0 113. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to allow the transmission to cool. This This message is displayed when the Transmission Messages message clears when the fluid window needs to be reprogrammed. temperature reaches a safe level. If the vehicle's battery has been SERVICE TRANSMISSION recharged or disconnected, you will This message displays if there is a Vehicle Reminder need to program each front window problem with the transmission. See for the express-up feature to work. Messages 0 your dealer. See Power Windows 44. ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE SHIFT DENIED WITH CARE This message displays when This message displays when ice attempting to use the automatic conditions are possible. transmission manual mode to shift to too low or too high of a gear. See Manual Mode 0 200. Washer Fluid Messages SHIFT TO PARK WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This message displays when the transmission needs to be shifted to This message displays when the P (Park). This may appear when windshield washer fluid is low. Fill turning the ignition off or removing the windshield washer reservoir as the key from the vehicle if the soon as possible. See Engine vehicle is not in P (Park). Compartment Overview 0 230 for Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 123 Vehicle . View more feature options. . Navigation Settings Personalization . Enable or disable the feature. . Display Settings w : Press to scroll up. . Vehicle Settings Use the audio system controls to access the personalization menus x : Press to scroll down. Each menu is detailed in the for customizing vehicle features. Back : Press to return to the following information. The following are all possible previous menu. Languages personalization features. Depending To access the Select Languages, then select from on the vehicle, some may not be personalization menu: the available language(s). available. 1. Press Config on the Home Time and Date Infotainment System Audio page on the infotainment System Controls system display or CONFIG on Manually set the time and date. See Clock 0 99. Using the Faceplate the faceplate. 2. Select the desired feature to TUNE/MENU Knob Radio Settings display a list of available . Press to enter, select, or activate options. Select and the following may a highlighted menu option. display: 3. Select the desired feature . Turn to highlight a menu option. setting. . Auto Volume . Gracenote Options . Press to enable or disable a Personalization Menus system setting. . XM Channel Art The following list of menu items may } BACK be available: . Max Startup Volume . Press to exit a menu. . Languages . Number of Favorites Pages . Press to return to a previous . Time and Date . XM Categories screen. . Radio Settings . Software Versions Menu Using the Touch Screen . Phone Settings Press a screen feature to: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

124 Instruments and Controls

Auto Volume Select to enable or disable. Phone Settings This feature adjusts the volume to Max Startup Volume Select and the following may minimize the effects of unwanted display: background noise that can result This feature sets the maximum . Bluetooth from changing road surfaces, driving startup volume. If the vehicle is started and the volume is greater speeds, or open windows. This Bluetooth feature works best at lower volume than this level, the volume is Select and the following may settings where background noise is adjusted to this level. display: typically louder than the sound Press + or − to increase or system volume. decrease the volume. . Device List Select Off, Low, Medium, or High. Number of Favorites Pages . Pair Device Gracenote Options Press to set the number of favorites Device List Select and the following may to display. Select to connect to a different display: Select the desired number. phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone. . Normalization XM Categories Pair Device Normalization This allows which available XM Select to pair a new device. See This feature improves voice Categories are used and displayed. Pairing a Phone/Device in recognition and media groupings. Press to enable or disable available “ ” Bluetooth in the infotainment See CD Player, USB, Auxiliary categories. “ ” “ ”“ ”“ manual. Devices, and Bluetooth Audio in ” “ ” Software Versions Menu the infotainment manual. Navigation Settings Press to display information about Select to enable or disable. the system and update software if See “Navigation Settings” in XM Channel Art available. “Configure Menu” in the infotainment manual. This feature turns the XM Audio page background on the XM Channel display on and off. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 125

Display Settings Select and follow the screen Display Off prompts. Press and the following may Press to turn the display off. The display: Restore Home Page Defaults display will return when any radio buttons are pressed or the screen is . Home Page Menu This feature will restore the Home touched (if equipped). . Rear Camera Options Page to the factory settings. Map Settings . Display Off Select and follow the screen prompts. See “Map Settings” in “Configure . Map Settings Menu” in the infotainment manual. Rear Camera Options Home Page Menu Select and the following may Vehicle Settings Select and the following may display: Select and the following may display: . Symbols display: . Customize . Guiding Lines . Climate and Air Quality . Sort Comfort and Convenience Symbols . . Restore Home Page Defaults Collision/Detection Systems Select to turn the rear camera . Customize symbols on or off. See Rear Vision . Lighting 0 This feature allows the selection of Camera (RVC) 207. . Power Door Locks what icons will be on the first Guiding Lines Home Page. . Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Select to turn the rear camera . Return to Factory Settings? Select and follow the screen guiding lines on or off. See Rear prompts. Vision Camera (RVC) 0 207. Climate and Air Quality Sort Select and the following may This feature allows the icons on the display: Home Page to be moved. . Auto Fan Speed . Remote Start Heated Seats Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

126 Instruments and Controls

. Auto Defog Select On or Off. They will return to their previous . Auto Rear Defog driving position when the vehicle is Comfort and Convenience shifted out of R (Reverse), the Auto Fan Speed Select and the following may ignition is turned to OFF, or the This allows for selecting the display: vehicle is left in R (Reverse). See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 43. automatic fan speed. It can be . Easy Exit Driver Seat adjusted to run lower or higher than Select On or Off. Chime Volume normal. . Reverse Tilt Mirror Collision/Detection Systems Select High, Medium, or Low. . Easy Exit Driver Seat Select and the following may Remote Start Heated Seats display: This feature moves the seat When turned on, this feature will rearward allowing the driver more . Park Assist turn the heated seats on when using room to exit the vehicle. remote start on cold days. . Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) See Easy Exit Driver Seat under Select On or Off. “ ” . Rear Cross Traffic Alert Memory Seats 0 53. Park Assist Auto Defog Select On or Off. Only vehicles with dual automatic This allows the Park Assist feature Chime Volume climate control will have this option. to be turned on or off. This allows for turning the auto This allows selection of the chime Select On or Off. defog on or off. volume level. See Parking Assist 0 209. Select On or Off. Select Normal or High. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Auto Rear Defog Reverse Tilt Mirror This allows the SBZA feature to be This will allow for turning the auto When on, both the driver and turned on or off. rear defog on or off. This feature will passenger mirrors will tilt downward Select On or Off. automatically turn on the rear when the vehicle is shifted to window defogger when it is cold R (Reverse) to improve visibility of See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) outside. the ground near the rear wheels. 0 212. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 127

Rear Cross Traffic Alert Power Door Locks closed. Three chimes will signal delayed locking is in use. Press This allows the feature to be turned Select and depending on the radio on or off. the following may display: either the power lock button or Q on the RKE transmitter twice to Select Off or On. . Open Door Anti Lock Out override the delayed locking feature See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out and immediately lock all of the 0 207. doors. . Auto Door Unlock Select to turn On or Off. Lighting . Delayed Door Lock Select and the following may Open Door Anti Lock Out or Remote Lock/Unlock/Start display: Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out Select and depending on the radio . Vehicle Locator Lights When on, this feature will keep the the following may display: . Exit Lighting driver door from locking when the . Remote Unlock Feedback door is open. If Off is selected, the . Unlock Feedback (Lights) Vehicle Locator Lights Delayed Door Lock menu will be This allows the vehicle locator lights available and the door will lock as . Remote Lock Feedback to be turned on or off. The vehicle programmed through this menu. . Locking Feedback locator lights come on when Select to turn On or Off. unlocking the vehicle with the RKE . Remote Door Unlock transmitter. Auto Door Unlock . Door Unlock Options Select On or Off. This allows selection of which of the . Memory Remote Recall doors will automatically unlock when Exit Lighting the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). . Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder This allows for selecting how long Select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. . Relock Remote Door the exterior lamps stay on when . Passive Door Unlock leaving the vehicle and it is dark Delayed Door Lock . Passive Door Lock outside. When on, this feature will delay the Select Off, 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, locking of the doors until or 2 Minutes. five seconds after the last door is Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

128 Instruments and Controls

Remote Unlock Feedback or Press TUNE/MENU when Door Press TUNE/MENU when Memory Unlock Feedback (Lights) Unlock Options is highlighted. Turn Remote Recall is highlighted. Turn When on, the exterior lamps will the TUNE/MENU knob to select All the TUNE/MENU knob to select On flash when unlocking the vehicle Doors or Driver Door Only. When or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to with the RKE transmitter. set to Driver Door Only, the driver confirm and go back to the door will unlock the first time K is last menu. Select On or Off. Press TUNE/ pressed and all doors will unlock MENU to confirm and go back to the Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder when K is pressed a second time. last menu. This allows the Remote Left in When set to All Doors, all of the Vehicle Reminder feature to be Remote Lock Feedback or doors will unlock at the first press of Locking Feedback K turned on or off. If on, the horn will . Press TUNE/MENU to confirm chirp if a remote is left in the This allows selection of what type of and go back to the last menu. vehicle. feedback is given when locking the Memory Remote Recall vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Press TUNE/MENU when Remote This allows the Memory Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder is Press TUNE/MENU when Locking Recall feature to be turned on or off. highlighted. Turn the TUNE/MENU Feedback is highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press TUNE/MENU knob to select Lights When on, this feature will recall the TUNE/MENU to confirm and go and Horn, Lights Only, Horn Only, current driver's last seat and outside back to the last menu. or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to mirror positions upon unlocking the confirm and go back to the driver door with the RKE transmitter, Relock Remote Door last menu. and opening that door. The current When on, the doors will driver is identified when the RKE automatically lock after a period of Remote Door Unlock or Door transmitter is used to unlock the Unlock Options time if the vehicle is not entered or driver door. If equipped with Keyless exited. This allows selection of which doors Access, the recall will occur upon Press TUNE/MENU when Relock will unlock when pressing K on the opening the driver door. See Recalling RKE Memory Positions Remote Door is highlighted. Turn RKE transmitter. “ ” under Memory Seats 0 53. the TUNE/MENU knob to select On Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 129 or Off. Press TUNE/MENU to Press TUNE/MENU when Passive Universal Remote confirm and go back to the Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the last menu. TUNE/MENU knob to select Off, On, System or On with Active Horn Chirp. Press See Radio Frequency Statement Passive Door Unlock TUNE/MENU to confirm and go 0 335. This allows selection of which doors back to the last menu. are unlocked by pressing the button on the outside door handle. Return to Factory Settings? Universal Remote System Press TUNE/MENU when Passive Select Return to Factory Settings? Programming Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the for the option to return all vehicle TUNE/MENU knob to select All personalization to the default Doors or Driver Door. Press TUNE/ settings. Turn the TUNE/MENU MENU to confirm and go back to the knob to select Yes or No. Press last menu. TUNE/MENU to confirm and go back to the last menu. Passive Door Lock This allows for turning Passive If equipped, these buttons are in the Locking off, on, or on with feedback. overhead console. This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices. These instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices. Do not use the Universal Remote system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

130 Instruments and Controls

reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal the indicator light changes from garage door opener model Remote System a slow to a rapid flash. Then manufactured before April 1, 1982. release both buttons. For questions or help programming Read these instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call Some garage door openers before programming the Universal 1-800-355-3515 or see may require substitution of Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com. Step 2 with the procedure another person assist with the under “Radio Signals for programming process. Programming involves Canada and Some Gate time-sensitive actions, and may time Operators” later in this section. Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated. 3. Press and hold the newly as well as for future programming. programmed Universal Remote Erase the programming when To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held while watching the indicator See “Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 light and garage door System Buttons” later in this to 3 in) away from the activation. section. Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on To program a garage door opener, buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held door moves when the facing the garage door opener transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage programming is complete. objects near the garage door. door opener receiver. There is no need to Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and complete Steps 4–6. has a new battery for quick and hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote door does not move, a system buttons to be used to second button press may operate the garage door. Do be required. For a second not release either button until time, press and hold the newly programmed button Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Instruments and Controls 131

for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or Radio Signals for Canada and stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of complete. pressing this button. For questions or programming help call 1-800-355-3515 or see . If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and www.homelink.com. rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and and the garage door does button for two seconds and some U.S. gate operators require not move, continue with then release it. If the garage transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the lamp on the garage door transmission. This may not be long opener receiver does not flash, enough for the Universal Remote press and hold the same system to pick up the signal during button a second time for programming. two seconds, then release it. If the programming did not work, Again, if the door does not replace Step 2 under “Programming move or the garage door lamp the Universal Remote System” with does not flash, press and hold the following: the same button a third time for Press and hold the Universal two seconds, then release it. Learn or Smart Button Remote system button while 4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every button inside the garage on the garage door. two seconds until the signal has garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for been successfully accepted by the The name and color of the programming the two remaining Universal Remote system. The button may vary by buttons. Universal Remote system indicator manufacturer. light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

132 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the Operation button. Using the Universal Remote 2. The indicator light will begin to System flash after 20 seconds. Without Press and hold the appropriate releasing the button, proceed Universal Remote system button for with Step 1 under at least one-half second. The “Programming the Universal indicator light will come on while the Remote System.” signal is being transmitted. Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle ownership is terminated. To erase: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds. 2. Release both buttons. Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button To reprogram any of the system buttons: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Lighting 133 Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically Lighting turns the exterior lamps on and off, Exterior Lamp Controls depending on outside lighting. Exterior Lighting ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 parking lamps including all lamps, Exterior Lamps Off except the headlamps. Reminder ...... 133 2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the Headlamp High/Low-Beam headlamps together with the parking Changer ...... 133 lamps and instrument panel lights. Flash-to-Pass ...... 134 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 134 Exterior Lamps Off Automatic Headlamp Reminder System ...... 134 The exterior lamp control is on the A warning chime sounds if the driver Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 135 instrument panel on the left side of door is opened while the ignition is Turn and Lane-Change the steering wheel. off and the exterior lamps are on. Signals ...... 135 Fog Lamps ...... 136 Turn the control to the following positions: Headlamp High/ Interior Lighting Low-Beam Changer Instrument Panel Illumination O (Off) : Turns off the exterior Control ...... 136 lamps. The knob returns to the 2 3 (Headlamp High/Low-Beam Courtesy Lamps ...... 136 AUTO position after it is released. Changer) : Push the turn signal Dome Lamps ...... 137 Turn to O again to reactivate the lever away from you and release, to Reading Lamps ...... 137 AUTO mode. turn the high beams on. To return to low beams, push the lever again or Lighting Features In Canada, the headlamps will pull it toward you and release. Entry Lighting ...... 138 automatically reactivate when the Exit Lighting ...... 138 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Battery Load Management . . . 138 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

134 Lighting

DRL. The DRL will come on when Automatic Headlamp all of the following conditions are met: System . The ignition is on. When the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough . The exterior lamp control is outside, the headlamps come on in AUTO. This indicator light turns on in the automatically. instrument cluster when the . The light sensor determines it is high-beam headlamps are on. daytime. . The vehicle is not in P (Park). Flash-to-Pass When the DRL are on, the taillamps, To flash the high beams, pull the sidemarker lamps, instrument panel turn signal lever toward you, and lights, and other lamps will not release. be on. Daytime Running The DRL turn off when the headlamps are turned to O or the Lamps (DRL) ignition is off. DRL can make it easier for others to This vehicle may have a DRL see the front of your vehicle during disabling function. When the DRL the day. Fully functional DRL are There is a light sensor on top of the are on and a turn signal is activated, instrument panel. Do not cover the required on all vehicles first sold in the DRL on that side will be off until Canada. sensor, otherwise the headlamps the turn signal goes off. will come on when they are not The DRL system turns on the needed. low-beam headlamps at a reduced brightness. For vehicles with High The system may also turn on the Intensity Discharge (HID) headlamps when driving through a headlamps, there is a dedicated parking garage or tunnel. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Lighting 135

When it is bright enough outside, Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Signals Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is Move the turn signal lever all the in AUTO, the headlamps, parking way up or down to signal a turn. lamps, and other exterior lamps An arrow on the instrument cluster come on. The transition time for the | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : Press this button to make the front flashes in the direction of the turn or lamps coming on varies based on lane change. wiper speed. When the wipers are and rear turn signal lamps flash on not operating, these lamps turn off. and off. Press again to turn the Raise or lower the lever until the Move the exterior lamp control to P flashers off. arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. Hold it there until the lane or ; to disable this feature. The hazard warning flashers turn on automatically if the airbags deploy. change is completed. If the lever is briefly pressed and released, the turn signal flashes three times. The turn signal can be turned off manually by moving the lever back to its original position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

136 Lighting

If after signaling a turn or lane # (Fog Lamps, If Equipped) : Interior Lighting change, the arrow flashes rapidly or Press to turn on or off. An indicator does not come on, a signal bulb light on the instrument cluster Instrument Panel may be burned out. comes on when the fog lamps Have any burned out bulbs are on. Illumination Control replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, Some localities have laws that check the fuse. See Fuses 0 254. require the headlamps to be on along with the fog lamps. Fog Lamps

The brightness of the instrument panel lighting and steering wheel controls can be adjusted. D (Instrument Panel To turn on the fog lamps, Illumination) : Move and hold the if equipped, the ignition and the thumbwheel up or down to brighten headlamps or parking lamps must or dim the lights. be on. If the fog lamps are turned on while Courtesy Lamps the exterior lamp control is in the The courtesy lamps come on AUTO position, the headlamps automatically when any door is come on automatically. opened and the dome lamp is in the door position. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Lighting 137

Dome Lamps Reading Lamps There are front and rear reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner.

Rear Reading Lamps # or $ (Reading Lamps) : Press the button near each lamp to turn it on or off.

The interior lamps control in the overhead console controls both the front and rear interior lamps. Front Reading Lamps To operate, press the buttons: E (Off) : Turns the lamps off. 1 (Door) : Turns the lamps on when any door is opened. + (On) : Keeps the lamps on all the time. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

138 Lighting Lighting Features remain on after the door is closed When the battery's state of charge for a set amount of time, then is low, the voltage is raised slightly Entry Lighting automatically turn off. to quickly bring the charge back up. For vehicles with Keyless Access, When the state of charge is high, Some exterior lamps and most of the exterior lamps automatically turn the voltage is lowered slightly to the interior lights turn on briefly on when a door is opened after the prevent overcharging. If the vehicle when the Remote Keyless Entry ignition is changed to the OFF has a voltage display on the Driver (RKE) transmitter K button is position. The dome lamps also Information Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. pressed. After about 30 seconds the come on after the ignition is This is normal. If there is a problem, exterior lamps turn off, then the changed to the OFF position. See an alert will be displayed. dome lamps and remaining interior Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) lights dim to off. Entry lighting can 0 188 or Ignition Positions (Key The battery can be discharged at be disabled manually by changing Access) 0 190. idle if the electrical loads are very the ignition out of the OFF position, The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles. or by pressing the RKE transmitter immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator Q button. lamps control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the This feature can be changed. See This feature can be changed. See power that is needed for very high Vehicle Personalization 0 123. Vehicle Personalization 0 123. electrical loads. Exit Lighting A high electrical load occurs when Battery Load several of the following are on, such Some exterior lamps come on at Management as: headlamps, high beams, fog night, or in areas with limited lamps, rear window defogger, lighting, when the key is removed The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM), which climate control fan at high speed, from the ignition. The dome lamps heated seats, engine cooling fans, also come on when the key is estimates the battery's temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts trailer loads, and loads plugged into removed from the ignition. The accessory power outlets. exterior lamps and dome lamps the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Lighting 139

EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a DIC message might be displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages 0 117. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

140 Infotainment System Introduction functions may gray out when they Infotainment are unavailable. Many infotainment System features are also available through Infotainment the instrument cluster and steering Base radio information is included in wheel controls. Introduction this manual. See the infotainment Before driving: Infotainment ...... 140 manual for information on other Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 141 available infotainment systems. . Become familiar with the Overview ...... 141 operation, faceplate buttons, and Read the following pages to screen buttons. Operation ...... 143 become familiar with these features. . Set up the audio by presetting Radio favorite stations, setting the AM-FM Radio ...... 147 { Warning tone, and adjusting the Satellite Radio ...... 148 speakers. Radio Reception ...... 149 Taking your eyes off the road for Backglass Antenna ...... 150 too long or too often while using . Set up phone numbers in Multi-Band Antenna ...... 150 any infotainment feature can advance so they can be called cause a crash. You or others easily by pressing a single Audio Players could be injured or killed. Do not button or by using a single voice CD Player ...... 151 give extended attention to command if equipped with Auxiliary Devices ...... 152 infotainment tasks while driving. Bluetooth phone capability. Phone Limit your glances at the vehicle See Defensive Driving 0 178. displays and focus your attention Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 157 To play the infotainment system with Bluetooth (Infotainment on driving. Use voice commands the ignition off, see Retained Controls) ...... 158 whenever possible. Accessory Power (RAP) 0 195. Bluetooth (Voice Recognition) ...... 162 The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some functions when driving. These Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 141

Theft-Deterrent Feature The theft-deterrent feature works by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the infotainment system. The infotainment system does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle. Overview Infotainment System Overview Radio faceplate examples are provided to help identify buttons and to help understand the functions of the radio. Find the faceplate that best matches the vehicle for a description. Radio with CD

1. VOL/ O (Volume/Power) . Selects a connected external audio source. . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. 4. Buttons 1 to 6 2. FAV (Favorites) . Saves and selects favorite stations. . Opens the favorites list. 5. RADIO/BAND 3. CD/AUX . Changes the band while . Selects the CD player or listening to the radio. external audio source. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

142 Infotainment System

. Selects the radio when 10. CONFIG (Configuration) . Release ¨ to return to listening to a different audio . Opens the playing speed. See CD source. Configuration menu. Player 0 151. / 6. BACK 11. © SEEK ¨ . For AM or FM, press ¨ to . Menu: Moves one seek to the next strong level back. . Press © to seek to the station. beginning of the current or . Character Input: Deletes previous track. If the track 12. CD Slot the last character. has been playing for less . Insert a CD. 7. TUNE/MENU than five seconds, it seeks the previous track. If longer 13. w j (Play/Pause) . Radio: Manually selects than five seconds, the radio stations. . Press to start, pause, and current track starts from the resume playback. See CD . CD: Selects tracks. beginning. Player 0 151. 8. INFO . Press and hold © to quickly 14. v / > (Phone/Mute) . Radio: Shows available reverse through a track. . Opens the Phone menu. information about the Release the button to return current station. to playing speed. See CD . Mutes the audio system. Player 0 151. . CD: Shows available 15. Z (CD Eject) information about the . For AM or FM, press © to current track. . Removes a disc from the seek to the previous strong CD slot. 9. TONE station. Configuration Setup Menu . Press to access the Tone . Press ¨ to seek the next Settings menu to adjust track. Press the CONFIG button to display bass, midrange, and treble. the Configuration menu. The See Operation 0 143. . Press and hold ¨ to fast Configuration menu is used for forward through a track. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 143

changing the settings for the audio, Turning the System On or Off Menu System phone, vehicle configuration, and time features. VOL/ O (Volume/Power) : Press to Controls turn the system on and off. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll The TUNE/MENU knob and the through the available setup features. Automatic Switch-Off BACK / button are used to Once the desired feature displays, If the infotainment system has been navigate the menu system. press the TUNE/MENU knob or turned on after the ignition is turned TUNE/MENU : Press to: press the desired feature on the off, the system will turn off . Select or activate the highlighted screen, to display more options automatically after 10 minutes. within that feature. menu option. Volume Control Languages . Confirm a set value. O To change the display language, VOL/ (Volume/Power) : Turn to . Turn a system setting on or off. see Vehicle Personalization 0 123. adjust the volume. Turn to: v The vehicle supports English, / > (Phone) : For vehicles with . Enter the menu system. OnStar, press and hold v / > to French, and Spanish. The default . Highlight a menu option. language is English. mute the infotainment system. Press and hold v / > again, or turn the . Select a value. Operation VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. BACK / : Press to: Controls For vehicles without OnStar®, press . Exit a menu. v > The infotainment system is operated / to mute the infotainment . Return from a submenu screen by using the pushbuttons, system. Press v / > again, or turn to the previous menu screen. multifunction knobs, menus shown the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. Delete the last character in a on the display, and steering wheel . sequence. controls, if equipped. Selecting a Menu Option The base radio displays one line of text at a time. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

144 Infotainment System

Activating a Setting Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to move the highlighted bar. 2. Press TUNE/MENU to select 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to the highlighted option. highlight the setting. highlight the function. 2. Press TUNE/MENU to activate 2. Press TUNE/MENU to turn the Submenus the setting. function on or off. Setting a Value Entering a Character Sequence

An arrow on the right-hand edge of the menu indicates that it has a submenu with other options. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to change the current value of the highlight the character. setting. 2. Press TUNE/MENU to select 2. Press TUNE/MENU to confirm the character. the setting. Press the BACK / button to delete the last character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the entire character sequence. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 145

Audio Settings Press the BACK / button to go System Settings The audio settings can be set for back to the Tone Settings menu. Speed Compensated Volume each radio band and each audio Adjusting the Fader and Balance player source. To quickly reset an audio setting value to 0: 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select the audio setting. 3. Press and hold TUNE/MENU The Speed Compensated Volume until the value changes to 0. 1. Press the TONE button. feature automatically adjusts the radio volume to compensate for Press the BACK / button to go 2. Select Fader or Balance. road and wind noise as the vehicle back to the Tone Settings menu. 3. Select the value. speeds up or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, Press the BACK / button to go and Bass back to the Tone Settings menu. The level of volume compensation can be selected, or the auto volume Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) feature can be turned off. For vehicles that have an equalizer: 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 2. Select EQ. 3. Select Speed compensated 3. Select the setting. volume. 1. Press the TONE button. 4. Select the setting. Press the BACK / button to go 2. Select Treble, Midrange, back to the Tone Settings menu. 5. Press BACK / button to go or Bass. back to the System 3. Select the value. Configuration menu. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

146 Infotainment System

Configuring the Number of The level of volume compensation Favorite Pages can be selected, or the auto volume feature can be turned off.

1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. To configure the number of available 3. Select Maximum Startup favorite pages: 1. Press the CONFIG button. Volume. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Radio Settings. 4. Select the setting. 2. Select Radio Settings. 3. Select Auto Volume. 5. Press the BACK / button to go 3. Select Radio Favorites. 4. Select the setting. back to the System Configuration menu. 4. Select the number of available 5. Press the BACK / button to go favorite pages. back to the System Regionalization 5. Press the BACK / button to go Configuration menu. RDS stations will broadcast different programs on different frequencies. back to the System Maximum Startup Volume Configuration menu. To set the Regional (REG) feature The maximum volume played when on or off: Auto Volume the radio is first turned on can 1. Press the CONFIG button. The auto volume feature be set. 2. Select Regional (REG). automatically adjusts the radio volume to compensate for road and 3. Select On or Off. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up / or slows down, so that the volume 4. Press BACK to go back to level is consistent. the previous menu. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 147

Radio information. This feature only works Briefly press © or ¨ to automatically when the information from the radio search for the next available station. AM-FM Radio station is available. In rare cases, a If a station is not found, the radio radio station could broadcast switches to a more sensitive search Control Buttons incorrect information that causes the level. If a station still is not found, radio features to work improperly. the frequency that was last active The buttons used to control the If this happens, contact the radio begins to play. radio are: station. If the radio station is known: RADIO/BAND : Press to turn the While the radio is tuned to an radio on and choose between AM, FM-RDS station, the station name Press and hold © or ¨ until the FM, or SiriusXM if equipped. or call letters display. station on the display is reached, then release the button. TUNE/MENU : Press and turn to Radio Menus navigate the available menus. Turn Manual Tuning to manually change stations. Radio menus are available for AM, FM, or SiriusXM if equipped. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to INFO : Press to display additional select the frequency on the display. information that may be available for Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to open the current song. the main radio menu for that Favorites List frequency. © SEEK ¨ : Press to search for 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. stations. Selecting a Band 2. Select Favorites List. FAV : Press to open the Press the RADIO/BAND button to 3. Select the station. favorites list. choose AM, FM, or SiriusXM if Station Lists 1 to 6 : Press to select preset equipped. The last station that was stations. playing starts playing again. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Station 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All receivable stations in the The radio may have RDS. The RDS Seek Tuning current reception area are feature is available for use only on If the radio station is not known: FM stations that broadcast RDS Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

148 Infotainment System

displayed. If a station list has Updating Station & Category Lists Retrieving Stations not been created, an automatic If stations stored in the station list Press the FAV button to open a station search is done. can no longer be received: favorite page or to switch to another 3. Select the station. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. favorite page. Briefly press one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the Category Lists 2. Select Update AM or FM station. Most stations that broadcast an Station List, if the stations RDS program type code specify the stored in the station list are no Satellite Radio type of programming transmitted. longer received. A station ® Some stations change the program search will be completed and SiriusXM Satellite Radio type code depending on the the first station in the updated Service list will play. content. The system stores the RDS If equipped, vehicles with a stations sorted by program type in To cancel the station search, press SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a the FM category list. TUNE/MENU. SiriusXM satellite radio subscription To search for a programming type Storing a Station as a Favorite can receive SiriusXM programming. determined by station: SiriusXM is a satellite radio service Stations from all bands can be 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. based in the 48 contiguous United stored in any order in the favorite States and 10 Canadian provinces. 2. Select FM category list. A list pages. of all programming types SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide Up to six stations can be stored in available displays. variety of programming and each favorite page and the number commercial-free music, coast to 3. Select the programming type. of available favorite pages can coast, and in digital-quality sound. A list of stations that transmit be set. A service fee is required to receive programming of the selected the SiriusXM service. For more Storing Stations type displays. information, see www.siriusxm.com 4. Select the station. To store the station to a position in or 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.), and the list, press the corresponding www.xmradio.ca or 1-877-209-0079 The category lists are updated button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. (Canada). when the station lists are updated. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 149

When SiriusXM is active, the Turning SiriusXM Channel especially around tall buildings or channel name and number, Graphic On or Off hills, causing the sound to fade in category name, song title, and artist and out. display on the screen. 1. Press the CONFIG button on the faceplate. AM SiriusXM Categories 2. Select Radio Settings. The range for most AM stations is SiriusXM channels are organized in 3. Select XM Channel Graphic to greater than for FM, especially at categories. turn on or off. night. The longer range can cause To customize which SiriusXM station frequencies to interfere with categories are used and displayed each other. Static can occur when Radio Reception things like storms and power lines in the system, see “Adding or Frequency interference and static interfere with radio reception. When Removing SiriusXM Categories” following. can occur during normal radio this happens, try reducing the treble reception if items such as cell phone on the radio. Adding or Removing SiriusXM chargers, vehicle convenience SiriusXM Satellite Radio Categories accessories, and external electronic devices are plugged into the Service 1. Press the CONFIG button on accessory power outlet. If there is the faceplate. If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite interference or static, unplug the Radio Service provides digital radio 2. Select Radio Settings. item from the accessory power reception. Tall buildings or hills can 3. Select Add/Remove XM outlet. interfere with satellite radio signals, Categories. FM causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing 4. From the Add/Remove XM FM signals only reach about 16 to under heavy foliage, bridges, Categories screen, select or 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the garages, or tunnels may cause loss deselect any category to be radio has a built-in electronic circuit of the SiriusXM signal for a period used in XM mode. that automatically works to reduce of time. A checkmark will indicate that interference, some static can occur, the category is selected. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

150 Infotainment System

Cell Phone Usage Multi-Band Antenna Caution Cell phone usage, such as making The multi-band antenna is on the or receiving phone calls, charging, Using a razor blade or sharp roof of the vehicle. The antenna is or just having the phone on may object to clear the inside rear used for OnStar, the SiriusXM cause static interference with the window can damage the rear Satellite Radio Service System, and radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off window antenna and/or the rear GPS (Global Positioning System), if this happens. window defogger. Repairs would if the vehicle has these features. not be covered by the vehicle Keep the antenna clear of Backglass Antenna warranty. Do not clear the inside obstructions for clear reception. The AM-FM antenna is integrated rear window with sharp objects. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is with the rear window defogger in the open, reception can also be rear window. Do not scratch the affected. inside surface or damage the lines in the glass. If the inside surface is Caution damaged, it could interfere with Do not apply aftermarket glass radio reception. For proper radio tinting with metallic film. The reception, the antenna connector metallic film in some tinting needs to be properly attached to the materials will interfere with or post on the glass. distort the incoming radio If attaching a cell phone antenna to reception. Any damage caused to the glass, attach it between the grid the backglass antenna due to lines. metallic tinting materials will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 151 Audio Players . Do not use scratched or Playing an Audio CD damaged discs. CD/AUX : Press to use the CD CD Player . Do not apply labels to discs. The player. labels could get caught in the w j (Play/Pause) : Use to start, The player can be used for CDs player. and MP3s. pause, or resume play. . Insert only one disc at a time. With the ignition on, insert a CD into © SEEK ¨: the slot, label side up. The player . Keep the loading slot free of . Press to seek to the beginning pulls it in and begins playing. foreign materials, liquids, and © debris. of the current or previous track. The vehicle must be in P (Park) for If the track has been playing for video to display. If a description label is needed, try less than five seconds, it seeks labeling the top of the disc using a The system is capable of playing: the previous track. If longer than marking pen. five seconds, the current track . Most audio CDs Loading and Ejecting Discs starts from the beginning. . CD-R To load a disc: . Press and hold © to quickly . CD-RW 1. Turn the ignition on. reverse through a track. Release . MP3 or unprotected WMA the button to return to playing 2. Insert a disc into the slot. The formats speed. player pulls it in the rest of the When playing any compatible way. If the disc is damaged or . For AM or FM, press © to seek recordable disc, the sound quality improperly loaded, there is an to the previous strong station. can be reduced due to disc quality, error and the disc ejects. the method of recording, the quality . Press ¨ to seek the next track. The disc automatically plays once of the music or video that has been loaded. . Press and hold ¨ to fast forward recorded, or the way the disc has through a track. been handled. Press Z to eject a disc from the To avoid damage to the CD player: CD player. . Release ¨ to return to playing speed. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

152 Infotainment System

TUNE/MENU : Turn to the right or . The label is caught in the CD This jack is not an audio output. Do left to select the next or previous player. not plug headphones into the track. Press this knob to select the If the CD is not playing correctly, for auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary menu. If a track is selected from the any other reason, try a known devices should be set up while the list, the system plays the track and good CD. vehicle is in P (Park). returns to the CD screen. If any error continues, contact your Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable Error Messages dealer. from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. When a device If Disc Read Error displays and/or is connected, the system the disc comes out, it could be for Auxiliary Devices automatically begins playing audio one of the following reasons: This vehicle may have an auxiliary from the device over the vehicle . The disc has an invalid or input jack and USB port in the speakers. unknown format. center console. See Center Console If an auxiliary device has already Storage 0 95. . The disc is not from a correct been connected, but a different region. Portable devices are controlled by source is currently active, press the using the menu system described in CD/AUX button on the radio . The disc is very hot. Try the disc Overview 0 141. faceplate, then press SOURCE again when the temperature repeatedly to cycle through all of the returns to normal. Keep the storage area closed when available audio source screens, until not in use. . The road is very rough. Try the the AUX source screen is selected. disc again when the road is Auxiliary Input Jack smoother. USB Port Possible auxiliary audio sources The following devices may be . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, include: or upside down. connected and controlled by the . Laptop computer infotainment system. . The air is very humid. Try the ® disc again later. . MP3 player . iPods . There was a problem while . Tape player . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) burning the disc. . USB Drives Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 153

. Zunes® 2. Select Search. Connecting and Controlling a Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, PlaysForSure Device (PFD) and Zunes are compatible with the Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, or Zune infotainment system. Genres, Audiobooks, Connecting a PFD or Zune or Composers. Connecting and Controlling Connect the PFD or Zune to the an iPod 4. Select the track. USB port in the center console. Not all iPods can be controlled by Shuffle Searching for a Track the infotainment system. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set Tracks can be searched for by: Connecting an iPod Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off, then press the BACK / button . Playlists Connect the iPod to the USB port in to return to the main screen. . Artists the center console. On : Plays tracks in the current . Albums Searching for a Track folder in random order. . Song Titles Tracks can be searched for by: Off : Plays tracks in the current . Podcasts . Playlists folder in sequential order. . Genres . Artists Repeat To search for tracks: . Albums Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. . Song Titles Repeat to On or Off, then press the BACK / button to return to the main 2. Select Search. . Podcasts screen. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, . Genres On : Repeats the current track. Albums, Song Titles, Podcasts, . Audiobooks or Genres. Off : Playback starts from the . Composers beginning of the current track after 4. Select the track. To search for tracks: the last track finishes. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

154 Infotainment System

Shuffle Functionality When a device is not supported, the To search for tracks: Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set message “No supported data found. 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. You can safely disconnect the Shuffle Songs (Random) to On 2. Select Search. or Off. device” appears. Connecting a USB Drive 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, On : Plays current tracks in random Albums, Song Titles, Genres, order. Connect the USB drive to the USB or Folder View. port in the center console. Off : Plays current tracks in 4. Select the track. sequential order. Searching for a Track Shuffle Functionality Repeat Functionality It is normal for the search feature to take some time to display the Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Repeat to On or Off. information after reading the device due to the amount of information or Off. Repeat On : Repeats the current stored. On : Plays current tracks in random track. Files that do not have any meta order. Repeat Off : Playback starts from data stored in the ID3 tag display as Off : Plays current tracks in the beginning of the current track Unknown. sequential order. after the last track finishes. Tracks can be searched for by: Repeat Functionality Connecting and Controlling a . Playlists* USB Drive Turn the TUNE/MENU knob and set . Artists Repeat to On or Off. The infotainment system can only play back .mp3 and .wma files from . Albums Repeat On : Repeats the current track. a USB drive. . Song Titles Repeat Off : Playback starts from Only the first 10,000 songs are . Genres recognized on the device. the beginning of the current track . Folder View after the last track finishes. *This only displays if a playlist is found on the device. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 155

Connecting a Bluetooth® . The infotainment system To select the Bluetooth Music Setup Device automatically links with the first menu when a device is not attached available paired device in the to the USB port, or when a device is Before a Bluetooth device can be order the device was paired. attached to the USB port but not connected to the infotainment active: system, it must first be paired to the . Only one paired device can be system. Bluetooth pairing to the connected to the infotainment 1. Press the CD/AUX button until infotainment system may not be system at a time. AUX is the active source. supported in all vehicles and not all . Pairing should only need to be 2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. Bluetooth devices can be paired to completed once, unless changes 3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. the infotainment system. Before to the pairing information have pairing the Bluetooth device, been made or the device is To select the Bluetooth Music Setup become familiar with its user guide deleted. menu when a Bluetooth device is for Bluetooth functions. The system connected and active: only connects to Bluetooth devices Bluetooth Setup Menu 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob. that support A2DP (Advanced Audio The Bluetooth Setup menu can be Distribution Profile) version 1.2. accessed with or without a device 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 attached to the USB port. Pairing a Device capability cannot be paired to the To select the Bluetooth Setup menu 1. Select Connect To New Device vehicle as a phone and an MP3 when a device is attached to the from the Bluetooth Music player at the same time. USB port and active: Setup menu. Pairing Information: 1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob 2. The system asks a series of . Up to five devices can be paired while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, Yes/No questions to determine to the system. or USB device main menu. what type of device is being . The pairing process is disabled 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. paired. when the vehicle is moving. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

156 Infotainment System

3. After the system determines To connect a paired device when 2. Select one of the pre-defined what type of Bluetooth device another device is connected to the PINs, or select Other to create is being paired, the Bluetooth infotainment system: a PIN. device will need to be put into 1. Select the Select Device option To create a PIN: discovery mode. from the Bluetooth Music 1. Select the length of the PIN. 4. Some devices may require a Setup menu. 2. Enter the character sequence. Personal Identification Number 2. Select the new device. (PIN) in order to complete the Messages pairing process. Locate the 3. The active device is device named disconnected from the system The following messages may “GMusicConnect” in the list on and the new device is appear on the infotainment screen. the Bluetooth device and follow connected. Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality : the instructions on the device Removing a Device This message displays when the to enter the four-digit PIN Bluetooth signal strength is low. provided by the infotainment 1. Select Remove Device from system. the Bluetooth Music This Feature is Unavailable While Setup menu. Vehicle is Moving : This message Connecting to a Device displays when an action is not 2. Select the device. Once a device is paired to the allowed while the vehicle is moving. 3. The device is removed from infotainment system, it can be Controlling a Bluetooth Device connected to the infotainment the system. system. Before connecting to the removed Bluetooth devices that support AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote To connect a paired device when no device again, it will need to paired to the infotainment system. Control Profile) version 1.0 may be other device is connected to the able to be controlled by the infotainment system: Changing the Default PIN infotainment system. Control of a 1. Select the Select Device option To change the default PIN: Bluetooth device by the infotainment from the Bluetooth Music system may not be supported in all Setup menu. 1. Select Change Default PIN vehicles. from the Bluetooth Music 2. Select the new device. Setup menu. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 157

Press and release © or ¨ to skip Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. tracks. The system may not work with all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Other Information Bluetooth (Overview) this section. The Bluetooth® word mark and For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice logos are owned by the Bluetooth® Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the by General Motors is under license. allowing: address book or contact list. See Other trademarks and trade names . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this are those of their respective owners. a hands-free mode. section. . Sharing of the cell phone’s . See “Storing and Deleting Phone address book or contact list with Numbers” in this section. the vehicle. To minimize driver distraction, { Warning before driving, and with the vehicle When using a cell phone, it can parked: be distracting to look too long or . Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system. Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a duplicate or rarely used entries. crash resulting in injury or death. If possible, program speed dial Focus your attention on driving. or other shortcuts. . Review the controls and Vehicles with a Bluetooth system operation of the infotainment can use a Bluetooth-capable cell system. phone with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

158 Infotainment System

recognition are used to control the v / > (Phone/Mute) : Press to Other Information system. The system can be used enter the Phone main menu. The Bluetooth® word mark and while in ON/RUN or ACC/ logos are owned by the Bluetooth® ACCESSORY. The range of the Voice Recognition SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m The voice recognition system uses by General Motors is under license. (30 ft). Not all phones support all commands to control the system Other trademarks and trade names functions and not all phones work and dial phone numbers. are those of their respective owners. with the Bluetooth system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth for more Noise : The system may not See Radio Frequency Statement information about compatible recognize voice commands if there 0 335. phones. is too much background noise. Bluetooth (Infotainment Bluetooth Controls When to Speak : A tone sounds to indicate that the system is ready for Controls) Use the buttons on the infotainment a voice command. Wait for the tone system and the steering wheel to and then speak. To navigate the menu system using operate the Bluetooth system. the infotainment controls, see How to Speak : Speak clearly in a Overview 0 141. Steering Wheel Controls calm and natural voice. Pairing b / g (Push to Talk) : Press to Audio System answer incoming calls, confirm If equipped, a Bluetooth-enabled system information, and start voice When using the Bluetooth system, cell phone must be paired to the recognition. sound comes through the vehicle's Bluetooth system and then front audio system speakers and connected to the vehicle before it / (Mute/End Call) : Press to $ i overrides the audio system. Use the can be used. See your cell phone end a call, reject a call, or cancel an VOL/ O knob during a call to manufacturer's user guide for operation. change the volume level. The Bluetooth functions before pairing Infotainment System Controls adjusted volume level remains in the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone memory for later calls. The system is not connected, calls will be made To navigate the menu system using maintains a minimum volume level. using OnStar Hands-Free Calling, the infotainment controls, see if available. See OnStar Overview Overview 0 141. 0 339. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 159

Pairing Information Pairing a Phone has been successfully paired” . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press the CONFIG button. after the pairing process is complete. capability cannot be paired to 2. Select Phone Settings or the vehicle as a phone and an Bluetooth Settings. 7. Repeat Steps 1-6 to pair MP3 player at the same time. additional phones. Pairing as a MP3 player may not 3. Select Bluetooth. be available on all vehicles. Listing All Paired and Connected 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). Phones . Up to five cell phones can be A four-digit Personal 1. Press the CONFIG button. paired to the Bluetooth system. Identification Number (PIN) appears on the display. The 2. Select Phone Settings or . The pairing process is disabled PIN is used in Step 6. when the vehicle is moving. Bluetooth Settings. 5. Start the pairing process on the 3. Select Bluetooth. . Pairing only needs to be cell phone to be paired to the completed once, unless the vehicle. See the cell phone 4. Select Device List. pairing information on the cell manufacturer's user guide for Deleting a Paired Phone phone changes or the cell phone information on this process. is deleted from the system. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 6. Locate the device named Your “ 2. Select Phone Settings or . Only one paired cell phone can Vehicle in the list on the cell ” Bluetooth Settings. be connected to the Bluetooth phone. Follow the instructions system at a time. on the cell phone to enter the 3. Select Bluetooth. . If multiple paired cell phones are PIN provided in Step 4. After 4. Select Device List. within range of the system, the the PIN is successfully entered, system connects to the first the system prompts you to 5. Select the phone to delete and available paired cell phone in the provide a name for the paired follow the on screen prompts. order that they were first paired cell phone. This name will be to the system. To connect to a used to indicate which phones different paired phone, see are paired and connected to “Connecting to a Different the vehicle. The system Phone” later in this section. responds with “ Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

160 Infotainment System

Connecting to a Different Phone user guide or contact your wireless 4. Select the name or number you To connect to a different phone, the provider to find out if this feature is want to call. new phone must be in the vehicle supported by your phone. To make a call using the Call and available to be connected to the When a cell phone supports the Lists menu: Bluetooth system before the phone book feature, the Phone v > process is started. Book and Call Lists menus are 1. Press / once or twice (depending on the radio). 1. Press the CONFIG button. automatically available. 2. Select Call Lists. 2. Select Phone Settings or The Phone Book menu allows you Bluetooth Settings. to access the phone book stored in 3. Select the Incoming Calls, the cell phone to make a call. Outgoing Calls, or Missed 3. Select Bluetooth. The Call Lists menu allows you to Calls list. 4. Select Device List. access the phone numbers from the 4. Select the name or number you 5. Select the new phone to Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and want to call. Missed Calls menus on your cell connect to and follow the on Making a Call screen prompts. phone to make a call. To make a call: If delete is selected, the To make a call using the Phone Book menu: highlighted phone will be 1. Press v / > once or twice deleted. 1. Press v / > once or twice (depending on the radio). Making a Call Using the (depending on the radio). 2. Enter the character sequence. Phone Book 2. Select Phone Book. 3. Select Call to start dialing the For cell phones that support the 3. Search through the list by number. phone book feature, the Bluetooth selecting the letter group the Accepting or Declining a Call system can use the contacts stored phone book entry begins with, on your cell phone to make calls. or press the TUNE/MENU When an incoming call is received, See your cell phone manufacturer's button to scroll through the the infotainment system mutes and entire list of names/numbers in a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. the phone book. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 161

Accepting a Call 1. Turn or press the TUNE/ Ending a Call MENU knob. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to Turn or press the TUNE/MENU “Answer” and press the TUNE/ 2. Select Switch Call from knob and select Hang Up. MENU knob to accept the call. the menu. Muting a Call Declining a Call Conference Calling To Mute a Call Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to If equipped, conference calling and “Decline” and press the TUNE/ three-way calling must be supported Turn or press the TUNE/MENU MENU knob to decline the call. on the Bluetooth phone and enabled knob and select Mute Call. by the wireless service carrier Call Waiting To Cancel Mute to work. If equipped, call waiting must be Turn or press the TUNE/MENU To start a conference while in a knob and select Mute Call. supported on the Bluetooth phone current call: and enabled by the wireless service Dual Tone Multi-Frequency carrier to work. 1. Turn or press the TUNE/ MENU knob. (DTMF) Tones Accepting a Call 2. Select Enter Number. The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to send numbers during a call. This is “Answer” and press the TUNE/ 3. Enter the character sequence used when calling a menu-driven MENU knob to accept the call. then select Call. phone system. Declining a Call 4. After the call has been placed, 1. Turn or press the TUNE/MENU turn or press the TUNE/MENU knob and select Enter Number. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to knob and choose Merge Calls. “Decline” and press the TUNE/ 2. Enter the character sequence. MENU knob to decline the call. 5. To add more callers to the conference call, repeat Steps 1 Switching Between Calls (Call −4. The number of callers that Waiting Calls Only) can be added is limited by your To switch between calls: wireless service carrier. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

162 Infotainment System

Bluetooth (Voice MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone Pairing as a MP3 player may not Recognition) be available on all vehicles. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by Using Voice Recognition . Up to five cell phones can be a tone. To use voice recognition if paired to the Bluetooth system. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command equipped, press the b / g button on . The pairing process is disabled can be skipped. the steering wheel. Use the when the vehicle is moving. 3. Say “Pair.” The system commands below for the various . Pairing only needs to be voice features. For additional responds with instructions and completed once, unless the a four-digit Personal information, say "Help" while you pairing information on the cell are in a voice recognition menu. Identification Number (PIN). phone changes or the cell phone The PIN is used in Step 5. is deleted from the system. Pairing 4. Start the pairing process on the A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone . Only one paired cell phone can cell phone that you want to must be paired to the Bluetooth be connected to the Bluetooth pair. For help with this process, system and then connected to the system at a time. see your cell phone vehicle before it can be used. See . If multiple paired cell phones are manufacturer's user guide. your cell phone manufacturer's user within range of the system, the 5. Locate the device named “Your guide for Bluetooth functions before system connects to the first Vehicle” in the list on the cell pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth available paired cell phone in the phone. Follow the instructions phone is not connected, calls will be order that they were first paired on the cell phone to enter the made using OnStar Hands-Free to the system. To connect to a PIN provided in Step 3. After Calling, if available. See OnStar different paired phone, see the PIN is successfully entered, 0 Overview 339. “Connecting to a Different the system prompts you to Phone later in this section. Pairing Information ” provide a name for the paired cell phone. This name will be . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 used to indicate which phones capability cannot be paired to are paired and connected to the vehicle as a phone and an the vehicle. The system Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 163

responds with “ 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Storing and Deleting Phone has been successfully paired ” 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Numbers after the pairing process is for which phone to delete. complete. The system can store up to 30 4. Say the name of the phone you phone numbers as name tags in the 6. Repeat Steps 1−5 to pair want to delete. Hands-Free Directory that is shared additional phones. between the Bluetooth and OnStar Connecting to a Different Phone Listing All Paired and Connected systems. Phones To connect to a different cell phone, The following commands are used the Bluetooth system looks for the to delete and store phone numbers. The system can list all cell phones next available cell phone in the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is order in which all the available cell Store : This command will store a also connected to the vehicle, the phones were paired. Depending on phone number, or a group of system responds with “is connected” which cell phone you want to numbers as a name tag. after that phone name. connect to, you may have to use Digit Store : This command allows 1. Press b / g. The system this command several times. a phone number to be stored as a name tag by entering the digits one responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system a tone. at a time. responds “Ready,” followed by 2. Say “Bluetooth.” a tone. Delete : This command is used to delete individual name tags. 3. Say “List.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Delete All Name Tags : This Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Say “Change phone.” command deletes all stored name If the phone name you want to . If another cell phone is tags in the Hands-Free Calling delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be Directory and the Destinations Paired and Connected Phones.” “ is now Directory. connected.” 1. Press b / g. The system Using the “Store” Command . If another cell phone is not responds “Ready,” followed by 1. Press b / g. The system a tone. found, the original phone remains connected. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

164 Infotainment System

2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system Using the “List” Command 3. Say the phone number or to save a name tag for this number. 1. Press b / g. The system group of numbers you want to responds “Ready,” followed by store all at once with no Using the “Delete” Command a tone. pauses, then follow the directions given by the system 1. Press b / g. The system 2. Say “Directory.” to save a name tag for this responds “Ready,” followed by 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” number. a tone. 4. Say “List.” Using the Digit Store Command 2. Say “Delete.” “ ” Making a Call If an unwanted number is 3. Say the name tag you want to recognized by the system, say delete. Calls can be made using the following commands. “Clear” at any time to clear the last Using the “Delete All Name Tags” number. Command Dial or Call : The call command To hear all of the numbers can be used to call a phone number This command deletes all stored or a stored name tag recognized by the system, say name tags in the Hands-Free “Verify” at any time. Calling Directory and the Digit Dial : This command allows a phone number to be dialed by 1. Press / . The system Destinations Directory. b g entering the digits one at a time. responds “Ready,” followed by To delete all name tags: a tone. Re-dial : This command is used to 1. Press b / g. The system dial the last number used on the cell 2. Say “Digit Store.” responds “Ready,” followed by phone. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, a tone. Using the Dial or Call that you want to store. After “ ” “ ” 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” Command each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it Listing Stored Numbers 1. Press b / g. The system heard followed by a tone. After The list command will list all stored responds “Ready,” followed by the last digit has been entered, numbers and name tags. a tone. say “Store,” and then follow the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 165

2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” If an unwanted number is 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” 3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say The system dials the last pausing or say the name tag. “Clear” at any time to clear the last number called from the number. connected cell phone. Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio To hear all of the numbers Once connected, the person called speakers. recognized by the system, say will be heard through the audio “Verify” at any time. speakers. Calling 911 Emergency 1. Press b / g. The system Receiving a Call 1. Press / . The system b g responds “Ready,” followed by When an incoming call is received, responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. the audio system mutes and a ring a tone. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” tone is heard in the vehicle. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, . Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Say “911” without pausing. Say that you want to dial. After “Dial” or “Call.” each digit is entered, the . Press $ / i to ignore a call. system repeats back the digit it Once connected, the person called Call Waiting will be heard through the audio heard followed by a tone. After speakers. the last digit has been entered, If equipped, call waiting must be say “Dial.” supported on the cell phone and Using the Digit Dial Command “ ” Once connected, the person called enabled by the wireless service The digit dial command allows a will be heard through the audio carrier. phone number to be dialed by speakers. . Press b / g to answer an entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re-dial” Command incoming call when another call After each digit is entered, the is active. The original call is system repeats back the digit it 1. Press b / g. The system placed on hold. heard followed by a tone. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. . Press b / g again to return to the original call. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

166 Infotainment System

. To ignore the incoming call, no Muting a Call To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth action is required. System from a Cell Phone During a call, all sounds from inside . Press $ / i to disconnect the the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio on the current call and switch to the call person on the other end of the call cell phone, press b / g. The audio on hold. cannot hear them. transfers to the vehicle. If the audio does not transfer to the vehicle, use To mute a call, press / , and Three-Way Calling b g the audio transfer feature on the cell then say “Mute Call.” If equipped, three-way calling must phone. See your cell phone be supported on the cell phone and To cancel mute, press b / g , and manufacturer's user guide. enabled by the wireless service then say “Un-mute Call.” carrier. Voice Pass-Thru Transferring a Call Voice pass-thru allows access to the 1. While on a call, press b / g. Audio can be transferred between voice recognition commands on the 2. Say “Three-way call.” the Bluetooth system and the cell cell phone. See your cell phone phone. manufacturer's user guide to see if 3. Use the dial or call command the cell phone supports this feature. to dial the number of the third The cell phone must be paired and party to be called. connected with the Bluetooth To access contacts stored in the cell phone: 4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be transferred. The connection process 1. Press b / g. The system press b / g to connect all can take up to two minutes after the responds Ready, followed by callers together. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. “ ” a tone. Ending a Call To Transfer Audio from the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command Press $ / i to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone can be skipped. During a call with the audio in the 3. Say “Voice.” The system vehicle: responds “OK, accessing 1. Press b / g. .” 2. Say “Transfer Call.” Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Infotainment System 167

The cell phone's normal prompt phone book and phone pairing messages will go through their cycle information. For information on how according to the phone's operating to delete this information, see the instructions. previous sections on “Deleting a Paired Phone,”“Using the ‘Delete’ Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Command,” and “Using the ‘Delete (DTMF) Tones All Name Tags’ Command.” The Bluetooth system can send numbers and the numbers stored as name tags during a call. You can use this feature when calling a menu-driven phone system. Account numbers can also be stored for use. Sending a Number or Name Tag During a Call 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say the number or name tag to send. Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained indefinitely. This includes all saved name tags in the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

168 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems . . . . . 168 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 171 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 174 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 175 Service ...... 176

1. Fan Control Climate Control Influence on Start/ 2. Air Conditioning Stop Operation and Fuel Economy 3. Air Delivery Modes The climate control system is dependent upon other vehicle 4. Defrost systems for heat and power input. 5. Temperature Control Certain climate control settings can lead to higher fuel usage and/or 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) fewer auto stops. 7. Rear Window Defogger The following are climate control 8. Recirculation settings that use more fuel: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Climate Controls 169

. Comfort air conditioning mode. Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the For eco a/c, press #. The indicator . Defrost mode. instrument panel outlets. will turn green. This setting \ (Bi-Level) : Air is directed to the balances fuel economy and air . Setting the climate control to the conditioning comfort. In warm coldest or hottest temperature. instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets. weather conditions, auto stops may . High fan speed settings. occur more frequently and the [ (Floor) : Air is directed to the To help reduce fuel usage: vehicle interior may be warmer as floor outlets. compared to the comfort air . Use eco air conditioning, instead - (Defog) : Air is directed to the conditioning. This setting allows of the comfort air conditioning. windshield and floor outlets to clear higher humidity inside the vehicle . Select a temperature setting that the windows of fog or moisture. and window fogging before the engine restarts. is higher in hot weather and 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the lower in cold weather. windshield of fog or frost more Pressing the 0 button during an . Turn off the air conditioning quickly. Air is directed to the auto stop will restart the engine to when it is not needed. windshield and side window outlets. prevent window fogging. To reach . Only use defrost to clear the For best results, clear all snow and comfort levels quickly during an windows. ice from the windshield before auto stop, the engine will restart if defrosting. the air conditioner is off and AUTO Temperature Control : Turn the or # is selected. knob clockwise or counterclockwise # (Air Conditioning) : Press to to increase or decrease the driver or cycle between the off, comfort, and For comfort a/c, press # again. passenger temperature setting. eco (economy) air conditioning The indicator will turn amber. modes. The indicator will be lit in Fan Control : Turn the knob comfort and eco modes and turns When the indicator light is on, the clockwise or counterclockwise to off when there is no A/C function. air conditioner runs automatically to increase or decrease the fan speed. If the fan is turned off or the outside cool the air inside the vehicle or to Air Delivery Modes : Press Y, \, temperature falls below freezing, the dry the air needed to defog the windshield faster. [ , or - to change the direction of air conditioner will not run and the the airflow. An indicator light comes indicator light turns off. on in the selected mode button. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

170 Climate Controls

h (Recirculation) : Press to turn on recirculation. An indicator light Caution comes on. Air is recirculated to Using a razor blade or sharp quickly cool the inside of the vehicle object on the inside rear window or prevent outside air and odors can damage the antenna or from entering. defogger. Repairs would not be M or L (Heated Seats, If covered by the vehicle warranty. Equipped) : Press to turn the Do not stick anything to the rear heated seats on or off. See Heated window. Front Seats 0 54. Rear Window Defogger Sensors = (Rear Window Defogger) : The solar sensor on top of the Press to turn the rear window instrument panel near the defogger on or off. An indicator light windshield monitors the solar heat. on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on. The climate control system uses the sensor information to adjust the The defogger only works when the temperature, fan speed, ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger recirculation, and air delivery mode turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ for best comfort. ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF position. If the sensor is covered, the automatic climate control system If equipped with heated outside may not work properly. rearview mirrors, they turn on with the rear window defogger and help to clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors 0 43. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Climate Controls 171

Dual Automatic Climate Control System The following are climate control settings that use more fuel: The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with this system. . Comfort air conditioning mode. . Defrost mode. . Extreme temperature settings, such as 15 °C (60 °F) or 32 °C (90 °F). . High fan speed settings. To help reduce fuel usage: . Use the full automatic control as described under “Automatic Operation.” . Use eco air conditioning, instead of the comfort air conditioning. . Select a temperature setting that 1. Driver and Passenger 9. Recirculation is higher in hot weather and Temperature Controls 10. AUTO (Automatic Operation) lower in cold weather. 2. Air Conditioning Climate Control Influence on Stop/ . Turn off the air conditioning 3. Air Delivery Modes Start Operation and Fuel Economy when it is not needed. 4. Defrost The climate control system is . Only use defrost to clear the 5. SYNC dependent upon other vehicle windows. systems for heat and power input. 6. Heated Seats (If Equipped) Certain climate control settings can 7. Rear Window Defogger lead to higher fuel usage and/or fewer auto stops. 8. Fan Control Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

172 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Manual Operation Changing the mode cancels the The system automatically controls Driver and Passenger automatic operation and the system the fan speed, air delivery, air Temperature Control : The goes into manual mode. Press conditioning, and recirculation in temperature can be adjusted AUTO to return to automatic order to heat or cool the vehicle to separately for the driver and operation. the desired temperature. passenger. Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the When the indicator light is on, the Turn the knob clockwise or instrument panel outlets. system is in full automatic operation. counterclockwise to increase or \ (Bi-Level) : Air is directed to the If the air delivery mode or fan decrease the driver or passenger instrument panel outlets and the setting is manually adjusted, the temperature setting. floor outlets. auto indicator turns off and displays SYNC : Press to link all climate [ (Floor) : Air is directed to the will show the selected settings. zone settings to the driver settings. floor outlets. To place the system in The SYNC indicator light will turn - (Defog) : Air is directed to the automatic mode: on. When the passenger settings windshield and floor outlets to clear 1. Press AUTO. are adjusted, the SYNC indicator the windows of fog or moisture. light turns off. 2. Set the temperature. Allow the 0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the system time to stabilize. Then Fan Control : Turn the knob windshield of fog or frost more adjust the temperature as clockwise or counterclockwise to quickly. Air is directed to the needed for best comfort. increase or decrease the fan speed. windshield and side window outlets. To improve fuel efficiency and to Press AUTO to return to automatic For best results, clear all snow and cool the vehicle faster, recirculation operation. ice from the windshield before may be automatically selected in Air Delivery Modes : Press Y, \, defrosting. warm weather. [ , or - to change the direction of # (Air Conditioning) : Press to The recirculation light will not come the airflow. An indicator light comes cycle between the off, comfort, and on. Press h to select on in the selected mode button. eco (economy) air conditioning recirculation; press it again to select modes. The indicator will be lit in outside air. comfort and eco modes and turns off when there is no A/C function. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Climate Controls 173

If the fan is turned off or the outside For comfort a/c, press # again. system does not detect possible temperature falls below freezing, the The indicator will turn amber. window fogging, it returns to normal air conditioner will not run and the operation. To turn Auto Defog off or indicator light turns off. Pressing # again cancels on, see “Climate and Air Quality” automatic air conditioning and turns under Vehicle Personalization For eco a/c, press #. The indicator off the air conditioner. Press AUTO 0 123. will turn green. This setting to return to automatic operation and M L balances fuel economy and air or (Heated Seats, If the air conditioner runs Equipped) : Press to turn the conditioning comfort. In warm automatically as needed. When the weather conditions, auto stops may heated seats on or off. See Heated indicator light is on, the air Front Seats 0 54. occur more frequently and the conditioner runs automatically to vehicle interior may be warmer as cool the air inside the vehicle or to Rear Window Defogger compared to the comfort air dry the air needed to defog the (Rear Window Defogger) : conditioning. This setting allows windshield faster. = higher humidity inside the vehicle Press to turn the rear window and window fogging before the h (Recirculation) : Press to turn defogger on or off. An indicator light engine restarts. on recirculation. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that comes on. Air is recirculated to the rear window defogger is on. Pressing the button during an quickly cool the inside of the vehicle 0 The defogger only works when the auto stop will restart the engine to or prevent outside air and odors ignition is in ON/RUN. The defogger prevent window fogging. To reach from entering. turns off if the ignition is in the ACC/ comfort levels quickly during an Auto Defog : The climate control ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF auto stop, the engine will restart if system has a sensor that position. the air conditioner is off and AUTO automatically detects high humidity If equipped with heated outside or # is selected. inside the vehicle. When high rearview mirrors, they turn on with humidity is detected, the climate If temperature controls are adjusted the rear window defogger and help control system may adjust to cooler by more than 1 °C (1 °F) to clear fog or frost from the surface outside air supply and turn on the during an auto stop, the engine will of the mirror. See Heated Mirrors air conditioner. The fan speed may restart to ensure that comfort is 0 43. reached. slightly increase to help prevent fogging. If the climate control Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

174 Climate Controls

Sensors Caution Air Vents The solar sensor on top of the Center Air Vents Using a razor blade or sharp instrument panel near the object on the inside rear window windshield monitors the solar heat. can damage the antenna or The climate control system uses the defogger. Repairs would not be sensor information to adjust the covered by the vehicle warranty. temperature, fan speed, Do not stick anything to the rear recirculation, and air delivery mode window. for best comfort. If the sensor is covered, the Remote Start Climate Control automatic climate control system Operation : If equipped with the may not work properly. remote start, the climate control system may run when the vehicle is started remotely. The system uses the driver’s previous settings to heat Use the slider knobs on the air or cool the inside of the vehicle. The vents to change the direction of the rear defog may come on during airflow. remote start based on cold ambient conditions. The rear defog indicator Move the slider knobs outward or light does not come on during a inward to open or close off the remote start. The front heated seats airflow. will turn on if it is cold outside. The heated seat indicator lights do not come on during a remote start. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Climate Controls 175 Side Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance . Keep all outlets open whenever possible for best system Passenger Compartment performance. Air Filter . Keep the paths under all seats clear of objects to help circulate The filter removes dust, pollen, and the air inside the vehicle more other airborne irritants from outside effectively. air that is pulled into the vehicle. . Do not attach any devices to the The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance; air vent louvers. This restricts 0 airflow and may cause damage see Maintenance Schedule 310. to the air vents. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement 0 Use the thumbwheels to change the Parts 320. direction of the airflow. 1. Open the glove box completely. Move the vertical thumbwheels up or down to open or close off the airflow. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

176 Climate Controls

2. Disconnect the glove box door 6. Close the service door and dampener string from the glove retainer clips. box door assembly. Please 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall note: a pen or pencil may be the glove box. inserted through the end of the dampener string to prevent the See your dealer if additional string from slipping inside the assistance is needed. door assembly. 3. Squeeze both sides of the Service glove box door to open beyond All vehicles have a label underhood the stops. that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful 4. Release the retainer clips (1) to the environment and may also holding the service door. Open create unsafe conditions based on the service door and remove inhalation, combustion, frostbite, the old filter (2). or other health-based concerns. 5. Install the new air filter. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 177

Retained Accessory Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving and Power (RAP) ...... 195 System ...... 211 Operating Shifting Into Park ...... 195 Side Blind Zone Shifting out of Park ...... 196 Alert (SBZA) ...... 212 Parking over Things Lane Departure Driving Information That Burn ...... 197 Warning (LDW) ...... 214 Distracted Driving ...... 178 Engine Exhaust Fuel Defensive Driving ...... 178 Engine Exhaust ...... 197 Fuel ...... 216 Drunk Driving ...... 178 Running the Vehicle While California Fuel Control of a Vehicle ...... 179 Parked ...... 198 Requirements ...... 216 Braking ...... 179 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 217 Steering ...... 179 Automatic Transmission Fuel Additives ...... 217 Off-Road Recovery ...... 180 Automatic Transmission ...... 198 Filling the Tank ...... 217 Loss of Control ...... 180 Manual Mode ...... 200 Filling a Portable Fuel Track Events and Competitive Container ...... 219 Driving ...... 181 Brakes Driving on Wet Roads ...... 181 Antilock Brake Trailer Towing Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 182 System (ABS) ...... 201 General Towing Winter Driving ...... 183 Parking Brake ...... 201 Information ...... 219 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 184 Brake Assist ...... 202 Driving Characteristics and Vehicle Load Limits ...... 184 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 202 Towing Tips ...... 219 Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing ...... 222 Starting and Operating Towing Equipment ...... 223 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 188 Traction Control/Electronic Ignition Positions (Keyless Stability Control ...... 203 Conversions and Add-Ons Access) ...... 188 Cruise Control Add-On Electrical Ignition Positions (Key Cruise Control ...... 205 Equipment ...... 224 Access) ...... 190 Starting the Engine ...... 192 Driver Assistance Systems Engine Heater ...... 193 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 207 Parking Assist ...... 209 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

178 Driving and Operating Driving Information . Become familiar with vehicle Refer to the Infotainment section for features before driving, such as more information on using that programming favorite radio system, including pairing and using Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate a cell phone. Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into Defensive Driving task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive driving means always judgment and do not let other driving. “ expect the unexpected. The first activities divert your attention away ” . Wait until the vehicle is parked step in driving defensively is to wear from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen the safety belt. See Safety Belts governments have enacted laws to the floor. 0 57. regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend . Assume that other road users your area. to children. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate careless and make mistakes. keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint. Anticipate what they might do on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations and be ready. . Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a . Allow enough following distance demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone. between you and the driver in Use a hands-free method to front of you. place or receive necessary { Warning phone calls. . Focus on the task of driving. Taking your eyes off the road too . Watch the road. Do not read, long or too often could cause a take notes, or look up Drunk Driving crash resulting in injury or death. information on phones or other Focus your attention on driving. Death and injury associated with electronic devices. drinking and driving is a global . Designate a front seat tragedy. passenger to handle potential distractions. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 179

Average driver reaction time is Steering { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at Electric Power Steering Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m dangerous. Your reflexes, The vehicle has electric power (66 ft), which could be a lot of steering. It does not have power perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. judgment can be affected by even steering fluid. Regular maintenance a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind is not required. include: can have a serious — or even If power steering assist is lost due fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between to a system malfunction, the vehicle drinking. you and the vehicle in front can be steered, but may require of you. increased effort. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. See your dealer if there is a problem. Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic. with a group, designate a driver If the steering wheel is turned until it If the engine ever stops while the who will not drink. reaches the end of its travel and is vehicle is being driven, brake held against that position for an normally but do not pump the extended period of time, power brakes. Doing so could make the Control of a Vehicle steering assist may be reduced. pedal harder to push down. If the Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some If the steering assist is used for an are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be extended period of time, power control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. assist may be reduced. Once the power assist is used up, it Braking Normal use of the power steering can take longer to stop and the assist should return when the Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. system cools down. time and reaction time. Deciding to See specific vehicle steering push the brake pedal is perception messages under Service Vehicle time. Actually doing it is Messages 0 121. See your dealer if reaction time. there is a problem. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

180 Driving and Operating

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a . There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: throttle causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to . The Antilock Brake System existing conditions, and by not (ABS) allows steering while straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But braking. skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the If the vehicle starts to slide, follow right front tire contacts the these suggestions: pavement edge. . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 181

The vehicle may straighten out. Track Events and Driving on Wet Roads Be ready for a second skid if it occurs. Competitive Driving Rain and wet roads can reduce Track events or competitive driving vehicle traction and affect your . Slow down and adjust your ability to stop and accelerate. driving according to weather may affect the vehicle warranty. See the warranty manual before using Always drive slower in these types conditions. Stopping distance of driving conditions and avoid can be longer and vehicle the vehicle for track testing or other competitive driving. driving through large puddles and control can be affected when deep-standing or flowing water. traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other Caution material on the road. Learn to { Warning If the vehicle is used for track recognize warning clues — such Wet brakes can cause crashes. as enough water, ice, or packed events and competitive driving, They might not work as well in a snow on the road to make a the engine may use more oil than quick stop and could cause mirrored surface — and slow it would with normal use. Low oil down when you have any doubt. levels can damage the engine. pulling to one side. You could Check the oil level often and lose control of the vehicle. . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, maintain the proper level. See After driving through a large 0 including reducing vehicle speed Engine Oil 231. puddle of water or a car/vehicle by shifting to a lower gear. Any wash, lightly apply the brake sudden changes could cause Add and keep the oil level at 1 L (1 pedal until the brakes work the tires to slide. qt) above the high mark when normally. Remember: Antilock brakes help driving under these conditions. For Flowing or rushing water creates avoid only the braking skid. information on how to check and strong forces. Driving through 0 add oil, see Engine Oil 231. flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

182 Driving and Operating

. Keep the windshield washer fluid Warning (Continued) reservoir filled. Warning (Continued) occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper Shift the transmission to a lower ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 261. gear to let the engine assist the very cautious about trying to drive . Turn off cruise control. brakes on a steep downhill slope. through flowing water. Hill and Mountain Roads Hydroplaning Driving on steep hills or through { Warning Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) can build up under the vehicle's on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is tires so they actually ride on the . Keep the vehicle serviced and in dangerous. This can cause water. This can happen if the road is good shape. wet enough and you are going fast overheating of the brakes and enough. When the vehicle is . Check all fluid levels and brakes, loss of steering. Always have the hydroplaning, it has little or no tires, cooling system, and engine running and the vehicle contact with the road. transmission. in gear. There is no hard and fast rule about . Shift to a lower gear when going hydroplaning. The best advice is to down steep or long hills. . Drive at speeds that keep the slow down when the road is wet. vehicle in its own lane. Do not { Warning swing wide or cross the Other Rainy Weather Tips center line. Besides slowing down, other wet Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope . Be alert on top of hills; weather driving tips include: something could be in your lane can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). . Allow extra following distance. reduce brake performance, and . Pass with caution. could result in a loss of braking. . Keep windshield wiping (Continued) equipment in good shape. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 183

. Pay attention to special road than when on dry pavement. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, See Antilock Brake System { Warning winding roads, long grades, (ABS) 0 201. Snow can trap engine exhaust passing or no-passing zones) . Allow greater following distance and take appropriate action. under the vehicle. This may and watch for slippery spots. Icy cause exhaust gases to get patches can occur on otherwise Winter Driving inside. Engine exhaust contains clear roads in shaded areas. carbon monoxide (CO), which Driving on Snow or Ice The surface of a curve or an cannot be seen or smelled. It can overpass can remain icy when cause unconsciousness and even Snow or ice between the tires and the surrounding roads are clear. death. the road creates less traction or Avoid sudden steering grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can maneuvers and braking while If the vehicle is stuck in snow: occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when on ice. freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Clear snow from the base of . Turn off cruise control. driving on wet ice or in freezing rain the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe. until roads can be treated. Blizzard Conditions . Open a window about 5 cm For Slippery Road Driving: Stay with the vehicle unless there is (2 in) on the vehicle side . Accelerate gently. Accelerating help nearby. If possible, use that is away from the wind, too quickly causes the wheels to Roadside Assistance. See Roadside to bring in fresh air. Assistance Program 0 329. To get spin and makes the surface . Fully open the air outlets on under the tires slick. help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: or under the instrument . Turn on Traction Control. See panel. Traction Control/Electronic . Turn on the hazard warning 0 flashers. . Adjust the climate control Stability Control 203. system to circulate the air . The Antilock Brake System . Tie a red cloth to an outside inside the vehicle and set mirror. (ABS) improves vehicle stability (Continued) during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

184 Driving and Operating

If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator Warning (Continued) system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal the fan speed to the highest rocking method. See Traction when the transmission is in gear. setting. See “Climate Control/Electronic Stability Control Slowly spinning the wheels in the Control Systems.” 0 203. forward and reverse directions For more information about CO, causes a rocking motion that could see Engine Exhaust 0 197. { Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the To save fuel, run the engine for speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, short periods to warm the vehicle see Towing the Vehicle 0 297. and then shut the engine off and or others could be injured. The partially close the window. Moving vehicle can overheat, causing an about to keep warm also helps. engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits damage. Spin the wheels as little If it takes time for help to arrive, It is very important to know how as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can when running the engine, push the above 56 km/h (35 mph). accelerator pedal slightly so the carry. This weight is called the engine runs faster than the idle vehicle capacity weight and speed. This keeps the battery Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all charged to restart the vehicle and to it Out occupants, cargo, and all signal for help with the headlamps. Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options. Do this as little as possible, to Two labels on the vehicle may save fuel. right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may If the Vehicle Is Stuck system. Shift back and forth properly carry, the Tire and between R (Reverse) and a low Loading Information label and Slowly and cautiously spin the forward gear, spinning the wheels the Certification label. wheels to free the vehicle when as little as possible. To prevent stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 185

Tire and Loading Information equipment tires (3) and the { Warning Label recommended cold tire inflation Do not load the vehicle any pressures (4). For more heavier than the Gross information on tires and inflation 0 Vehicle Weight Rating see Tires 261 and Tire 0 (GVWR), or either the Pressure 268. maximum front or rear Gross There is also important loading Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). information on the Certification This can cause systems to label. It may show the Gross break and change the way the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) vehicle handles. This could and the Gross Axle Weight cause loss of control and a Rating (GAWR) for the front and crash. Overloading can also rear axle. See “Certification reduce stopping distance, Label Example Label” later in this section. damage the tires, and shorten A vehicle-specific Tire and the life of the vehicle. “Steps for Determining Correct Loading Information label is Load Limit– attached to the vehicle's center 1. Locate the statement "The pillar (B-pillar). The Tire and combined weight of Loading Information label shows occupants and cargo should the number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined The Tire and Loading weight of the driver and Information label also shows the passengers that will be tire size of the original riding in your vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

186 Driving and Operating

3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant weight of the driver and manual to determine how Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and 4. The resulting figure equals capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg the available amount of See Trailer Towing 0 222 for (700 lbs). cargo and luggage load important information on towing capacity. For example, if the a trailer, towing safety rules, and "XXX" amount equals trailering tips. 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo Example 2 being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg exceed the available cargo Example 1 and luggage load capacity (1,000 lbs). calculated in Step 4. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant for Example 1 = 453 kg Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 6. If your vehicle will be towing (1,000 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). a trailer, load from your 3. Available Cargo Weight trailer will be transferred to = 113 kg (250 lbs). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 187

weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed { Warning the vehicle's capacity weight. Things inside the vehicle can Certification Label strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. . Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Example 3 Try to spread the weight evenly. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight . Never stack heavier for Example 3 = 453 kg things, like suitcases, (1,000 lbs). inside the vehicle so that 2. Subtract Occupant Label Example some of them are above Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification the tops of the seats. (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg label is attached to the vehicle's . Do not leave an (1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). The label unsecured child restraint 3. Available Cargo Weight may show the gross weight in the vehicle. = 0 kg (0 lbs). capacity of the vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . Secure loose items in the Refer to the vehicle's Tire and vehicle. Loading Information label for (GVWR). The GVWR includes specific information about the the weight of the vehicle, all . Do not leave a seat vehicle's capacity weight and occupants, fuel, and cargo. folded down unless seating positions. The combined needed. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

188 Driving and Operating Starting and The transmitter must be in the Caution (Continued) vehicle for the system to operate. Operating If the pushbutton start is not breaking-in guideline every working, the vehicle may be near a New Vehicle Break-In time you get new brake strong radio antenna signal causing linings. interference to the Keyless Access system. See Remote Keyless Entry Caution Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually (RKE) System Operation 0 28. The vehicle does not need an increased. To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle elaborate break-in. But it will must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be applied. you follow these guidelines: (Keyless Access) . Do not drive at any one Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ constant speed, fast or slow, OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When for the first 805 km (500 mi). the vehicle is stopped, press the Do not make full-throttle ENGINE START/STOP button once starts. Avoid downshifting to to turn the engine off. brake or slow the vehicle. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the . Avoid making hard stops for ignition will turn off, and Retained the first 322 km (200 mi) or The vehicle may have an electronic Accessory Power (RAP) will remain so. During this time the new keyless ignition with pushbutton active. See Retained Accessory 0 brake linings are not yet start. Power (RAP) 195. broken in. Hard stops with If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the new linings can mean Pressing the button cycles it through three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, ignition will return to ACC/ premature wear and earlier ACCESSORY and display the replacement. Follow this ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the Engine/OFF. message SHIFT TO PARK in the (Continued) Driver Information Center (DIC). See Transmission Messages 0 122. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 189

When the vehicle is shifted into 4. Set the parking brake. See The ignition will switch from ACC/ P (Park), the ignition system will Parking Brake 0 201. ACCESSORY to OFF after switch to OFF. five minutes to prevent battery Do not turn the engine off when the { Warning run down. vehicle is moving. This will cause a ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator loss of power assist in the brake Turning off the vehicle while Light) : This mode is for driving and and steering systems and disable moving may cause loss of power starting. With the ignition off, and the airbags. assist in the brake and steering the brake pedal applied, pressing systems and disable the airbags. the button once will place the If the vehicle must be shut off in an While driving, only shut the emergency: ignition system in ON/RUN/START. vehicle off in an emergency. Once engine cranking begins, 1. Brake using a firm and steady release the button. Engine cranking pressure. Do not pump the will continue until the engine starts. brakes repeatedly. This may If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, 0 and must be shut off while driving, See Starting the Engine 192. The deplete power assist, requiring ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. increased brake pedal force. press and hold the ENGINE START/ STOP button for longer than Service Only Mode 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). two seconds, or press twice in This can be done while the five seconds. This power mode is available for vehicle is moving. After shifting service and diagnostics, and to to N (Neutral), firmly apply the ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber verify the proper operation of the brakes and steer the vehicle to Indicator Light) : This mode allows malfunction indicator lamp as may a safe location. you to use some electrical be required for emission inspection accessories when the engine is off. purposes. With the vehicle off, and 3. Come to a complete stop, shift the brake pedal not applied, to P (Park), and turn the With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pressing and holding the button for ignition to OFF. On vehicles more than five seconds will place with an automatic transmission, pedal applied will place the ignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY. the vehicle in Service Only Mode. the shift lever must be in The instruments and audio systems P (Park) to turn the ignition will operate as they do in ON/RUN, switch to the OFF position. but the vehicle will not be able to be Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

190 Driving and Operating

driven. The engine will not start in Do not turn the engine off when the Service Only Mode. Push the button Caution (Continued) vehicle is moving. This will cause a again to turn the vehicle off. loss of power assist in the brake key. Use the correct key, make and steering systems, and disable Ignition Positions (Key sure it is all the way in, and turn it the airbags. only with your hand. If the key Access) cannot be turned by hand, see If the vehicle must be shut off in an your dealer. emergency: 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the The key must be fully extended to start the vehicle. brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring To shift out of P (Park), turn the increased brake pedal force. ignition to ON/RUN and apply the 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). brake pedal. This can be done while the 0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ vehicle is moving. After shifting OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, to N (Neutral), firmly apply the turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ brakes and steer the vehicle to OFF to turn the engine off. Retained a safe location. Accessory Power (RAP) will remain The ignition switch has four different active. See Retained Accessory 3. Come to a complete stop, shift to P (Park), and turn the positions. Power (RAP) 0 195. ignition to LOCK/OFF. On This is the only position from which vehicles with an automatic Caution the key can be removed. This locks transmission, the shift lever the ignition and automatic must be in P (Park) to turn the Using a tool to force the key to transmission. ignition switch to the LOCK/ turn in the ignition could cause OFF position. damage to the switch or break the 4. Set the parking brake. See (Continued) Parking Brake 0 201. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 191

service and diagnostics, and to Key Lock Release { Warning verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may Turning off the vehicle while be required for emission inspection moving may cause loss of power purposes. The transmission is also assist in the brake and steering unlocked in this position. systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the The battery could be drained if the vehicle off in an emergency. key is left in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position with the engine off. The vehicle might not restart if If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, the battery is allowed to drain for an and must be shut off while driving, extended period of time. turn the ignition to ACC/ 3 (START) : This position starts the ACCESSORY. engine. When the engine starts, 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This release the key. The ignition switch Vehicles with an automatic position provides power to some of will return to ON/RUN for normal transmission are equipped with an the electrical accessories. It unlocks driving. electronic key lock release system. the ignition. To move the key from This system is to prevent ignition A warning tone sounds when the ACC/ACCESSORY to LOCK/OFF, key removal unless the shift lever is driver door is opened when the the shift lever must be in P (Park). in P (Park). ignition is still in ACC/ACCESSORY 2 (ON/RUN) : The ignition switch and the key is in the ignition. If the The key lock release will not work if stays in this position when the ignition becomes difficult to turn, the battery is charged less than engine is running. This position can see Keys 0 26. 9 volts, or uncharged. Try charging be used to operate the electrical or jump starting the battery. See accessories, including the Jump Starting - North America ventilation fan and 12-volt power 0 294. outlets, as well as to display some If charging or jump starting the warning and indicator lights. This battery does not work, there is a position can also be used for manual key lock release. Locate the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

192 Driving and Operating

hole below the ignition lock. Insert a tool or key into the opening. Locate Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) the lever, and press it toward the driver while removing the key from resulting damage would not be ended, can overheat and damage the ignition. covered by the vehicle warranty. the cranking motor, and drain the See Add-On Electrical Equipment battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Starting the Engine 0 224. between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not start Starting Procedure in any other position. To restart the 1. With your foot off the 2. If the engine does not start engine when the vehicle is already accelerator pedal, turn the after five to 10 seconds, moving, use N (Neutral) only. ignition to START. When the especially in very cold weather engine starts, let go of the (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could ignition. be flooded with too much Caution gasoline. Try pushing the The idle speed will go down as Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the accelerator pedal all the way to your engine gets warm. Do not the floor and holding it there as vehicle is moving. If you do, you race the engine immediately you hold the key in START, could damage the transmission. after starting it. Allow the oil to or press the ENGINE START/ Shift to P (Park) only when the warm up and lubricate all STOP button, for up to a vehicle is stopped. moving parts. maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between Caution each try, to allow the cranking Caution motor to cool down. When the Cranking the engine for long engine starts, let go of the key If you add electrical parts or periods of time, by returning the or button, and the accelerator. accessories, you could change ignition to the START position If the vehicle starts briefly but the way the engine operates. Any immediately after cranking has then stops again, do the same (Continued) thing. This clears the extra (Continued) gasoline from the engine. Do Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 193

not race the engine Auto Engine Stop/Start defog settings. Use the eco immediately after starting it. When the brakes are applied and (green indicator on) air Operate the engine and the vehicle is at a complete stop, conditioning mode for better transmission gently until the oil efficiency. See Dual Automatic the engine may turn off. When 0 warms up and lubricates all stopped, the tachometer displays Climate Control System 171. moving parts. AUTO STOP. See Tachometer . The Auto Stop time is greater Stop/Start System 0 103. When the brake pedal is than two minutes. released or the accelerator pedal { Warning pushed, the engine will restart. Engine Heater Auto Stop may be deactivated if: The engine coolant heater, Exiting the vehicle without first . A minimum vehicle speed is not if available, can help in cold weather shifting into P (Park) may cause reached. conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F) the vehicle to move. You or others for easier starting and better fuel may be injured. Because the . The engine or transmission is economy during engine warm-up. vehicle has the auto engine stop/ not at the required operating Plug in the coolant heater at least start feature, the vehicle's engine temperature. four hours before starting the might seem to be shut off; . The outside temperature is not vehicle. An internal thermostat in however, once the brake pedal is in the required operating range. the plug end of the cord will prevent released, the engine will start up Typically below -10 °C (14 °F) or engine coolant heater operation at again. above 50 °C (122 °F). temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). Shift to P (Park) and turn the . The shift lever is in any gear To Use the Engine Coolant ignition to LOCK/OFF, before other than D (Drive). Heater exiting the vehicle. . The battery has been recently 1. Turn off the engine. disconnected. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the The vehicle has a fuel saving stop/ . The battery charge is low. electrical cord. start system to shut off the engine to The interior comfort level has not help conserve fuel. . reached the required level for the climate control system or Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

194 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued)

Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire, or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric the cord and may result in shock, and injury. overheating and fire. . Do not operate the vehicle . Plug the cord into a with the heater cord three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater by a ground fault detection cord and thermostat function. An ungrounded damage could occur. The electrical cord is on the outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the passenger side of the engine electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle compartment, between the . Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never fender and the air cleaner. heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the Check the heater cord for extension cord if needed. heater cord. damage. If it is damaged, do Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle, not use it. See your dealer for recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach a replacement. Inspect the cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and cord for damage yearly. condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. damaged heater or 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded Keep the cord away from extension cord, could make 110-volt AC outlet. any moving parts. (Continued) 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 195

The length of time the heater should Shifting Into Park remain plugged in depends on Warning (Continued) several factors. Ask a dealer in the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and area where you will be parking the set the parking brake. See It is dangerous to get out of the 0 vehicle for the best advice on this. Parking Brake 201. vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake 2. Move the shift lever into Retained Accessory P (Park) by holding in the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Power (RAP) button on the shift lever and Do not leave the vehicle when the pushing the shift lever all the engine is running. If you have left These vehicle accessories can be way toward the front of the the engine running, the vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the vehicle. can move suddenly. You or others engine is turned off: 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. could be injured. To be sure the . Audio System vehicle will not move, even when 4. Remove the key (if equipped) you are on fairly level ground, . Power Windows and take it with you. If you can always set the parking brake and . Sunroof (if equipped) leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, the move the shift lever to P (Park). 0 These features continue to work up vehicle is in P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 195. to 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to LOCK/OFF. Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with The power windows and sunroof will Engine Running the engine running, be sure the work until any door is opened. vehicle is in P (Park) and the The radio continues to work until the { Warning parking brake is firmly set before driver door is opened. you leave it. After you have moved It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever into P (Park), hold the All these features operate when the vehicle with the engine running. regular brake pedal down. Then, key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ It could overheat and catch fire. see if you can move the shift lever ACCESSORY. (Continued) away from P (Park) without first pushing the button. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

196 Driving and Operating

If you can, it means that the shift Shifting out of Park 4. Move the shift lever to the lever was not fully locked in desired position. P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system. If still unable to shift out of P (Park): Torque Lock The shift lock release is 1. Fully release the shift lever Torque lock is when the weight of designed to: button. the vehicle puts too much force on . Prevent ignition key removal (if 2. Hold the brake pedal down and the parking pawl in the equipped) unless the shift lever press the shift lever button transmission. This happens when is in P (Park) with the shift lever again. parking on a hill and shifting the button fully released. transmission into P (Park) is not 3. Move the shift lever to the . Prevent movement of the shift done properly, then it is difficult to desired position. lever out of P (Park), unless the shift out of P (Park). To prevent ignition is in ON/RUN and the If you are still having a problem torque lock, set the parking brake brake pedal is applied. shifting, see your dealer. and then shift into P (Park). To find out how, see “Shifting Into Park” The shift lock release is always Shift Lock Manual Release listed previously. functional except in the case of an If jump starting the vehicle did not uncharged or low voltage (less than If torque lock does occur, your work, the shift lock manual release 9-volt) battery. vehicle may need to be pushed must be used. uphill by another vehicle to relieve If the vehicle has an uncharged To access the shift lock manual the parking pawl pressure, so you battery or a battery with low voltage, release: can shift out of P (Park). try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting - North 1. Apply the parking brake. If you are towing a trailer and America 0 294. parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips To shift out of P (Park): 0 219. 1. Apply the brake pedal. 2. Place the ignition in ON/RUN. 3. Press the shift lever button. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 197 3. Insert a tool into the opening as Engine Exhaust far as it will go. At the same time move the shift lever out of P (Park). If P (Park) is selected { Warning again, the shift lever will be locked again. Have the cause Engine exhaust contains carbon of the problem fixed by your monoxide (CO) which cannot be dealer. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and 4. Install the shift lever trim on the even death. console. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: Parking over Things . The vehicle idles in areas 2. Release the shift lever trim That Burn with poor ventilation from the center console at the (parking garages, tunnels, rear, then fold upward and turn { Warning deep snow that may block it to the left. underbody airflow or tail Things that can burn could touch pipes). hot exhaust parts under the . The exhaust smells or vehicle and ignite. Do not park sounds strange or different. over papers, leaves, dry grass, . The exhaust system leaks or other things that can burn. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

198 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. damage or aftermarket modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park 0 195 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 197. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 219. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed P: This position locks the front area such as a garage or a wheels. It is the best position to use building that has no fresh air when you start the engine because ventilation. the vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 199

Warning (Continued) Caution Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when the Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit engine is running. If you have left vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift the engine running, the vehicle damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine can move suddenly. You or others repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed. could be injured. To be sure the the vehicle warranty. Shift to vehicle will not move, even when R (Reverse) only after the vehicle you are on fairly level ground, is stopped. always set the parking brake and Caution move the shift lever to P (Park). To rock the vehicle back and forth to Shifting out of P (Park) or 0 See Shifting Into Park 195. get out of snow, ice, or sand without N (Neutral) with the engine damaging the transmission, see If running at high speed may Make sure the shift lever is fully in the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 184. damage the transmission. The P (Park) before starting the engine. N: In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by The vehicle has an automatic not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the transmission shift lock control restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high system. You must fully apply the is already moving, use speed when shifting the vehicle. brake pedal then press the shift N (Neutral) only. lever button before you can shift from P (Park) while the ignition key D: This position is for normal is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out { Warning driving. It provides the best fuel of P (Park), ease pressure on the economy. If you need more power Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and you are: shift lever and push the shift lever engine is running at high speed is all the way into P (Park) as you dangerous. Unless your foot is . Accelerating slowly or maintain brake application. Then maintaining a constant speed, firmly on the brake pedal, the move the shift lever into another push the accelerator pedal about vehicle could move very rapidly. gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 196. halfway down. (Continued) R: Use this gear to back up. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

200 Driving and Operating

. Accelerating quickly or passing, The Driver Information Center (DIC) Second Gear Start Feature push the accelerator all the in the instrument cluster will change When accelerating the vehicle from way down. from the currently displayed a stop in snowy and icy conditions, M: This position allows you to message to the letter “M,” for you may want to shift into change gears similar to a manual Manual position, and a number 2 (Second) gear. A higher gear transmission. If the vehicle has this indicating the requested gear. allows you to gain more traction on feature, see Manual Mode 0 200. While using the DSC feature the slippery surfaces. transmission will have firmer shifting With the DSC feature, the vehicle Manual Mode and sportier performance. You can can be set to pull away in use this for sport driving or when 2 (Second) gear. Driver Shift Control (DSC) climbing hills to stay in gear longer 1. Move the shift lever from To use this feature: or to downshift for more power or engine braking. D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode). 1. Move the shift lever from 2. With the vehicle stopped, press D (Drive) rearward to The transmission will only allow you the (+) end of the button to M (Manual). to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine select 2 (Second) gear. The While driving in manual mode, revolutions per minute (rpm): vehicle will start from a stop the transmission will remain in position in 2 (Second) gear. the driver selected gear. When . The transmission will not allow 3. Once moving, select the coming to a stop in the manual shifting to the next higher gear if desired drive gear. position, the vehicle will the vehicle speed or engine rpm automatically shift into is too low. 1 (First) gear. . The transmission will not allow 2. Press the + (plus) end of the shifting to the next lower gear if button on the top of the shift the vehicle speed or engine rpm lever to upshift, or press the − is too high. (minus) end of the button to downshift. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 201 Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a Using ABS computer senses the wheels are Do not pump the brakes. Just hold slowing down. If one of the wheels the brake pedal down firmly and let Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer ABS work. You may hear the ABS System (ABS) will separately work the brakes at pump or motor operating and feel each wheel. This vehicle has ABS, an advanced the brake pedal pulsate. This is electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure normal. prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster than any driver could. This can help Braking in Emergencies When the vehicle begins to drive you steer around the obstacle while away, ABS checks itself. ABS allows you to steer and brake braking hard. A momentary motor or clicking noise at the same time. In many might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the emergencies, steering can help going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates more than even the very best noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls braking. a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly. Parking Brake Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light stop, even with ABS. 0 109. If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

202 Driving and Operating

To set the parking brake, hold the conditions. This feature uses the transition from releasing the brake brake pedal down and pull up on the stability system hydraulic brake pedal to accelerating to drive off on parking brake lever. If the ignition is control module to supplement the a grade, HSA holds the braking on, the brake system warning light power brake system under pressure to prevent rolling. HSA will will come on. See Brake System conditions where the driver has not activate if the vehicle is in a Warning Light 0 108. quickly and forcefully applied the drive gear and facing downhill or if To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the vehicle is facing uphill and in the brake pedal down. Pull the stop or slow down the vehicle. The R (Reverse). parking brake lever up until you can stability system hydraulic brake press the release button. Hold the control module increases brake release button in as you move the pressure at each corner of the brake lever all the way down. vehicle until the ABS activates. Minor brake pedal pulsation or pedal movement during this time is Caution normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as Driving with the parking brake on the driving situation dictates. The can overheat the brake system Brake Assist feature will and cause premature wear or automatically disengage when the damage to brake system parts. brake pedal is released or brake Make sure that the parking brake pedal pressure is quickly is fully released and the brake decreased. warning light is off before driving. Hill Start Assist (HSA) Brake Assist If equipped, HSA may automatically The Brake Assist feature is activate when the vehicle is stopped designed to assist the driver in on a grade. This feature is designed stopping or decreasing vehicle to prevent the vehicle from rolling, speed in emergency driving either forward or rearward, during vehicle drive off. During the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 203 Ride Control Systems vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the Traction Control/ intended path. If cruise control is being used and Electronic Stability traction control or StabiliTrak begins Control to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems System Operation turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This The vehicle has a Traction Control conditions allow. light will: ® System (TCS) and StabiliTrak , an Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting electronic stability control system. automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. These systems help limit wheel slip started and begins to move. The and assist the driver in maintaining . Flash when StabiliTrak is systems may be heard or felt while activated. control, especially on slippery road they are operating or while conditions. performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either TCS activates if it senses that any is normal and does not mean there system is not working. of the drive wheels are spinning or is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to beginning to lose traction. When this It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the happens, TCS applies the brakes to systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and the spinning wheels and reduces conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to engine power to limit wheel spin. to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive StabiliTrak activates when the stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in vehicle senses a difference between See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 184 maintaining control. The vehicle is the intended path and the direction and “Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be the vehicle is actually traveling. On” later in this section. adjusted accordingly. StabiliTrak selectively applies If d comes on and stays on: braking pressure to any one of the 1. Stop the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

204 Driving and Operating

2. Turn the engine off and wait To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on 15 seconds. Caution again, press and release the TCS/ StabiliTrak button. The traction off 3. Start the engine. Do not repeatedly brake or i accelerate heavily when TCS is light and StabiliTrak OFF light g Drive the vehicle. If d comes on in the instrument cluster turn off. and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be more time to diagnose the problem. damaged. Adding accessories can affect the If the condition persists, see your vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and 0 227. release the TCS/StabiliTrak button. Turning the Systems Off i and On The traction off light displays in the instrument cluster. To turn TCS on again, press and release the TCS/StabiliTrak button. The traction off light i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when the TCS/StabiliTrak button is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, press and hold the TCS/StabiliTrak button until the traction off light i To turn the system off, press the and StabiliTrak OFF light g come TCS/StabiliTrak button. on and stay on in the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 205

Cruise Control See Traction Control/Electronic * (Cancel) : Press to disengage Stability Control 0 203. If a collision cruise control without erasing the With cruise control, you can alert occurs when cruise control is set speed from memory. maintain a speed of about 40 km/h activated, cruise control is (25 mph) or more without keeping disengaged. See Forward Collision RES/+ (Resume/Accelerate) : If your foot on the accelerator. Cruise Alert (FCA) System 0 211. When there is a set speed in memory, control does not work at speeds road conditions allow you to safely press the control up briefly to below 40 km/h (25 mph). use it again, cruise control can be resume to that speed or hold to turned back on. accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase { Warning If the brakes are applied, cruise vehicle speed. control disengages. Cruise control can be dangerous SET/− (Set/Coast) : Press the where you cannot drive safely at control down briefly to set the speed a steady speed. Do not use and activate cruise control. If cruise cruise control on winding roads or control is already active, use to in heavy traffic. decrease speed. Cruise control can be dangerous Setting Cruise Control on slippery roads. On such roads, If the 1 button is on when not in fast changes in tire traction can use, SET/− or RES/+ could get cause excessive wheel slip, and bumped and the vehicle could go you could lose control. Do not use into cruise when not desired. Keep cruise control on slippery roads. the 1 button off when cruise is not being used. With the Traction Control System 1 (TCS) or StabiliTrak system, the 1 (On/Off) : Press to turn the 1. Press to turn the cruise system may begin to limit wheel cruise control on or off. A white system on. spin while you are using cruise indicator comes on in the instrument 2. Get up to the speed desired. control. If this happens, the cruise cluster when cruise is turned on. control will automatically disengage. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

206 Driving and Operating

3. Move the control toward SET/− . To increase the speed in small Passing Another Vehicle While and release it. increments, press RES/+ up Using Cruise Control 4. Remove foot from the briefly. For each press, the Use the accelerator pedal to accelerator. vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h increase the vehicle speed. When (1 mph) faster. The cruise control indicator on the you take your foot off the pedal, the instrument cluster turns green after The speedometer reading can be vehicle slows down to the previously displayed in either English or metric set cruise control speed. While cruise control has been set to the 0 desired speed. See Instrument units. See Instrument Cluster 102. pressing the accelerator pedal or Cluster 0 102. The increment value used depends shortly following the release to on the units displayed. override cruise control, briefly Resuming a Set Speed pressing SET– down will result in Reducing Speed While Using cruise control set to the current If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control desired speed and then the brakes vehicle speed. * If the cruise control system is are applied or is pressed, the already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills cruise control is disengaged without How well the cruise control works erasing the set speed from memory. . Press and hold SET/− down until the desired lower speed is on hills depends upon the vehicle Once the vehicle speed is about reached, then release it. speed, load, and the steepness of 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press the hills. When going up steep hills, RES/+ up briefly and then release it. . To decrease the vehicle speed in you might have to step on the The vehicle returns to the previously small increments, press SET/− accelerator pedal to maintain your set speed. down briefly. For each press, the speed. When going downhill, you vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h might have to brake or shift to a Increasing Speed While Using (1 mph) slower. lower gear to keep your speed Cruise Control The speedometer reading can be down. If the brake pedal is applied, If the cruise control system is displayed in either English or metric cruise control will disengage. 0 already activated: units. See Instrument Cluster 102. Ending Cruise Control . Press and hold RES/+ up until The increment value used depends on the units displayed. There are four ways to end cruise the vehicle accelerates to the control: desired speed, then release it. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 207

. Step lightly on the brake pedal. Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) . Press *. Systems vehicle before driving. Failure to . Shift the transmission to use proper care may result in N (Neutral). Rear Vision injury, death, or vehicle damage. . To turn off the cruise control, Camera (RVC) 1 press . The vehicle may have an RVC How the System Works Erasing Speed Memory system. Read this entire section before using it. When the vehicle is shifted into The cruise control set speed is R (Reverse), the image of the area The RVC system can assist the behind the vehicle appears in the erased from memory if 1 is pressed driver when backing up by or if the vehicle is turned off. radio screen. The previous screen displaying a view of the area behind displays when the vehicle is shifted the vehicle. out of R (Reverse) after approximately 10 seconds. { Warning To see the previous screen sooner, The camera(s) do not display do one of the following: children, pedestrians, bicyclists, . Press a button on the crossing traffic, animals, or any infotainment system. other object outside of the . Shift into P (Park). cameras’ field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. . Reach a vehicle speed of Shown distances may be different 8 km/h (5 mph). from actual distances. Do not Press MENU to adjust the display drive or park the vehicle using brightness while viewing the rear only these camera(s). Always camera display. check behind and around the (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

208 Driving and Operating

Symbols and Guidelines 4. Select Symbols or Guidelines. Rear Vision Camera Error The system may have a feature that When a checkmark appears Messages lets the driver view caution symbols next to the option, the feature SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA on the infotainment screen while is on. SYSTEM : If this message appears using the RVC. The Rear Parking Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) in the center stack display, the Assist (RPA) system must not be system may need service. disabled to use the caution symbols. On vehicles with the RCTA, when shifted into R (Reverse), a warning If any other problem occurs or if a The error message Rear Parking problem persists, see your dealer. Assist Symbols Unavailable may triangle with a left or right pointing display if RPA has been disabled arrow may display on the RVC Rear Vision Camera Location and the symbols have been screen to warn of traffic coming from turned on. the left or the right. Three beeps will also sound from the left or right The symbols appear and may cover side, depending on the approaching an object when viewing the cross traffic direction. This system infotainment screen when an object detects objects coming from up to is detected by the RPA system. 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side The RVC system may have a behind the vehicle. The RCTA guideline overlay that can help the system will not work properly if ice, driver align the vehicle when snow, mud, or anything else builds backing into a parking spot. up on the rear bumper sensors. To turn the symbols and guidelines Use caution while backing up when on or off: towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out 1. Shift into P (Park). from the back of your vehicle do not The RVC is above the license plate. 2. Press the CONFIG button on move further back when a trailer is The area displayed by the camera is the infotainment system. towed. limited. 3. Select Display Settings and To turn RCTA on or off, see It does not display objects that are then Rear Camera Options. “Collision Detection Systems” under close to either corner or under the Vehicle Personalization 0 123. bumper and can vary depending on Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 209

vehicle orientation or road . The back of the vehicle was in conditions. Displayed images may an accident. The position and be farther or closer than they mounting angle of the camera appear. can change or the camera can The following illustrations show the be affected. Be sure to have the field of view that the camera camera and its position and provides. mounting angle checked at your dealer.

1. View displayed by the Parking Assist camera. If equipped, the Rear Parking Assist 2. Corner of the rear bumper. (RPA) system assists the driver with When the System Does Not parking and avoiding objects while Seem To Work Properly in R (Reverse). RPA operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). The RVC system may not work The sensors on the rear bumper properly or display a clear image if: detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) . It is dark. behind the vehicle, and at least 20 cm (8 in) off the ground. The . The sun or the beam of distance objects can be detected headlamps is shining directly may be less during warmer or humid 1. View displayed by the into the camera lens. weather. camera. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else has built up on the camera lens. { Warning Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft The parking assist system does cloth. not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

210 Driving and Operating

Turning the System On and Off . The parking assist sensors are Warning (Continued) covered by frost or ice. Frost or The RPA system can be turned on ice can form around and behind and off using the infotainment below the bumper or that are too the sensors and may not always system controls. See Vehicle close or too far from the vehicle. be seen; this can occur after Personalization 0 123. It is not available at speeds washing the vehicle in cold greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To When the system is off, PARK weather. The message may not prevent injury, death, or vehicle ASSIST OFF displays on the Driver clear until the frost or ice has damage, even with parking assist, Information Center (DIC). The melted. always check the area around the message disappears after a short If the above conditions do not exist, vehicle and check all mirrors period of time. take the vehicle to your dealer to before backing. RPA defaults to the on setting each repair the system. time the vehicle is started. PARK ASSIST OFF : If the RPA How the System Works Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. system does not activate due to a RPA comes on automatically when temporary condition, the message When the System Does Not displays on the DIC. This can occur the shift lever is moved into Seem to Work Properly R (Reverse). A single beep sounds under the following conditions: to indicate the system is working. The following messages may be . The driver has disabled the displayed on the DIC: An obstacle detection is indicated system. by beeps. The time between the SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : If . An object was hanging out of the beeps becomes shorter as the this message occurs, check the trunk during the last drive cycle. vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. following conditions: Once the object is removed, When the distance is less than . The sensors are not clean. Keep RPA will return to normal 30 cm (12 in), the beeping is a the vehicle's rear bumper free of operation. continuous beep for five seconds. mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. . The bumper is damaged. Take For cleaning instructions, see the vehicle to your dealer to 0 Exterior Care 299. repair the system. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 211

. Other conditions, such as display green. Vehicles may not be vibrations from a jackhammer or Warning (Continued) detected on curves, highway exit the compression of air brakes on ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; a very large truck, are affecting stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or if a vehicle ahead is partially system performance. or when following a vehicle too blocked by pedestrians or other closely, FCA may not provide a objects. FCA will not detect another Forward Collision Alert warning with enough time to help vehicle ahead until it is completely avoid a crash. FCA does not warn in the driving lane. (FCA) System of pedestrians, animals, signs, If equipped, the FCA system may guardrails, bridges, construction { Warning help to avoid or reduce the harm barrels, or other objects. Be ready caused by front-end crashes. When to take action and apply the FCA does not provide a warning approaching a vehicle ahead too brakes. For more information, see to help avoid a crash, unless it quickly, FCA provides a flashing red Defensive Driving 0 178. detects a vehicle. FCA may not alert on the windshield, and rapidly detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA beeps. FCA also lights an amber sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, visual alert if following another FCA can be disabled with the FCA steering wheel control. or ice, or if the windshield is vehicle much too closely. damaged. It may also not detect a FCA detects vehicles within a Detecting the Vehicle Ahead vehicle on winding or hilly roads, distance of approximately 60 m or in conditions that can limit (197 ft) and operates at speeds visibility such as fog, rain, above 40 km/h (25 mph). or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in { Warning proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA FCA is a warning system and sensors clean and in good repair. does not apply the brakes. When FCA warnings will not occur unless approaching a slower-moving or the FCA system detects a vehicle (Continued) ahead. When a vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

212 Driving and Operating

Collision Alert Tailgating Alert timing. The range of selectable alert timing may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. Unnecessary Alerts FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not When your vehicle approaches The vehicle ahead indicator will vehicles, or shadows. These alerts another detected vehicle too rapidly, display amber when you are are normal operation and the the red FCA display will flash on the following a detected vehicle ahead vehicle does not need service. much too closely. windshield. Also, eight rapid Cleaning the System high-pitched beeps will sound from Selecting the Alert Timing the front. When this Collision Alert If the FCA system does not seem to occurs, the brake system may The Collision Alert control is on the operate properly, cleaning the prepare for driver braking to occur steering wheel. Press [ to set the outside of the windshield in front of more rapidly which can cause a FCA timing to far, medium, near, the camera sensor may correct the brief, mild deceleration. Continue to or off. The first button press shows issue apply the brake pedal as the driving the current control setting on the situation dictates. Cruise control DIC. Additional button presses will Side Blind Zone may be disengaged when the change this setting. The chosen Alert (SBZA) Collision Alert occurs. setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the If equipped, the SBZA system is a Collision Alert and the Tailgating lane-changing aid that assists Alert features. The timing of both drivers with avoiding crashes that alerts will vary based on vehicle occur with moving vehicles in the speed. The faster the vehicle speed, side blind zone (or spot) areas. The the farther away the alert will occur. SBZA warning display will light up in Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the alert Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 213

the corresponding outside side SBZA Detection Zones unsafe to change lanes. Before mirror and will flash if the turn signal making a lane change, check the is on. SBZA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn { Warning signals.

SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles rapidly approaching outside of the side blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror all driving conditions. Failure to Display Display use proper care when changing When the vehicle is started, both lanes may result in injury, death, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of outside mirror SBZA displays will or vehicle damage. Before approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m briefly come on to indicate the making a lane change, always system is operating. When the check mirrors, glance over your (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) vehicle is in a forward gear, the left shoulder, and use the turn or right side mirror display will light signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This zone starts at approximately the up if a moving vehicle is detected in middle of the vehicle and goes back that blind zone. If the turn signal is 5 m (16 ft). activated in the same direction of a detected vehicle, this display will How the System Works flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. The SBZA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system SBZA can be disabled through detects a moving vehicle in the next vehicle personalization. See lane over that is in the side blind “Collision Detection Systems” under zone. This indicates it may be Vehicle Personalization 0 123. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

214 Driving and Operating

If SBZA is disabled by the driver, SBZA may not operate when the Lane Departure the SBZA mirror displays will not SBZA sensors in the left or right light up. corners of the rear bumper are Warning (LDW) covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, If equipped, LDW may help avoid When the System Does Not or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For crashes due to unintentional lane Seem to Work Properly cleaning instructions, see "Washing departures. It may provide an alert if SBZA displays may not come on the Vehicle" under Exterior Care the vehicle is crossing a lane when passing a vehicle quickly, for 0 299. If the DIC displays the without using a turn signal in that a stopped vehicle, or when towing a system unavailable message after direction. LDW uses a camera trailer. The SBZA detection zones cleaning both sides of the vehicle sensor to detect the lane markings that extend back from the side of toward the rear corners of the at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or the vehicle do not move further back vehicle, see your dealer. greater. when a trailer is towed. Use caution If the SBZA displays do not light up while changing lanes when towing a when vehicles are in the blind zone { Warning trailer. SBZA may alert to objects and the system is clean, the system attached to the vehicle, such as a may need service. Take the vehicle The LDW system does not steer trailer, bicycle, or object extending to your dealer. the vehicle. The LDW system out to either side of the vehicle. This may not: is normal system operation; the When SBZA is disabled for any . Provide enough time to vehicle does not need service. reason other than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On avoid a crash. SBZA may not always alert the option will not be available on the . Detect lane markings under driver to vehicles in the side blind personalization menu. poor weather or visibility zone, especially in wet conditions. conditions. This can occur if The system does not need to be Radio Frequency Information the windshield or serviced. The system may light up See Radio Frequency Statement headlamps are blocked by due to guardrails, signs, trees, 0 335. dirt, snow, or ice; if they are shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system (Continued) operation; the vehicle does not need service. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 215

How the System Works When the System Does Not Warning (Continued) The LDW camera sensor is on the Seem to Work Properly not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview The system may not detect lanes as the sun shines directly into mirror. well when there are: the camera. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on . Close vehicles ahead. . Detect road edges. the center stack, forward of the shift . Sudden lighting changes, such . Detect lanes on winding or lever. The control indicator will light as when driving through tunnels. hilly roads. when LDW is on. . Banked roads. If LDW only detects lane If the LDW system is not functioning markings on one side of the road, properly when lane markings are it will only warn you when clearly visible, cleaning the departing the lane on the side windshield may help. where it has detected a lane marking. Always keep your LDW alerts may occur due to tar attention on the road and marks, shadows, cracks in the road, @ temporary or construction lane maintain proper vehicle position When LDW is on, is green if markings, or other road within the lane, or vehicle LDW is available to warn of a lane imperfections. This is normal system damage, injury, or death could departure. If the vehicle crosses a detected lane marking without using operation; the vehicle does not need occur. Always keep the the turn signal in that direction, @ service. Turn LDW off if these windshield, headlamps, and conditions continue. camera sensors clean and in changes to amber and flashes. good repair. Do not use LDW in Additionally, there will be three bad weather conditions. beeps on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

216 Driving and Operating Fuel octane rating below 87, as it may cause engine damage and will lower Caution Use of the recommended fuel is an fuel economy. important part of the proper Do not use fuel containing maintenance of this vehicle. When Use of Seasonal Fuels methanol. It can corrode metal driving in the U.S. and Canada, to Use summer and winter fuels in the parts in the fuel system and also help keep the engine clean and appropriate season. The fuels damage plastic and rubber parts. maintain optimum vehicle industry automatically modifies the That damage would not be performance, we recommend using fuel for the appropriate season. covered under the vehicle TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for warranty. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of long periods of time, driving or TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. starting could be affected. Drive the Some gasolines, mainly high octane vehicle until the fuel is at one-half racing gasolines, can contain an tank or less, then refuel with the octane-enhancing additive called current seasonal fuel. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Prohibited Fuels tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use gasolines and/or fuel additives with Gasolines containing oxygenates MMT as they can reduce spark plug such as ethers and ethanol, as well life and affect emission control as reformulated gasolines, are system performance. The available in some cities. If these malfunction indicator lamp may turn gasolines comply with the on. If this occurs, see your dealer previously described specification, for service. then they are acceptable to use. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and California Fuel Use regular unleaded gasoline other fuels containing more than meeting ASTM specification D4814 15% ethanol must be used only in Requirements with a posted octane rating of 87 or FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet higher. Do not use gasoline with an California Emissions Standards, it is designed to operate on fuels that Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 217

meet California specifications. See fuel not recommended. Costly the underhood emission control repairs caused by use of improper Warning (Continued) label. If this fuel is not available in fuel would not be covered by the states adopting California Emissions vehicle warranty. . To help avoid injuries to you Standards, the vehicle will operate and others, read and follow satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives all the instructions on the federal specifications, but emission fuel pump island. control system performance might To keep fuel systems clean, TOP . Turn off the engine when be affected. The malfunction TIER Detergent Gasoline is refueling. recommended. See Fuel 0 216. indicator lamp could turn on and the . Keep sparks, flames, and vehicle may not pass a smog-check If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is smoking materials away test. See Malfunction Indicator not available, one bottle of Fuel from fuel. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 107. System Treatment PLUS added to If this occurs, return to your the fuel tank at every engine oil . Do not leave the fuel pump authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it change, can help. Fuel System unattended. is determined that the condition is Treatment PLUS is the only . Do not use a cell phone caused by the type of fuel used, gasoline additive recommended by while refueling. repairs may not be covered by the General Motors. It is available at vehicle warranty. your dealer. . Do not reenter the vehicle while pumping fuel. Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank . Keep children away from Countries the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel. If planning to drive in countries { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel outside the U.S. or Canada, the Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn proper fuel might be hard to find. cap is opened too quickly. violently and can cause injury or Check regional auto club or fuel This spray can happen if the death. retail brand websites for availability tank is nearly full, and is in the country where driving. Never (Continued) more likely in hot weather. use leaded gasoline, fuel containing (Continued) methanol, manganese, or any other Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

218 Driving and Operating

Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise Warning (Continued) to remove. While refueling, hang the { Warning fuel cap from the hook on the fuel Open the fuel cap slowly door. Reinstall the cap by turning it If a fire starts while you are and wait for any hiss noise clockwise until it clicks. refueling, do not remove the to stop then unscrew the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by cap all the way. If the cap is not properly installed, shutting off the pump or by the malfunction indicator lamp will notifying the station attendant. come on. See Malfunction Indicator Leave the area immediately. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 107.

{ Warning Caution Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill If a new fuel cap is needed, be nozzle may cause: sure to get the right type of cap from your dealer. The wrong type . Vehicle performance issues, of fuel cap may not fit properly, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system. may cause the malfunction indicator lamp to light, and could . Fuel spills. damage the fuel tank and emissions system. See The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel . Potential fuel fires. door on the passenger side of the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 107. vehicle. To open the fuel door, push Do not top off or overfill the tank and and release the rearward center wait a few seconds before removing edge of the door. the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 299. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 219

Filling a Portable Fuel Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Container . Fill the container no more General Towing { Warning than 95% full to allow for Information expansion. Only use towing equipment that has Filling a portable fuel container . Do not smoke, light been designed for the vehicle. while it is in the vehicle can cause matches, or use lighters Contact your dealer or trailering fuel vapors that can ignite either while pumping fuel. by static electricity or other dealer for assistance with preparing . Avoid using cell phones or means. You or others could be the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read other electronic devices. the entire section before towing a badly burned and the vehicle trailer. could be damaged. Always: For towing a disabled vehicle, see . Use approved fuel Towing the Vehicle 0 297. For containers. towing the vehicle behind another . Remove the container from vehicle such as a motor home, see the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 297. bed before filling. . Place the container on the Driving Characteristics ground. and Towing Tips . Place the nozzle inside the Driving with a Trailer fill opening of the container before dispensing fuel, and When towing a trailer: keep it in contact with the fill . Become familiar with the state opening until filling is and local laws that apply complete. specifically to trailer towing. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

220 Driving and Operating

. Do not tow a trailer during the electric brakes, start the first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent Warning (Continued) combination moving and then apply damage to the engine, axle, the trailer brake controller by hand or other parts. . Do not drive with the to be sure the brakes work. liftgate, trunk/hatch, . Then, during the first 800 km or rear-most window open. During the trip, check occasionally (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not to be sure that the load is secure drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and . Fully open the air outlets on and the lamps and any trailer do not make starts at full throttle. or under the instrument brakes still work. panel. . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive) . Also adjust the Climate Towing with a Stability Control but M (Manual Mode) is System recommended. See Manual Control system to a setting Mode 0 200. Use a lower gear if that brings in only outside When towing, the sound of the the transmission shifts too often. air. See “Climate Control stability control system might be Systems” in the Index. heard. The system is reacting to the . Turn off Park Assist when vehicle movement caused by the towing. For information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust trailer, which mainly occurs during 0 197. cornering. This is normal when { Warning towing heavier trailers.

When towing a trailer, exhaust Towing a trailer requires a certain Following Distance gases may collect at the rear of amount of experience. The Stay at least twice as far behind the the vehicle and enter if the combination you are driving is vehicle ahead as you would when liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most longer and not as responsive as the driving the vehicle without a trailer. window is open. vehicle itself. Get acquainted with This can help to avoid situations the handling and braking of the rig When towing a trailer: that require heavy braking and before setting out for the open road. sudden turns. (Continued) Before starting, check all trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 221

Passing When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no More passing distance is needed trailer will not strike soft shoulders, longer work well. when towing a trailer. Because the curbs, road signs, trees, or other rig is longer, it is necessary to go The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). objects. Use the turn signal well in farther beyond the passed vehicle Use a lower gear if the transmission advance and avoid jerky or sudden before returning to the lane. shifts too often. maneuvers. Backing Up When towing at high altitude on Turn Signals When Towing a steep uphill grades, engine coolant Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer boils at a lower temperature than at wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the normal altitudes. If the engine is trailer to the left, move your hand to turned off immediately after towing the left. To move the trailer to the instrument cluster flash whenever signaling a turn or lane change. at high altitude on steep uphill right, move your hand to the right. grades, the vehicle could show Always back up slowly and, Properly hooked up, the trailer lamps also flash, telling other signs similar to engine overheating. if possible, have someone To avoid this, let the engine run guide you. drivers the vehicle is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. while parked, preferably on level Making Turns ground, with the transmission in When towing a trailer, the arrows on P (Park) for a few minutes before the instrument cluster flash for turns turning the engine off. If the Caution even if the bulbs on the trailer are overheat warning comes on, see burned out. Check occasionally to Engine Overheating 0 239. Making very sharp turns while be sure the trailer bulbs are still trailering could cause the trailer to working. come in contact with the vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged. Driving on Grades Avoid making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower while trailering. gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

222 Driving and Operating

Parking on Hills 5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Leaving After Parking on a Hill { Warning 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal Engine Cooling When Trailer Parking the vehicle on a hill with while you: Towing the trailer attached can be 1.1. Start the engine. The cooling system may temporarily dangerous. If something goes overheat during severe operating wrong, the rig could start to move. 1.2. Shift into a gear. conditions. See Engine Overheating People can be injured, and both 1.3. Release the parking 0 239. the vehicle and the trailer can be brake. damaged. When possible, always 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Trailer Towing park the rig on a flat surface. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Before pulling a trailer, three clear of the chocks. important considerations have to do If parking the rig on a hill: with weight: 4. Stop and have someone pick 1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks. . Weight of the trailer. not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn . Weight of the trailer tongue. the wheels into the curb if Maintenance When Trailer facing downhill or into traffic if Towing . Total weight on your vehicle's tires. facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more 2. Have someone place chocks often when pulling a trailer. See the Weight of the Trailer 0 under the trailer wheels. Maintenance Schedule 310. How heavy can a trailer safely be? Things that are especially important 3. When the wheel chocks are in in trailer operation are automatic It should never weigh more than place, release the brake pedal transmission fluid, engine oil, axle 454 kg (1,000 lb). But even that can until the chocks absorb lubricant, belts, cooling system, and be too heavy. the load. brake system. Inspect these before It depends on how the rig is used. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then and during the trip. For example, speed, altitude, road apply the parking brake and grades, outside temperature, and shift into P (Park). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 223

how much the vehicle is used to pull who will be riding in the vehicle. proper. If they are not, adjustments a trailer are all important. It can If there are a lot of options, might be made by moving some depend on any special equipment equipment, passengers, or cargo in items around in the trailer. on the vehicle, and the amount of the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue tongue weight the vehicle can carry. weight the vehicle can carry, which Total Weight on Your Vehicle's See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” will also reduce the trailer weight the Tires following. vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, Be sure the vehicle's tires are Maximum trailer weight is calculated the tongue load must be added to inflated to the upper limit for cold assuming only the driver is in the the GVW because the vehicle will tires. These numbers can be found be carrying that weight, too. See on the Tire and Loading Information tow vehicle and it has all the 0 required trailering equipment. The Vehicle Load Limits 184. label. See Vehicle Load Limits weight of additional optional 0 184. Make sure not to go over the equipment, passengers, and cargo GVW limit for the vehicle, including in the tow vehicle must be the weight of the trailer tongue. subtracted from the maximum trailer weight. Towing Equipment Ask your dealer for trailering Hitches information or advice, or write us at our Customer Assistance Offices. Use the correct hitch equipment. See Customer Assistance Offices See your dealer or a hitch dealer for 0 327. assistance. . The rear bumper on the vehicle Weight of the Trailer Tongue is not intended for hitches. Do The tongue load (1) of any trailer is not attach rental hitches or other an important weight to measure The trailer tongue (1) should weigh bumper-type hitches to it. Use because it affects the total gross 10 % of the total loaded trailer only a frame-mounted hitch that weight of the vehicle. The Gross weight (2). does not attach to the bumper. Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the After loading the trailer, weigh the curb weight of the vehicle, any trailer and then the tongue, cargo carried in it, and the people separately, to see if the weights are Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

224 Driving and Operating . Will any holes be made in the Trailer Brakes Conversions and body of the vehicle when the Does the trailer have its own trailer hitch is installed? If so, Add-Ons brakes? Be sure to read and follow seal the holes when the hitch is the instructions for the trailer brakes removed. If the holes are not so they are installed, adjusted, and Add-On Electrical sealed, dirt, water, and deadly maintained properly. carbon monoxide (CO) from the Equipment exhaust can get into the vehicle. Because the vehicle has antilock See Engine Exhaust 0 197. brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's { Warning brake system. If this is done, both Safety Chains brake systems will not work well or The Data Link Connector (DLC) is Always attach chains between the at all. used for vehicle service and vehicle and the trailer. Cross the Emission Inspection/Maintenance safety chains under the tongue of testing. See Malfunction Indicator the trailer to help prevent the tongue Lamp (Check Engine Light) from contacting the road if it 0 107. A device connected to the becomes separated from the hitch. Data Link Connector (DLC)— Leave enough slack so the rig can such as an aftermarket fleet or turn. Never allow safety chains to driver-behavior tracking device— drag on the ground. may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Driving and Operating 225

Caution

Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 73 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 74. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

226 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Shift Electrical System Vehicle Care Lock Control Function High Voltage Devices and Check ...... 244 Wiring ...... 254 General Information Ignition Transmission Lock Electrical System Overload . . . 254 Check ...... 244 Fuses ...... 254 General Information ...... 227 Park Brake and P (Park) Engine Compartment Fuse California Proposition Mechanism Check ...... 244 Block ...... 255 65 Warning ...... 227 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 245 Instrument Panel Fuse California Perchlorate Block ...... 259 Materials Requirements . . . . . 227 Headlamp Aiming Accessories and Headlamp Aiming ...... 246 Wheels and Tires Modifications ...... 227 Tires ...... 261 Bulb Replacement Vehicle Checks All-Season Tires ...... 262 Bulb Replacement ...... 246 Winter Tires ...... 262 Doing Your Own Halogen Bulbs ...... 246 Service Work ...... 228 Summer Tires ...... 262 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 263 Hood ...... 228 Lighting ...... 246 Engine Compartment Tire Designations ...... 265 LED Lighting ...... 246 Tire Terminology and Overview ...... 230 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Definitions ...... 265 Engine Oil ...... 231 Sidemarker, and Parking Tire Pressure ...... 268 Engine Oil Life System ...... 233 Lamps ...... 247 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Automatic Transmission Fog Lamps ...... 249 Operation ...... 269 Fluid ...... 234 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 234 Stoplamps, and Back-Up System ...... 270 Cooling System ...... 235 Lamps (LS and LT) ...... 250 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Coolant ...... 236 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Operation ...... 271 Engine Overheating ...... 239 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Tire Inspection ...... 274 Washer Fluid ...... 240 Lamps (LTZ) ...... 251 Tire Rotation ...... 274 Brakes ...... 241 License Plate Lamp ...... 252 When It Is Time for New Brake Fluid ...... 241 Replacement Bulbs ...... 253 Tires ...... 275 Battery - North America ...... 242 Buying New Tires ...... 276 Starter Switch Check ...... 244 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 227 Different Size Tires and General Information harm. Engine exhaust, many parts Wheels ...... 277 and systems, many fluids, and Uniform Tire Quality For service and parts needs, visit some component wear by-products Grading ...... 278 your dealer. You will receive contain and/or emit these Wheel Alignment and Tire genuine GM parts and GM-trained chemicals. Balance ...... 279 and supported service people. See Battery - North America 0 242 Wheel Replacement ...... 279 Genuine GM parts have one of and Jump Starting - North America Tire Chains ...... 280 these marks: 0 294. If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 281 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 282 California Perchlorate Storing the Tire Sealant and Materials Requirements Compressor Kit ...... 288 Certain types of automotive Tire Changing ...... 288 applications, such as airbag Compact Spare Tire ...... 293 initiators, safety belt pretensioners, Jump Starting and lithium batteries contained in Jump Starting - North Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, America ...... 294 may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. Towing the Vehicle For additional information, see Towing the Vehicle ...... 297 www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ Recreational Vehicle perchlorate. Towing ...... 297 California Proposition Appearance Care 65 Warning Accessories and Exterior Care ...... 299 WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Modifications Interior Care ...... 304 including this one, contain and/or Floor Mats ...... 307 Adding non-dealer accessories or emit chemicals known to the State making modifications to the vehicle of California to cause cancer and can affect vehicle performance and birth defects or other reproductive safety, including such things as Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

228 Vehicle Care airbags, braking, stability, ride and Vehicle Checks Keep a record with all parts receipts handling, emissions systems, and list the mileage and the date of aerodynamics, durability, and any service work performed. See electronic systems like antilock Doing Your Own Maintenance Records 0 321. brakes, traction control, and stability Service Work control. These accessories or Caution modifications could even cause { Warning malfunction or damage not covered Even small amounts of by the vehicle warranty. It can be dangerous to work on contamination can cause damage Damage to vehicle components your vehicle if you do not have to vehicle systems. Do not allow resulting from modifications or the the proper knowledge, service contaminants to contact the fluids, installation or use of non-GM manual, tools, or parts. Always reservoir caps, or dipsticks. certified parts, including control follow owner manual procedures module or software modifications, is and consult the service manual not covered under the terms of the for your vehicle before doing any Hood vehicle warranty and may affect service work. To open the hood: remaining warranty coverage for affected parts. If doing some of your own service GM Accessories are designed to work, use the proper service complement and function with other manual. It tells you much more systems on the vehicle. See your about how to service the vehicle dealer to accessorize the vehicle than this manual can. To order the using genuine GM Accessories proper service manual, see Service installed by a dealer technician. Publications Ordering Information 1. Pull the hood release handle 0 Also, see Adding Equipment to the 334. with this symbol on it. It is inside the vehicle to the left of Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 74. This vehicle has an airbag system. the steering column. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 73. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 229

2. Go to the front of the vehicle to find the secondary release handle. The handle is under the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time raise the hood. 3. After the hood is slightly lifted, it will continue to open to the full position. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Lower the hood until the lifting force of the strut is reduced, then release the hood to latch fully. Check to make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

230 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 231

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 234. 12. Negative (-) Battery Terminal. Checking Engine Oil See Jump Starting - North 2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See It is a good idea to check the engine America 0 294. Engine Oil 0 231. oil level at each fuel fill. In order to 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil get an accurate reading, the vehicle Engine Oil 0 231. must be on level ground. The To ensure proper engine engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of performance and long life, careful See Engine Compartment Overview View). See Cooling System attention must be paid to engine oil. 0 230 for the location of the engine 0 235. Following these simple, but oil dipstick. 5. Automatic Transmission Fluid important steps will help protect Obtaining an accurate oil level Fill Cap. See Automatic your investment: reading is essential: Transmission Fluid 0 234. . Always use engine oil approved 1. If the engine has been running 6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See to the proper specification and of recently, turn off the engine and Brakes 0 241. the proper viscosity grade. See allow several minutes for the oil Selecting the Right Engine Oil 7. Battery - North America 0 242. “ ” to drain back into the oil pan. in this section. Checking the oil level too soon 8. Coolant Surge Tank and . Check the engine oil level after engine shutoff will not Pressure Cap. See Engine regularly and maintain the provide an accurate oil level Coolant 0 236. proper oil level. See “Checking reading. 9. Positive (+) Battery Terminal Engine Oil” and “When to Add (Under Cover). See Jump Engine Oil” in this section. { Warning Starting - North America 0 294. . Change the engine oil at the 10. Engine Compartment Fuse appropriate time. See Engine Oil The engine oil dipstick handle Block 0 255. Life System 0 233. may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the 11. Windshield Washer Fluid . Always dispose of engine oil dipstick handle. Reservoir. See Washer Fluid properly. See “What to Do with 0 240. Used Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

232 Vehicle Care

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Selecting the Right Engine Oil with a clean paper towel or Caution Selecting the right engine oil cloth, then push it back in all depends on both the proper oil the way. Remove it again, Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade. keeping the tip down, and levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and check the level. acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful Lubricants 0 319. When to Add Engine Oil to the engine. If you find that you Specification have an oil level above the operating range, i.e., the engine Ask for and use engine oils that has so much oil that the oil level meet the dexos1™ specification. Engine oils that have been gets above the upper mark that approved by GM as meeting the shows the proper operating dexos1 specification are marked range, the engine could be with the dexos1 approved logo. See damaged. You should drain out www.gmdexos.com. If the oil is below the cross-hatched the excess oil or limit driving of area at the tip of the dipstick, add the vehicle and seek a service 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil professional to remove the and then recheck the level. See excess amount of oil. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section for an explanation of See Engine Compartment Overview what kind of oil to use. For engine 0 230 for the location of the engine oil crankcase capacity, see 0 oil fill cap. Capacities and Specifications 323. Caution Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating Failure to use the recommended range. Push the dipstick all the way engine oil can result in engine back in when through. damage not covered by the (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 233

Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System Caution (Continued) recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the When to Change Engine Oil vehicle warranty. Check with your vehicle warranty. dealer or service provider on This vehicle has a computer system whether the oil is approved to the What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the dexos1 specification. engine oil and filter. This is based Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which elements that can be unhealthy for include engine revolutions, engine Viscosity Grade your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on Use SAE 5W-20 viscosity grade Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is engine oil. SAE 0W-20 may be used skin and nails with soap and water, as an alternative. indicated can vary considerably. For or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly, When selecting an oil of the properly dispose of clothing or rags the system must be reset every time appropriate viscosity grade, always containing used engine oil. See the the oil is changed. select an oil of the correct manufacturer's warnings about the specification. See “Specification” use and disposal of oil products. When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, it earlier in this section for more Used oil can be a threat to the information. indicates that an oil change is environment. If you change your necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Engine Oil Additives/Engine own oil, be sure to drain all the oil OIL SOON message comes on. See Oil Flushes from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages 0 118. dispose of oil by putting it in the Change the oil as soon as possible Do not add anything to the oil. The trash or pouring it on the ground, within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). recommended oils meeting the into sewers, or into streams or It is possible that, if driving under dexos1 specification are all that is bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the best conditions, the oil life needed for good performance and it to a place that collects used oil. system might indicate that an oil engine protection. change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

234 Vehicle Care

be reset. Your dealer has trained through the menu items until Change the fluid at the intervals service people who will perform this you reach REMAINING listed in Maintenance Schedule work and reset the system. It is also OIL LIFE. 0 310, and be sure to use the fluid important to check the oil regularly listed in Recommended Fluids and 3. Press the SET/CLR button to 0 over the course of an oil drain reset the oil life at 100%. Lubricants 319. interval and keep it at the proper level. 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter If the system is ever reset The system is reset when the The engine air cleaner/filter is in the accidentally, the oil must be CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine compartment on the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) message is off and the REMAINING passenger side of the vehicle. See since the last oil change. OIL LIFE 100% message is Engine Compartment Overview Remember to reset the oil life displayed. 0 230. system whenever the oil is changed. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when the When to Inspect the Engine Air How to Reset the Engine Oil Cleaner/Filter Life System vehicle is started, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat For intervals on changing and Reset the system whenever the the procedure. inspecting the engine air cleaner/ engine oil is changed so that the filter, see Maintenance Schedule system can calculate the next Automatic Transmission 0 310. engine oil change. To reset the system: Fluid How to Inspect the Engine Air 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN It is not necessary to check the Cleaner/Filter with the engine off. transmission fluid level. Do not start the engine or have the A transmission fluid leak is the only engine running with the engine air 2. Press the DIC MENU button on reason for fluid loss. If a leak the turn signal lever to enter cleaner/filter housing open. Before occurs, take the vehicle to your removing the engine air cleaner/ the Vehicle Information Menu. dealer and have it repaired as soon Use the thumbwheel to scroll filter, make sure that the engine air as possible. cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and debris. Remove the engine air Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 235

cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake 1. Disconnect the harness the engine air cleaner/filter (away connector from the air cleaner { Warning from the vehicle), to release loose cover electrical connector (1). Operating the engine with the air dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air 2. Loosen the screw on the air cleaner/filter for damage, and cleaner/filter off can cause you or duct clamp (2) holding the air others to be burned. The air replace if damaged. Do not clean outlet duct in place. Do not the engine air cleaner/filter or cleaner not only cleans the air; it remove the clamp. Move the helps to stop flames if the engine components with water or air duct aside. compressed air. backfires. Use caution when 3. Remove the air cleaner working on the engine and do not To inspect or replace the engine air housing cover screws (3). drive with the air cleaner/filter off. cleaner/filter: 4. Raise the air cleaner housing cover and remove the air cleaner/filter from the air Caution cleaner housing. 5. Clean the filter sealing surface If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt and the housing. can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always 6. Install the new engine air cleaner/filter. have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving. 7. Lower the air cleaner housing cover and secure with the screws (3). Cooling System 8. Install the air duct and tighten The cooling system allows the 1. Electrical Connector the screw on the air duct engine to maintain the correct 2. Air Duct Clamp clamp (2) to secure it to the air working temperature. 3. Screws cleaner housing. 9. Install the harness electrical connector (1). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

236 Vehicle Care

Engine Coolant { Warning The cooling system in the vehicle is Heater and radiator hoses, and filled with DEX-COOL® engine other engine parts, can be very coolant mixture. See Recommended hot. Do not touch them. If you do, Fluids and Lubricants 0 319 and you can be burned. Maintenance Schedule 0 310. Do not run the engine if there is a The following explains the cooling leak. If you run the engine, it system and how to check and add could lose all coolant. That could coolant when it is low. If there is a cause an engine fire, and you problem with engine overheating, 0 could be burned. Get any leak see Engine Overheating 239. 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out fixed before you drive the vehicle. What to Use of View) 2. Coolant Surge Tank and { Warning Pressure Cap Caution Adding only plain water or some { Warning Using coolant other than other liquid to the cooling system DEX-COOL® can cause can be dangerous. Plain water An electric engine cooling fan premature engine, heater core, and other liquids, can boil before under the hood can start up even or radiator corrosion. In addition, the proper coolant mixture will. when the engine is not running the engine coolant could require The coolant warning system is set and can cause injury. Keep changing sooner. Any repairs for the proper coolant mixture. hands, clothing, and tools away would not be covered by the With plain water or the wrong from any underhood electric fan. vehicle warranty. Always use mixture, the engine could get too DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant hot but you would not get the in the vehicle. overheat warning. The engine (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 237

Checking Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution The vehicle must be on a level could catch fire and you or others If improper coolant mixture, surface when checking the coolant could be burned. Use a 50/ inhibitors, or additives are used in level. 50 mixture of clean, drinkable the vehicle cooling system, the Check to see if coolant is visible in water and DEX-COOL coolant. engine could overheat and be the coolant surge tank. If the coolant damaged. Too much water in the inside the coolant surge tank is Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, mixture can freeze and crack boiling, do not do anything else until drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine cooling parts. The repairs it cools down. coolant. If using this mixture, would not be covered by the If coolant is visible but the coolant nothing else needs to be added. vehicle warranty. Use only the level is not at or above the mark proper mixture of engine coolant This mixture: pointed to, add a 50/50 mixture of for the cooling system. See clean, drinkable water and . Gives freezing protection down Recommended Fluids and DEX-COOL coolant. to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside Lubricants 0 319. temperature. Be sure the cooling system is cool before this is done. . Gives boiling protection up to Never dispose of engine coolant by If no coolant is visible in the coolant 129 °C (265 °F), engine putting it in the trash, or by pouring surge tank, add coolant as follows: temperature. it on the ground, or into sewers, . Protects against rust and streams or bodies of water. Have How to Add Coolant to the corrosion. the coolant changed by an Coolant Surge Tank authorized service center, familiar . Will not damage aluminum parts. with legal requirements regarding { Warning . Helps keep the proper engine used coolant disposal. This will help temperature. protect the environment and your You can be burned if you spill health. coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

238 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be removed when the Caution cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap and upper This vehicle has a specific radiator hose, is no longer hot. coolant fill procedure. Failure to 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly follow this procedure could cause counterclockwise. If a hiss is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the engine to overheat and be heard, wait for that to stop. the proper mixture to the mark severely damaged. A hiss means there is still pointed to on the front of the some pressure left. coolant surge tank. 2. Keep turning the cap and 4. With the coolant surge tank { Warning remove it. cap off, start the engine and let it run until the upper radiator Steam and scalding liquids from a hose starts getting hot. Watch hot cooling system can blow out out for the engine cooling fans. and burn you badly. Never turn By this time, the coolant level the cap when the cooling system, inside the coolant surge tank including the surge tank pressure may be lower. If the level is cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling lower, add more of the proper system and surge tank pressure mixture to the coolant surge cap to cool. tank until the level reaches the mark pointed to on the front of the coolant surge tank. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 239

5. Replace the cap tightly. should be running. If they are not, do not continue to run the engine Warning (Continued) and have the vehicle serviced. Caution If you keep driving when the engine is overheated, the liquids If the pressure cap is not tightly Caution installed, coolant loss and in it can catch fire. You or others possible engine damage may Running the engine without could be badly burned. Stop the occur. Be sure the cap is properly coolant may cause damage or a engine if it overheats, and get out and tightly secured. fire. Vehicle damage would not be of the vehicle until the engine covered by the vehicle warranty. is cool. Engine Overheating If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from The vehicle has an engine coolant Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment temperature gauge on the If an engine overheat warning is instrument cluster to warn of engine displayed but no steam can be seen overheating. See Engine Coolant { Warning or heard, the problem may not be Temperature Gauge 0 104. Steam from an overheated engine too serious. Sometimes the engine If the decision is made not to lift the can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the hood when this warning appears, just open the hood. Stay away vehicle: get service help right away. Contact from the engine if you see or hear . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. your dealer for additional steam coming from it. Just turn it information. off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving. If the decision is made to lift the the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic. hood, make sure the vehicle is Wait until there is no sign of If the overheat warning is displayed parked on a level surface. steam or coolant before you open with no sign of steam: the hood. Then check to see if the engine 1. Turn the air conditioning off. cooling fans are running. If the (Continued) engine is overheating, both fans Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

240 Vehicle Care

2. Turn the heater on to the Washer Fluid highest temperature and to the Caution highest fan speed. Open the What to Use windows as necessary. . Do not use washer fluid that When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can the road, shift to P (Park) or manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to N (Neutral), and let the use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip. engine idle. area where the temperature may fall below freezing, use a fluid that has . Do not use engine coolant If the engine coolant temperature (antifreeze) in the gauge is no longer in the overheat sufficient protection against freezing. windshield washer. It can zone, the vehicle can be driven. damage the windshield Continue to drive the vehicle slowly Adding Washer Fluid washer system and paint. for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe distance from the vehicle in front. . Do not mix water with If the warning does not come back ready-to-use washer fluid. on, continue to drive normally and Water can cause the have the cooling system checked solution to freeze and for proper fill and function. damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the If the warning continues, pull over, washer system. stop, and park the vehicle Open the cap with the washer right away. . When using concentrated symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the If there is no sign of steam, idle the the tank is full. See Engine 0 manufacturer instructions for engine for three minutes while Compartment Overview 230 for adding water. parked. If the warning is still reservoir location. displayed, turn off the engine until it . Fill the washer fluid tank cools down. only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 241

Replacing Brake System Parts Caution (Continued) Caution Always replace brake system parts freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes completely full. brake repair. may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are can cause a brake squeal when the Disc brake pads have built-in wear installed or parts are improperly brakes are first applied or lightly installed. indicators that make a high-pitched applied. This does not mean warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes. are worn and new pads are needed. Brake Fluid The sound can come and go or be Properly torqued wheel nuts are heard all the time when the vehicle necessary to help prevent brake is moving, except when applying the pulsation. When tires are rotated, brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the { Warning proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 323. The brake wear warning sound The brake master cylinder reservoir means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as not work well. That could lead to complete sets. indicated on the reservoir cap. See a crash. When the brake wear Engine Compartment Overview warning sound is heard, have the Brake Pedal Travel 0 230 for the location of the vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal reservoir. does not return to normal height, There are only two reasons why the or if there is a rapid increase in brake fluid level in the reservoir may pedal travel. This could be a sign go down: that brake service may be required. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

242 Vehicle Care

. Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) fluid level goes back up. Add brake fluid only when work is the loss of braking leading to a . A fluid leak in the brake done on the brake hydraulic possible injury. Always use the hydraulic system. Have the system. proper brake fluid. brake hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes Caution Always clean the brake fluid on. See Brake System Warning reservoir cap and the area around Light 0 108. If brake fluid is spilled on the the cap before removing it. Brake fluid absorbs water over time. vehicle's painted surfaces, the Do not top off the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified paint finish can be damaged. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. intervals to prevent increased Immediately wash off any painted If fluid is added when the linings are stopping distance. See Maintenance surface. worn, there will be too much fluid Schedule 0 310. when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as What to Add Battery - North America necessary, only when work is done Use only GM approved DOT 3 The original equipment battery is on the brake hydraulic system. brake fluid from a clean, sealed maintenance free. Do not remove container. See Recommended the cap and do not add fluid. { Warning Fluids and Lubricants 0 319. This vehicle has a standard 12-volt battery under the hood. See Engine If too much brake fluid is added, it { Warning can spill on the engine and burn, Compartment Overview 0 230. if the engine is hot enough. You The wrong or contaminated brake Refer to the replacement number or others could be burned, and fluid could result in damage to the shown on the original battery label the vehicle could be damaged. brake system. This could result in when a new 12-volt battery is needed. The vehicle has an (Continued) (Continued) Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 243

battery. Installation of a standard Stop/Start System Vehicle Storage 12-volt battery will result in reduced The vehicle has a stop/start system 12-volt battery life. to shut off the engine to help { Warning When using a 12-volt battery conserve fuel. See Starting the charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, Engine 0 192. Batteries have acid that can burn some chargers have an AGM you and gas that can explode. battery setting on the charger. You can be badly hurt if you are If available, use the AGM setting on not careful. See Jump Starting - the charger, to limit charge voltage North America 0 294 for tips on to 14.8 volts. working around a battery without getting hurt. { Warning Infrequent Usage: Remove the WARNING: Battery posts, 12-volt battery black, negative (−) terminals, and related cable from the battery to keep the accessories contain lead and lead battery from running down. compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause Extended Storage: Remove the 12-volt battery black, negative (−) cancer and birth defects or other There is an auxiliary battery behind reproductive harm. Batteries also cable from the battery or use a the access panel in the left rear of battery trickle charger. contain other chemicals known to the trunk. This battery is for the State of California to cause managing the stop/start auxiliary Remember to reconnect the battery cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER loads and is not to be used for any when ready to drive the vehicle. HANDLING. See California other purpose. See your dealer if Proposition 65 Warning 0 227. the auxiliary battery needs service. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

244 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission Shift Lock Control Lock Check { Warning Function Check If equipped with a key type ignition, When you are doing this while parked and with the parking inspection, the vehicle could { Warning brake set, try to turn the ignition to move suddenly. If the vehicle LOCK/OFF in each shift lever When you are doing this position. moves, you or others could be inspection, the vehicle could injured. . The ignition should turn to move suddenly. If the vehicle LOCK/OFF only when the shift moves, you or others could be lever is in P (Park). 1. Before starting this check, be injured. sure there is enough room . The ignition key should come around the vehicle. out only in LOCK/OFF. 1. Before starting this check, be 2. Apply both the parking brake sure there is enough room Contact your dealer if service is and the regular brake. around the vehicle. It should be required. parked on a level surface. Do not use the accelerator Park Brake and P (Park) pedal, and be ready to turn off 2. Apply the parking brake. Be the engine immediately if it ready to apply the regular Mechanism Check starts. brake immediately if the vehicle 3. Try to start the engine in each begins to move. { Warning gear. The vehicle should start 3. With the engine off, turn the only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). When you are doing this check, ignition on, but do not start the the vehicle could begin to move. If the vehicle starts in any other engine. Without applying the You or others could be injured position, contact your dealer for regular brake, try to move the and property could be damaged. service. shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever Make sure there is room in front moves out of P (Park), contact of the vehicle in case it begins to your dealer for service. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 245

Wiper Blade Replacement Warning (Continued) Windshield wiper blades should be roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. brake at once should the vehicle It is a good idea to clean the wiper begin to move. blade assembly on a regular basis. When worn, or when cleaning is Park on a fairly steep hill, with the ineffective, replace the wiper blade. vehicle facing downhill. Keeping For proper windshield wiper blade your foot on the regular brake, set length and type, see Maintenance the parking brake. Replacement Parts 0 320. . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine Caution 2. Lift up on the latch in the running and the transmission in middle of the wiper blade N (Neutral), slowly remove foot Allowing the wiper arm to touch where the wiper arm attaches. pressure from the regular brake the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage 3. With the latch open, pull the pedal. Do this until the vehicle is wiper blade down toward the held by the parking brake only. the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by windshield far enough to To check the P (Park) release it from the J-hooked . the vehicle warranty. Do not allow mechanism's holding ability: end of the wiper arm. the wiper arm to touch the With the engine running, shift to 4. Remove the wiper blade. P (Park). Then release the windshield. parking brake followed by the 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper regular brake. To replace the wiper blade: blade replacement. Contact your dealer if service is 1. Pull the wiper assembly away required. from the windshield. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

246 Vehicle Care Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs 0 If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, 253. { Warning the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure The high intensity discharge If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact lighting system operates at a very necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. high voltage. If you try to service any of the system components, Halogen Bulbs you could be seriously injured. Have your dealer or a qualified { Warning technician service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you The vehicle may have HID drop or scratch the bulb. You or headlamps. After an HID headlamp others could be injured. Be sure bulb has been replaced, you may to read and follow the instructions notice that the beam is a slightly on the bulb package. different shade than it was originally. This is normal. LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 247

Headlamps, Front Turn 3. Sidemarker Lamp 9. For the driver side, reinstall the 4. Parking/Turn Signal Lamp windshield washer bottle filler Signal, Sidemarker, and neck by firmly pushing it To replace one of the headlamp Parking Lamps straight into the bottle. Ensure bulbs: that the filler neck clip engages Base Headlamp Assembly 1. Open the hood. See Hood into the underhood electrical The base model vehicle has 0 228. center retainer. halogen high-beam and low-beam 2. For the driver side bulb, Uplevel Headlamp Assembly headlamps, a parking lamp, a remove the windshield washer sidemarker lamp, and two turn bottle filler neck by firmly The uplevel model vehicle has signal lamps on the headlamp pulling it straight up and out of halogen high-beam and low-beam assembly. the bottle. headlamps, a parking lamp, a sidemarker lamp, and two turn 3. Remove the cap from the back signal lamps on the headlamp of the headlamp assembly by assembly. turning it counterclockwise. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 5. Remove the bulb from the lamp assembly by turning counterclockwise. 6. Install a new bulb in the lamp assembly. 7. Connect the electrical Passenger Side Shown, Driver connector. Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar Side Similar 8. Replace the cap from the back 1. High-Beam Headlamp of the headlamp assembly by 1. High-Beam Headlamp turning it clockwise. 2. Low-Beam Headlamp 2. Turn Signal Lamps Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

248 Vehicle Care

3. Low-Beam Headlamp 4. Disconnect the electrical Low-Beam Headlamp 4. Parking Lamp connector (1). 1. For the driver side bulb, 5. Sidemarker Lamp 5. Disengage the spring clip (2) remove the windshield washer To replace one of these bulbs: from the bulb by pressing down bottle filler neck by firmly on the end and then swing pulling it straight up and out of High-Beam Headlamp upward. the bottle. 1. Open the hood. See Hood 6. Remove the bulb from the lamp 2. Remove the cap from the back 0 228. assembly. of the headlamp assembly by 2. For the driver side bulb, 7. Install a new bulb in the lamp turning it counterclockwise. remove the windshield washer assembly. 3. Disconnect the electrical bottle filler neck by firmly connector. pulling it straight up and out of 8. Install the spring clip (2). the bottle. 9. Connect the electrical 4. Remove the bulb from the lamp connector (1). assembly by turning 3. Remove the cap from the back counterclockwise. of the headlamp assembly by 10. Replace the cap from the back turning it counterclockwise. of the headlamp assembly by 5. Install a new bulb in the lamp turning it clockwise. assembly. 11. For the driver side, reinstall the 6. Connect the electrical windshield washer bottle filler connector. neck by firmly pushing it 7. Replace the cap from the back straight into the bottle. Ensure of the headlamp assembly by that the filler neck clip engages turning it clockwise. into the underhood electrical 8. For the driver side, reinstall the center retainer. windshield washer bottle filler neck by firmly pushing it straight into the bottle. Ensure Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 249

that the filler neck clip engages Passenger Side Shown, Driver 6. For the driver side, reinstall the into the underhood electrical Side Similar windshield washer bottle filler center retainer. neck by firmly pushing it 1. Turn Signal Lamp straight into the bottle. Ensure HID Headlamp Assembly 2. DRL/Parking Lamp that the filler neck clip engages The HID assembly has a high 3. Sidemarker Lamp into the underhood electrical intensity discharge (HID) high/low center retainer. beam, a DRL/parking lamp, Front Turn Signal, Parking, and sidemarker lamp, and a turn signal Sidemarker Lamps Fog Lamps lamp on the headlamp assembly. To replace one of these lamps on a To replace the front fog lamp bulb: For replacement of the headlamp on base, uplevel, or HID assembly: an HID assembly, contact your 1. For the driver side bulb, dealer. See High Intensity remove the windshield washer Discharge (HID) Lighting 0 246. bottle filler neck by firmly pulling it straight up and out of the bottle. 2. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise. 3. Remove the bulb from the socket. 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb socket. 1. Remove the five access panel 5. Install the bulb socket in the fasteners under the front headlamp assembly by turning fascia. it clockwise. 2. Lower the panel far enough to access the fog lamp bulb. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

250 Vehicle Care

Taillamps, Turn Signal, 4. Remove the bulb from the Stoplamps, and Back-Up socket. Lamps (LS and LT) 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb socket. 6. Install the bulb socket by turning clockwise. 7. Install the trunk deck trim.

3. Remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out of the assembly. 4. Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb assembly. 1. Back-Up Lamp 2. Taillamp 5. Install the new bulb by turning it clockwise into the assembly. Trunk Deck Inboard Taillamp and Back-Up Lamp 6. Reverse Steps 1–4 to reinstall. 1. Stoplamp/Taillamp 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 2. Turn Signal Lamp 0 38. 2. Remove the push pins and pull back the trunk deck trim. 3. Remove the bulb socket by turning counterclockwise and pulling straight out. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 251

5. Install a new bulb into the Caution socket. Improper lamp assembly removal 6. Install the bulb socket into the and installation can cause leaks taillamp assembly by turning it and water intrusion which may clockwise. cause damage to the taillamp. Do 7. Install the trunk trim and not remove the taillamp assembly push pins. to replace a bulb. Use the trunk opening to access the bulb. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up To replace any one of these bulbs: Lamps (LTZ) 3. Remove the bulb socket by Stoplamp/Taillamp and Turn The trunk deck inboard taillamp is turning counterclockwise and Signal Lamp an LED. To replace the taillamp see pulling straight out. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk your dealer. 0 38. 4. Remove the bulb from the Back-Up Lamp socket. 2. Remove the push pins and pull 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk 5. Install the new bulb in the bulb the trunk trim away from the 0 38. taillamp assembly. socket. 2. Remove the push pins and pull 6. Install the bulb socket by 3. Remove the bulb socket from back the trunk deck trim. the taillamp assembly by turning clockwise. turning it counterclockwise. 7. Install the trunk deck trim. 4. Remove the bulb from the socket by turning the bulb counterclockwise one-quarter turn and pulling it straight out. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

252 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp Caution To replace one of these bulbs: Improper lamp assembly removal and installation can cause leaks and water intrusion which may cause damage to the taillamp. Do not remove the taillamp assembly to replace a bulb. Use the trunk opening to access the bulb.

The stoplamp/taillamp is an LED. To replace the stoplamp/taillamp see 3. Remove the bulb socket from your dealer. the taillamp assembly by Turn Signal Lamp turning it counterclockwise. Passenger Side Shown, Driver 4. Remove the bulb from the 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk Side Similar 0 38. socket by turning the bulb counterclockwise one-quarter 1. Push the release tab toward 2. Remove the push pins and pull turn and pulling it straight out. the lamp assembly. the trunk trim away from the taillamp assembly. 5. Install a new bulb into the 2. Pull the lamp assembly down socket. to remove. 6. Install the bulb socket into the taillamp assembly by turning it clockwise. 7. Install the trunk trim and push pins. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 253

Replacement Bulbs Bulb Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Exterior Lamp Number Low-Beam H11 LL Back-Up Lamp 921 LL Headlamp (Base and Uplevel) Deck Lid Taillamp 194 Stoplamp/Taillamp 7440 DRL and Parking 7443 ULL (LS and LT) Lamp (HID) Rear Turn 7443 NA Front Fog Lamp H10 Signal Lamp Front Parking Lamp 7443 (Uplevel) For replacement bulbs not listed 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) here, contact your dealer. counterclockwise to remove it Front W5WLL from the lamp assembly (3). Sidemarker Lamp 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of Front Turn Signal 7444NA the bulb socket. Lamp (Base and 5. Push the replacement bulb Uplevel) straight into the bulb socket Front Turn Signal 7443 NA and turn the bulb socket Lamp (HID) clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly. High-Beam 9005 LL Headlamp (Base) 6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release High-Beam H7 LL tab locks into place. Headlamp (Uplevel) License Plate Lamp W5W LL Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

254 Vehicle Care Electrical System When the current electrical load is Windshield Wipers too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield High Voltage Devices and until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools Wiring normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. greatly reduces the chance of circuit { Warning overload and fire caused by Although the circuit is protected electrical problems. from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may Exposure to high voltage can Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. cause shock, burns, and even power devices in the vehicle. death. The high voltage Always clear ice and heavy snow components in the vehicle can Replace a bad fuse with a new one from the windshield before using the of the identical size and rating. only be serviced by technicians windshield wipers. with special training. If there is a problem on the road and If the overload is caused by an a fuse needs to be replaced, the electrical problem and not snow or High voltage components are same amperage fuse can be ice, be sure to get it fixed. identified by labels. Do not borrowed. Choose some feature of remove, open, take apart, the vehicle that is not needed to use Fuses or modify these components. and replace it as soon as possible. High voltage cable or wiring has The wiring circuits in the vehicle are orange covering or labels. Do not Headlamp Wiring protected from short circuits by probe, tamper with, cut, or modify An electrical overload may cause fuses. This greatly reduces the high voltage cable or wiring. the lamps to go on and off, or in chance of damage caused by some cases to remain off. Have the electrical problems. headlamp wiring checked right away To check a fuse, look at the Electrical System if the lamps go on and off or silver-colored band inside the fuse. Overload remain off. If the band is broken or melted, The vehicle has fuses and circuit replace the fuse. Be sure to replace breakers to protect against an a bad fuse with a new one of the electrical system overload. identical size and rating. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 255

Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. To identify and check fuses, circuit breakers, and relays, see Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 255 and Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 259. Engine Compartment Fuse Block The engine compartment fuse block is on the driver side of the engine compartment, near the battery.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

256 Vehicle Care Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 257

The vehicle may not be equipped Mini Mini Usage Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses Fuses features shown. Mini 11 Emissions 33 Front Heated Seats Usage Fuses 13 Transmission Module 34 Antilock Brake 1 Transmission Control Ignition System Valve Module Battery 14 Cabin Heater 35 Amplifier Coolant Pump 2 Engine Control 37 Right High Beam Module Battery (LTG)/ 15 Spare 38 Left High Beam Air Conditioning 16 Aero Shutter Compressor 46 Cooling Fan Clutch (LKW) 17 Spare 47 Emissions 3 Air Conditioning 18 R/C Dual Battery 48 Foglamp Compressor Isolator Module Clutch (LTG) 49 Low Beam HID 20 Transmission Headlamp Right 4 Air Conditioning Auxiliary Oil Compressor Pump (LKW) 50 Low Beam HID Clutch (LTG) Headlamp Left 23 Spare (LKW) 5 Engine Control 51 Horn/Dual Horn 29 Left Seat Power Module Battery (LKW) Lumber Control 52 Cluster Ignition 7 Engine Control 30 Right Seat Power 53 Inside Rearview Module Ignition (LKW) Lumber Control Mirror/Rear Camera/ 8 Spare Fuel Module Ignition 31 Chassis Control 9 Ignition Coils Module 54 Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning 10 Engine Control 32 Back-Up Lamps/ Module Ignition Module Interior Lamps Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

258 Vehicle Care

Mini J-Case Usage Mini Usage Usage Fuses Fuses Relays 55 Front Power 22 Sunroof 17 Window/Mirror Windows/Mirrors Defogger 24 Front Power Window 56 Windshield Washer 25 PEPS MTR Micro Usage 57 Spare 26 Antilock Brake Relays 60 Heated Mirror System Pump 1 Air Conditioning 62 Canister Vent 27 Not Used Compressor Clutch Solenoid 28 Rear Defogger 2 Starter Solenoid 66 Spare 41 Brake Vacuum Pump 4 Front Wiper Speed 67 Fuel Module 42 Cooling Fan K2 5 Front Wiper On 69 Battery Voltage 44 Starter 2 6 Spare Sensor 45 Cooling Fan K1 8 Transmission 70 Lane Departure/Rear Auxiliary Oil 59 Air Pump Emissions Parking Aid/Side Pump (LKW) Blind Zone Assist 10 Cooling Fan K3 71 PEPS BATT Mini Usage Relays 11 Starter 2 Solenoid (LKW) J-Case Usage 7 Powertrain 14 Headlamp Low Fuses 9 Cooling Fan K2 Beam/DRL 6 Front Wiper 13 Cooling Fan K1 12 Starter 1 15 Run/Crank 21 Rear Power Window 16 Spare Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 259

Instrument Panel Fuse Block

Pull the door toward you to release Instrument Panel Fuse Block it from the hinge. The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and The instrument panel fuse block is features shown. in the instrument panel, on the Fuses Usage driver side of the vehicle. To access 1 Steering Wheel the fuses, open the fuse panel door Controls Backlight by pulling down at the top. 2 Right Rear Turn Press in on the sides of the door to Signal, Left Mirror release it from the instrument panel. Turn Signal, Left Front Turn Signal, Door Locks 3 Left Stoplamp, Left DRL Lamp, Headlamp Control, Right Taillamp, Right Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

260 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Park/Sidemarker 10 Body Control 22 Ignition Switch Lamps, Right Mirror Module 8 (J-Case 23 Right Low-Beam Turn, Right Front Fuse), Power Locks Turn Signals Headlamp, DRL 11 Front Heater 24 Ambient Light, 4 Radio Ventilation Air Switch Backlighting Conditioning/Blower 5 OnStar (If Equipped) (LED), Trunk Lamp, (J-Case Fuse) 6 Front Accessory Shift Lock, Key Power Outlet 12 Passenger Seat Capture (Circuit Breaker) 7 Console Bin Power 25 110V AC 13 Driver Seat (Circuit Outlet 26 Spare Breaker) 8 License Plate Lamp, Center 14 Diagnostic Link Relays Usage High-Mounted Connector K1 Trunk Release Stoplamp, Rear Fog 15 Airbag, SDM Lamps, Right Front K2 Not Used Park/Sidemarker 16 Trunk Release K3 Power Outlet Relay Lamps, LED 17 Heater Ventilation Indicator Dim, Air Conditioning Washer Pump, Right Controller Stoplamp, Trunk Release 18 Audio Main 9 Left Low-Beam 19 Displays Headlamp, DRL 20 Passenger Occupant Sensor 21 Instrument Cluster Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 261

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc. the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair, manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and are cold. mount the tires. { Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in more likely to be cut, . Poorly maintained and excess of 56 km/h punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such dangerous. surfaces such as snow, as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode. result of too much . Worn or old tires can flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 269 for crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for Limits 0 184. (Continued) high-speed driving. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

262 Vehicle Care

All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered tires with a lower speed rating are roads. Consider installing winter chosen, never exceed the tire's This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent maximum speed capability. all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer Summer Tires performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. This vehicle may come with high equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 276. performance summer tires. These specific tire performance criteria tires have a special tread and have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be compound that are optimized for molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, maximum dry and wet road equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter performance. This special tread and identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter compound will have decreased of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle performance in cold climates, and be “MS.” handling and braking. on ice and snow. It is recommended that winter tires be installed on the Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: vehicle if frequent driving at the vehicle if frequent driving on . Use tires of the same brand and temperatures below approximately snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow expected. All-season tires provide positions. covered roads is expected. See adequate performance for most Winter Tires 0 262. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and may not offer the same level of speed rating as the original traction or performance as winter Caution tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires. See Winter Tires 0 262. Winter tires with the same speed High performance summer tires rating as the original equipment tires have rubber compounds that lose Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, flexibility and may develop and ZR speed rated tires. If winter surface cracks in the tread area This vehicle was not originally at temperatures below −7 °C equipped with winter tires. Winter (Continued) tires are designed for increased Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 263

GM's TPC specifications meet or Caution (Continued) exceed all federal safety (20 °F). Always store high guidelines. performance summer tires (3) DOT (Department of indoors and at temperatures Transportation) : The above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in Department of Transportation use. If the tires have been (DOT) code indicates that the subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less, tire is in compliance with the let them warm up in a heated U.S. Department of space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for Transportation Motor Vehicle 24 hours or more before being Safety Standards. installed or driving a vehicle on Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example which they are installed. Do not DOT Tire Date of apply heat or blow heated air (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four directly on the tires. Always combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire inspect tires before use. See Tire numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two Inspection 0 274. particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01– aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the and service description. See the Tire Sidewall Labeling year. For example, the third “Tire Size” illustration later in this week of the year 2010 would Useful information about a tire is section. have a four-digit DOT date molded into its sidewall. The (2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310. examples show a typical Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number passenger vehicle tire and a Specification) : Original compact spare tire sidewall. (TIN) : The letters and numbers equipment tires designed to following the DOT (Department GM's specific tire performance of Transportation) code are the criteria have a TPC specification Tire Identification Number (TIN). code molded onto the sidewall. The TIN shows the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

264 Vehicle Care

manufacturer and plant code, (3) Tire Identification Number tire size, and date the tire was (TIN) : The letters and numbers manufactured. The TIN is following the DOT (Department molded onto both sides of the of Transportation) code are the tire, although only one side may Tire Identification Number (TIN). have the date of manufacture. The TIN shows the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type manufacturer and plant code, of cord and number of plies in tire size, and date the tire was the sidewall and under the tread. manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the (6) Uniform Tire Quality tire, although only one side may Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture. manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation performance factors: treadwear, of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that traction, and temperature the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to resistance. For more information (2) Temporary Use Only : The support that load. see Uniform Tire Quality compact spare tire or temporary Grading 0 278. use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The (7) Maximum Cold Inflation speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact Load Limit : Maximum load that The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to can be carried and the emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more maximum pressure needed to road tire has lost air and gone information on tire pressure and support that load. flat. If the vehicle has a compact inflation see Tire Pressure spare tire, see Compact Spare 0 268. Tire 0 293 and If a Tire Goes (6) Tire Size : A combination of Flat 0 281. letters and numbers define a tire's width, height, aspect ratio, Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 265

construction type, and service (4) Construction Code : A letter description. The letter T as the code is used to indicate the type first character in the tire size of ply construction in the tire. means the tire is for temporary The letter R means radial ply use only. construction; the letter D means (7) TPC Spec (Tire diagonal or bias ply (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; and the letter B Performance Criteria The United States version of a Specification) : Original means belted-bias ply metric tire sizing system. The construction. equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in GM's specific tire performance the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches. code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association. characters represent the load exceed all federal safety index and speed rating of the guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents Tire Designations width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire sidewall to sidewall. is certified to carry. The speed Tire Size rating is the maximum speed a (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit tire is certified to carry a load. The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire typical passenger vehicle height-to-width measurements. Tire Terminology and tire size. For example, if the tire size Definitions aspect ratio is 60, as shown in item 3 of the illustration, it would Air Pressure : The amount of mean that the tire's sidewall is air inside the tire pressing 60 percent as high as it is wide. outward on each square inch of Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

266 Vehicle Care

the tire. Air pressure is Cold Tire Pressure : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight expressed in kPa (kilopascal) amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits or psi (pounds per square inch). measured in kPa (kilopascal) 0 184. Accessory Weight : The or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight combined weight of optional before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See accessories. Some examples of from driving. See Tire Pressure Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. 0 268. optional accessories are GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight automatic transmission, power Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See windows, power seats, and air motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. conditioning. optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Aspect Ratio : The relationship The side of an asymmetrical tire of a tire's height to its width. and coolant, but without passengers and cargo. that must always face outward Belt : A rubber coated layer of when mounted on a vehicle. cords between the plies and the DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric tread. Cords may be made from unit for air pressure. steel or other reinforcing signifying that the tire is in materials. compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and Bead : The tire bead contains (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety some multipurpose passenger steel wires wrapped by steel Standards. The DOT code vehicles. cords that hold the tire onto includes the Tire Identification the rim. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load in which the plies are laid at carrying capacity of a tire. alternate angles less than production plant, brand, and 90 degrees to the centerline of date of production. the tread. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 267

Maximum Inflation Pressure : contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire The maximum air pressure to white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead. which a cold tire can be inflated. manufacturer, brand, and/or Speed Rating : An The maximum air pressure is model name molding that is alphanumeric code assigned to molded onto the sidewall. higher or deeper than the same a tire indicating the maximum Maximum Load Rating : The moldings on the other sidewall speed at which a tire can load rating for a tire at the of the tire. operate. maximum permissible inflation Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between pressure for that tire. tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface. Maximum Loaded Vehicle some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. multipurpose vehicles. Weight : The sum of curb Tread : The portion of a tire that weight, accessory weight, Recommended Inflation comes into contact with vehicle capacity weight, and Pressure : Vehicle the road. production options weight. manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Normal Occupant Weight : The bands, sometimes called wear number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 268 and Vehicle bars, that show across the tread is designed to seat multiplied by 0 of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 184. 0 16 in) of tread remains. See Limits 184. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New Tires Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that 0 275. Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Outward Facing Sidewall : The the tread. Grading Standards) : A tire side of an asymmetrical tire that information system that provides has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated. treadwear. Ratings are Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

268 Vehicle Care

determined by tire Tire Pressure manufacturers using Caution (Continued) Tires need the correct amount of government testing procedures. . Poor handling. The ratings are molded into the air pressure to operate sidewall of the tire. See Uniform effectively. . Rough ride. Tire Quality Grading 0 278. . Needless damage from Caution Vehicle Capacity Weight : The road hazards. number of designated seating Neither tire underinflation nor positions multiplied by overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle cargo load. See Vehicle Load that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment Limits 0 184. can result in: tires and the correct cold tire Vehicle Maximum Load on the . Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The Tire : Load on an individual tire overheating which could recommended pressure is the due to curb weight, accessory lead to a blowout. minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum weight, occupant weight, and . Premature or cargo weight. load carrying capacity. See irregular wear. Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. : Vehicle Placard A label . Poor handling. permanently attached to a How the vehicle is loaded vehicle showing the vehicle . Reduced fuel economy. affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle capacity weight and the original Overinflated tires, or tires that with more weight than it was equipment tire size and have too much air, can designed to carry. recommended inflation pressure. result in: See “Tire and Loading . Unusual wear. Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 269

When to Check further adjustment is necessary. Warning (Continued) Check the tires once a month or If the inflation pressure is low, more. Do not forget the compact add air until the recommended Sustained high-speed driving spare, if the vehicle has one. pressure is reached. If the causes excessive heat buildup The cold compact spare tire inflation pressure is high, press and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure should be at 420 kPa on the metal stem in the center This could cause a crash, and (60 psi). See Compact Spare of the tire valve to release air. you or others could be killed. Tire 0 293. Recheck the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires the tire gauge. require inflation pressure How to Check adjustment for high-speed Put the valve caps back on the Use a good quality pocket-type operation. When speed limits and valve stems to keep out dirt and gauge to check tire pressure. road conditions allow the vehicle moisture and prevent leaks. Use Proper tire inflation cannot be to be driven at high speeds, make only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would excellent condition, and are set to when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation the vehicle has not been driven warranty. pressure for the vehicle load. for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P235/50R18 size tires Remove the valve cap from the High-Speed Operation require inflation pressure adjustment tire valve stem. Press the tire when driving the vehicle at speeds gauge firmly onto the valve to { Warning of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. get a pressure measurement. Set the cold inflation pressure to If the cold tire inflation pressure Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h 270 kPa (39 psi). matches the recommended (100 mph) or higher, puts Vehicles with P245/40R19 size tires pressure on the Tire and additional strain on tires. require inflation pressure adjustment Loading Information label, no (Continued) when driving the vehicle at speeds Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

270 Vehicle Care

of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger Set the cold inflation pressure to should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire 310 kPa (45 psi). inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. Return the tires to the As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been recommended cold tire inflation vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction pressure when high-speed driving tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. 0 184 and Tire Pressure 0 268. pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then The Tire Pressure Monitor System should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon technology to check tire pressure to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as levels. The TPMS sensors monitor significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. the air pressure in your tires and causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is transmit tire pressure readings to a lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be receiver located in the vehicle. also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire Each tire, including the spare (if tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety monthly when cold and inflated to ability. of reasons, including the installation the inflation pressure recommended Please note that the TPMS is not a of replacement or alternate tires or by the vehicle manufacturer on the substitute for proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent vehicle placard or tire inflation maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure label. (If your vehicle has responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction tires of a different size than the size pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more indicated on the vehicle placard or tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 271

alternate tires and wheels allow the The low tire pressure warning light TPMS to continue to function may come on in cool weather when properly. the vehicle is first started, and then See Tire Pressure Monitor turn off as the vehicle is driven. This Operation 0 271. could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and See Radio Frequency Statement When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper 0 335. is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure. the low tire pressure warning light A Tire and Loading Information Tire Pressure Monitor on the instrument cluster. If the label, attached to your vehicle, Operation warning light comes on, stop as shows the size of the original soon as possible and inflate the This vehicle may have a Tire equipment tires and the correct tires to the recommended pressure Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). inflation pressure for the tires when shown on the Tire and Loading The TPMS is designed to warn the they are cold. See Vehicle Load Information label. See Vehicle Load 0 driver when a low tire pressure Limits 184, for an example of the Limits 0 184. condition exists. TPMS sensors are Tire and Loading Information label A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire mounted onto each tire and wheel 0 assembly, excluding the spare tire a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure 268. and wheel assembly. The TPMS Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low sensors monitor the air pressure in tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does the tires and transmits the tire DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire pressure readings to a receiver in each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection the vehicle. inflated to the correct inflation 0 274, Tire Rotation 0 274 and Tires pressure. Using the DIC, tire 0 261. pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 113. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

272 Vehicle Care

about one minute and then stays on . One or more TPMS sensors are Caution for the remainder of the ignition missing or damaged. The cycle. A DIC warning message also malfunction light and the DIC Tire sealant materials are not all displays. The malfunction light and message should go off when the the same. A non-approved tire DIC warning message come on at TPMS sensors are installed and sealant could damage the TPMS each ignition cycle until the problem the sensor matching process is sensors. TPMS sensor damage is corrected. Some of the conditions performed successfully. See caused by using an incorrect tire that can cause these to come your dealer for service. sealant is not covered by the on are: . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle warranty. Always use only . One of the road tires has been not match the original equipment the GM approved tire sealant replaced with the spare tire. The tires or wheels. Tires and wheels available through your dealer or spare tire does not have a other than those recommended included in the vehicle. TPMS sensor. The malfunction could prevent the TPMS from light and DIC message should functioning properly. See Buying Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits go off after the road tire is New Tires 0 276. use a GM approved liquid tire replaced and the sensor . Operating electronic devices or sealant. Using non-approved tire matching process is performed being near facilities using radio sealants could damage the TPMS successfully. See “TPMS Sensor wave frequencies similar to the sensors. See Tire Sealant and Matching Process” later in this TPMS could cause the TPMS 0 Compressor Kit 282 for section. sensors to malfunction. information regarding the inflator kit . The TPMS sensor matching materials and instructions. If the TPMS is not functioning process was not done or not properly it cannot detect or signal a TPMS Malfunction Light and completed successfully after low tire condition. See your dealer Message rotating the tires. The for service if the TPMS malfunction malfunction light and the DIC light and DIC message comes on The TPMS will not function properly message should go off after and stays on. if one or more of the TPMS sensors successfully completing the are missing or inoperable. When the sensor matching process. See system detects a malfunction, the "TPMS Sensor Matching low tire warning light flashes for Process" later in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 273

TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the A message asking if the Process first tire/wheel position, and process should begin should five minutes overall to match all four appear. Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes identification code. The identification 6. Press the SET/CLR button longer, the matching process stops again to confirm the selection. code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted. tire/wheel position after rotating the The horn sounds twice to vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching signal the receiver is in relearn more of the TPMS sensors. The process is: mode and the TIRE TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake. LEARNING ACTIVE message should also be performed after displays on the DIC screen. replacing a spare tire with a road 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN tire containing the TPMS sensor. with the engine off or place the 7. Start with the driver side The malfunction light and the DIC vehicle power mode in ON/ front tire. message should go off at the next RUN/START. See Ignition 8. Place the relearn tool against ignition cycle. The sensors are Positions (Keyless Access) 0 the tire sidewall, near the valve matched to the tire/wheel positions, 188 or Ignition Positions (Key 0 stem. Then press the button to using a TPMS relearn tool, in the Access) 190. activate the TPMS sensor. following order: driver side front tire, 3. Use the MENU button to select A horn chirp confirms that the passenger side front tire, passenger the Vehicle Information Menu sensor identification code has side rear tire, and driver side rear. in the Driver Information been matched to this tire and See your dealer for service or to Center (DIC). wheel position. purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS 4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll to 9. Proceed to the passenger side relearn tool can also be purchased. the Tire Pressure Menu Item front tire, and repeat the See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor screen. procedure in Step 8. Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or 5. Press the SET/CLR button to 10. Proceed to the passenger side call 1-800-GM TOOLS begin the sensor matching rear tire, and repeat the (1-800-468-6657). process. procedure in Step 8. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

274 Vehicle Care

11. Proceed to the driver side rear . The indicators at three or Tires are rotated to achieve a tire, and repeat the procedure more places around the tire more uniform wear for all tires. in Step 8. The horn sounds two can be seen. The first rotation is the most times to indicate the sensor important. identification code has been . There is cord or fabric matched to the driver side rear showing through the tire's Anytime unusual wear is tire, and the TPMS sensor rubber. noticed, rotate the tires as soon matching process is no longer as possible, check for proper tire . The tread or sidewall is active. The TIRE LEARNING inflation pressure, and check for cracked, cut, or snagged ACTIVE message on the DIC damaged tires or wheels. If the deep enough to show cord or display screen goes off. unusual wear continues after the fabric. 12. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF rotation, check the wheel or press STOP to turn the . The tire has a bump, bulge, alignment. See When It Is Time ignition off. or split. for New Tires 0 275 and Wheel 0 13. Set all four tires to the . The tire has a puncture, cut, Replacement 279. recommended air pressure or other damage that cannot level as indicated on the Tire be repaired well because of and Loading Information label. the size or location of the Tire Inspection damage. We recommend that the tires, Tire Rotation including the spare tire, if the Tires should be rotated every vehicle has one, be inspected 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule 0 310. least once a month. Replace the tire if: Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 275

Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires. Warning (Continued) Do not include the compact off and cause an accident. When spare tire in the tire rotation. changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the Adjust the front and rear tires to wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the recommended inflation an emergency, a cloth or a paper pressure on the Tire and towel can be used; however, use Loading Information label after a scraper or wire brush later to the tires have been rotated. See remove all rust or dirt. Tire Pressure 0 268 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 184. Lightly coat the center of the Treadwear indicators are one way to Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor wheel hub with wheel bearing tell when it is time for new tires. System. See Tire Pressure grease after a wheel change or Treadwear indicators appear when Monitor Operation 0 271. tire rotation to prevent corrosion the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or rust build-up. Do not get or less of tread remaining. See Tire Check that all wheel nuts are 0 grease on the flat wheel Inspection 274 and Tire Rotation properly tightened. See “Wheel 0 274. Nut Torque” under Capacities mounting surface or on the and Specifications 0 323. wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, When It Is Time for New if the vehicle has one, even if it is { Warning never used. Multiple factors Tires including temperatures, loading Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the conditions, and inflation pressure parts to which it is fastened, can Factors such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, maintenance affect how fast aging make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions takes place. GM recommends that after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. tires, including the spare if (Continued) equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. The Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

276 Vehicle Care

tire manufacture date is the last four Buying New Tires will be followed by MS for mud digits of the DOT Tire Identification and snow. See Tire Sidewall Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched Labeling 0 263. one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn (01–52) and the last two digits, the were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four. year. For example, the third week of Motors Tire Performance Criteria Uniform tread depth on all tires the year 2010 would have a Specification (TPC Spec) will help to maintain the four-digit DOT date of 0310. system rating. When performance of the vehicle. Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed, Braking and handling GM strongly recommends performance may be adversely Tires age when stored normally buying tires with the same TPC affected if all the tires are not mounted on a parked vehicle. Park replaced at the same time. a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating. If proper rotation and least a month in a cool, dry, clean GM's exclusive TPC Spec area away from direct sunlight to maintenance have been done, system considers over a dozen all four tires should wear out at slow aging. This area should be free critical specifications that impact of grease, gasoline, or other about the same time. See Tire the overall performance of the substances that can deteriorate Rotation 0 274. However, if it is rubber. vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one performance, ride and handling, Parking for an extended period can axle set of worn tires, place the traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring may result in vibrations while performance. GM's TPC Spec Winter tires with the same speed driving. When storing a vehicle for rating as the original equipment at least a month, remove the tires or number is molded onto the tire's raise the vehicle to reduce the sidewall near the tire size. If the tires may not be available for H, weight from the tires. tires have an all-season tread V, W, Y and ZR speed rated design, the TPC Spec number tires. Never exceed the winter Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 277

tires’ maximum speed capability The Tire and Loading when using winter tires with a { Warning Information label indicates the lower speed rating. Using bias-ply tires on the original equipment tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 { Warning rim flanges to develop cracks 184. Tires could explode during after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail Different Size Tires and improper service. Attempting Wheels to mount or dismount a tire suddenly and cause a crash. could cause injury or death. Use only radial-ply tires with If wheels or tires are installed that Only your dealer or authorized the wheels on the vehicle. are a different size than the original tire service center should equipment wheels and tires, vehicle If the vehicle tires must be performance, including its braking, mount or dismount the tires. ride and handling characteristics, replaced with a tire that does not stability, and resistance to rollover have a TPC Spec number, make may be affected. If the vehicle has sure they are the same size, { Warning electronic systems such as antilock load range, speed rating, and brakes, rollover airbags, traction Mixing tires of different sizes, construction (radial) as the control, electronic stability control, brands, or types may cause original tires. or All-Wheel Drive, the performance loss of control of the vehicle, of these systems can also be Vehicles that have a tire affected. resulting in a crash or other pressure monitoring system vehicle damage. Use the could give an inaccurate { Warning correct size, brand, and type low-pressure warning if non-TPC of tires on all wheels. Spec rated tires are installed. If different sized wheels are used, See Tire Pressure Monitor there may not be an acceptable System 0 270. level of performance and safety if (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

278 Vehicle Care

most passenger car tires. The Treadwear 200 Traction AA Warning (Continued) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Temperature A tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply All Passenger Car Tires Must wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires, Conform to Federal Safety increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with Requirements In Addition To and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of These Grades. specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production Treadwear have them properly installed by a tires. The treadwear grade is a GM certified technician. While the tires available on comparative rating based on the General Motors passenger cars wear rate of the tire when tested See Buying New Tires 0 276 and and light trucks may vary with under controlled conditions on a Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they specified government test 0 227. must also conform to federal course. For example, a tire safety requirements and graded 150 would wear one and Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire one-half (1½) times as well on Grading Performance Criteria (TPC) the government course as a tire standards. graded 100. The relative The following information relates performance of tires depends to the system developed by the Quality grades can be found upon the actual conditions of United States National Highway where applicable on the tire their use, however, and may Traffic Safety Administration sidewall between tread shoulder depart significantly from the (NHTSA), which grades tires by and maximum section width. For norm due to variations in driving treadwear, traction, and example: habits, service practices and temperature performance. This differences in road applies only to vehicles sold in characteristics and climate. the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 279

Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained Wheel Alignment and Tire The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the Balance highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and The tires and wheels were aligned and C. Those grades represent and balanced at the factory to the tire's ability to stop on wet excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade provide the longest tire life and best pavement as measured under overall performance. Adjustments to controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of wheel alignment and tire balancing specified government test performance which all are not necessary on a regular surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet basis. Consider an alignment check concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety if there is unusual tire wear or the have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and vehicle is significantly pulling to one A represent higher levels of side or the other. Some slight pull to Warning: The traction grade the left or right, depending on the assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum crown of the road and/or other road straight-ahead braking traction surface variations such as troughs tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is acceleration, cornering, vibrating when driving on a smooth hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is road, the tires and wheels may need characteristics. properly inflated and not to be rebalanced. See your dealer overloaded. Excessive speed, for proper diagnosis. Temperature underinflation, or excessive The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in Wheel Replacement combination, can cause heat (the highest), B, and C, Replace any wheel that is bent, representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. cracked, or badly rusted or to the generation of heat and its corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming ability to dissipate heat when loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and tested under controlled wheel nuts should be replaced. conditions on a specified indoor If the wheel leaks air, replace it. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

280 Vehicle Care

Some aluminum wheels can be Tire Chains repaired. See your dealer if any of Caution these conditions exist. The wrong wheel can also cause { Warning Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake wheel that is needed. cooling, speedometer or Do not use tire chains. There is Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp not enough clearance. Tire chains same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle used on a vehicle without the diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire proper amount of clearance can mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and cause damage to the brakes, replaces. chassis. suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel tire chains could cause loss of nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels control and a crash. System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts. Use another type of traction { Warning device only if its manufacturer { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used recommends it for the vehicle's one is dangerous. How it has tire size combination and road Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been conditions. Follow that wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel driven may be unknown. It could manufacturer's instructions. To nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. avoid vehicle damage, drive slow affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a and readjust or remove the the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment traction device if it contacts the and cause loss of control, causing wheel. vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. a crash. Always use the correct If traction devices are used, install wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel them on the front tires. nuts for replacement. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 281

If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning Warning (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause be badly injured or killed if the are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 0 261. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been is provided with the vehicle, only much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely use it for changing a flat tire. But if there is ever a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash. If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire and wheel damage by driving slowly If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while to a level place, well off the road, creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. if possible. Turn on the hazard toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized warning flashers. See Hazard the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or Warning Flashers 0 135. steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as maintain lane position, and then possible. { Warning gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip A rear blowout, particularly on a { Warning curve, acts much like a skid and off the jack and roll over or fall may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and moving: very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. to a stop, well off the road, the vehicle, it is designed only for if possible. (Continued) changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

282 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), Warning (Continued) use the following example as a Warning (Continued) guide to assist you in the placement 2. Put an automatic of wheel blocks (1), if equipped. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust transmission in P (Park) or a contains carbon monoxide (CO) manual transmission in which cannot be seen or smelled. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). It can cause unconsciousness 3. Turn off the engine and do and even death. Never run the not restart while the vehicle engine in an enclosed area that is raised. has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine 4. Do not allow passengers to 0 remain in the vehicle. Exhaust 197. 5. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) the tire at the opposite { Warning corner of the tire being 2. Flat Tire changed. The following information explains Overinflating a tire could cause how to repair or change a tire. the tire to rupture and you or others could be injured. Be sure This vehicle may come with a jack to read and follow the tire sealant and spare tire or a tire sealant and Tire Sealant and and compressor kit instructions compressor kit. To use the jacking Compressor Kit and inflate the tire to its equipment to change a spare tire recommended pressure. Do not safely, follow the instructions below. { Warning Then see Tire Changing 0 288. To exceed the recommended pressure. use the tire sealant and compressor Idling a vehicle in an enclosed kit, see Tire Sealant and area with poor ventilation is Compressor Kit 0 282. dangerous. Engine exhaust may (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 283

sealant and compressor kit to be Tire Sealant { Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance Read and follow the safe handling Program 0 329. Storing the tire sealant and instructions on the label adhered to compressor kit or other Read and follow all of the tire the compressor. sealant and compressor kit equipment in the passenger Check the tire sealant expiration instructions. compartment of the vehicle could date on the sealant canister. The cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes: sealant canister should be replaced collision, loose equipment could before its expiration date. strike someone. Store the tire Replacement sealant canisters are sealant and compressor kit in its available at your local dealer. See original location. “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. If this vehicle has a tire sealant and There is only enough sealant to seal compressor kit, there may not be a one tire. After usage, the sealant spare tire, tire changing equipment, canister and sealant/air hose and on some vehicles there may not assembly must be replaced. See be a place to store a tire. “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister following. The tire sealant and compressor ” can be used to temporarily seal Using the Tire Sealant and punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in Compressor Kit to Temporarily 1. On/Off Button the tread area of the tire. It can also Seal and Inflate a 2. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air be used to inflate an under Punctured Tire inflated tire. or Air Only) 3. Pressure Relief Button Follow the directions closely for If the tire has been separated from 4. Pressure Gauge correct sealant usage. the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has a large puncture, the tire is 5. Air Only Hose (Black) too severely damaged for the tire 6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) 7. Power Plug Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

284 Vehicle Care

1. Remove the tire sealant and If the vehicle only has a compressor kit from its storage cigarette lighter, use the location. See Storing the Tire cigarette lighter. Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 Do not pinch the power plug 288. cord in the door or window. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle and the power plug (7). must be running while using 3. Place the kit on the ground. the air compressor. Make sure the tire valve stem 8. Turn the selector switch (2) is positioned close to the clockwise to the Sealant + Air ground so the hose will position. When using the tire sealant and reach it. 9. Press the on/off button (1) to compressor kit during cold 4. Remove the valve stem cap turn the tire sealant and temperatures, warm the kit in a from the flat tire by turning it compressor kit on. heated environment for five minutes. counterclockwise. The compressor will inject This will help to inflate the tire 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6) sealant and air into the tire. faster. onto the tire valve stem. Turn it The pressure gauge (4) will If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire clockwise until it is tight. initially show a high pressure and wheel damage by driving slowly 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the while the compressor pushes to a level place. Turn on the hazard accessory power outlet in the the sealant into the tire. Once warning flashers. See Hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from the sealant is completely Warning Flashers 0 135. other accessory power outlets. dispersed into the tire, the See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 for If the vehicle has an accessory pressure will quickly drop and other important safety warnings. power outlet, do not use the start to rise again as the tire Do not remove any objects that cigarette lighter. inflates with air only. have penetrated the tire. 10. Inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure using the pressure Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 285

gauge (4). The recommended 11. Press the on/off button (1) to inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off. Information label. See Tire 0 The tire is not sealed and will Pressure 268. continue to leak air until the The pressure gauge (4) may vehicle is driven and the read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire; 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate pressure while the compressor therefore, Steps 12–18 must be to the recommended inflation is on. Turn the compressor off done immediately after pressure, remove the to get an accurate pressure Step 11. maximum speed label from the sealant canister and place it in reading. The compressor may Be careful while handling the a highly visible location. Do not be turned on/off until the tire sealant and compressor kit exceed the speed on this label correct pressure is reached. as it could be warm after until the damaged tire is usage. Caution repaired or replaced. 12. Unplug the power plug (7) from 17. Return the equipment to its the accessory power outlet in If the recommended pressure original storage location in the the vehicle. cannot be reached after vehicle. approximately 25 minutes, the 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6) 18. Immediately drive the vehicle vehicle should not be driven counterclockwise to remove it 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the farther. The tire is too severely from the tire valve stem. sealant in the tire. damaged and the tire sealant and 14. Replace the tire valve 19. Stop at a safe location and compressor kit cannot inflate the stem cap. tire. Remove the power plug from check the tire pressure. Refer the accessory power outlet and 15. Return the sealant/air hose (6) to Steps 1–11 under “Using the unscrew the inflating hose from and the power plug (7) back in Tire Sealant and Compressor their original locations. the tire valve. See Roadside Kit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured). Assistance Program 0 329. ” Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

286 Vehicle Care

If the tire pressure has fallen vehicle to an authorized dealer See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 for more than 68 kPa (10 psi) within 161 km (100 mi) of other important safety warnings. below the recommended driving to have the tire repaired 1. Remove the tire sealant and inflation pressure, stop driving or replaced. compressor kit from its storage the vehicle. The tire is too location. See Storing the Tire severely damaged and the tire Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without Sealant and Compressor Kit sealant cannot seal the tire. 0 288. See Roadside Assistance Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Program 0 329. Punctured) 2. Unwrap the air only hose (5) and the power plug (7). If the tire pressure has not To use the air compressor to inflate dropped more than 68 kPa a tire with air only and not sealant: 3. Place the kit on the ground. (10 psi) from the recommended Make sure the tire valve stem inflation pressure, use the is positioned close to the compressor kit to inflate the tire ground so the hose will to the recommended inflation reach it. pressure. 4. Remove the tire valve stem 20. Wipe off any sealant from the cap from the flat tire by turning wheel, tire, and vehicle. it counterclockwise. 21. Dispose of the used sealant 5. Attach the air only hose (5) canister and sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem by (6) assembly at a local dealer turning it clockwise until it is or in accordance with local tight. state codes and practices. 6. Plug the power plug (7) into the 22. Replace it with a new canister If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire accessory power outlet in the available from your dealer. and wheel damage by driving slowly vehicle. Unplug all items from 23. After temporarily sealing a tire to a level place. Turn on the hazard other accessory power outlets. using the tire sealant and warning flashers. See Hazard compressor kit, take the Warning Flashers 0 135. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 287

If the vehicle has an accessory The pressure gauge (4) may 13. Disconnect the air only power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire hose (5) from the tire valve cigarette lighter. pressure while the compressor stem, by turning it If the vehicle only has a is on. Turn the compressor off counterclockwise, and replace cigarette lighter, use the to get an accurate reading. The the tire valve stem cap. cigarette lighter. compressor may be turned on/ 14. Return the air only hose (5) off until the correct pressure is Do not pinch the power plug and the power plug (7) back to reached. If the tire is inflated their original locations. cord in the door or window. higher than the recommended 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle pressure, press the pressure 15. Return the equipment to its must be running while using relief button (3), if equipped, original storage location in the the air compressor. until the proper pressure vehicle. reading is reached. This option Removal and Installation of the 8. Turn the selector switch (2) is only functional when using counterclockwise to the Air the air only hose (5). Sealant Canister Only position. 11. Press the on/off button (1) to To remove the sealant canister: 9. Press the on/off button (1) to turn the tire sealant and turn the compressor on. compressor kit off. The compressor will inflate the Be careful while handling the tire with air only. tire sealant and compressor kit 10. Inflate the tire to the as it could be warm after recommended inflation usage. pressure using the pressure 12. Unplug the power plug (7) from gauge (4). The recommended the accessory power outlet in inflation pressure can be found the vehicle. on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 268. 1. Remove the plastic cover. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

288 Vehicle Care

2. Unscrew the connector (2) from the canister (1). 3. Pull up on the canister (1) to remove it. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. 5. Push the new canister into place. 6. Screw the connector (2) to the canister (1). 3. Turn the wing nut 3. Turn the retainer nut 7. Slide the plastic cover back on. counterclockwise to remove it. counterclockwise and remove Storing the Tire Sealant 4. Remove the tire sealant and the spare tire. and Compressor Kit compressor kit. 4. Place the spare tire next to the To store the tire sealant and tire being changed. To access the tire sealant and compressor kit, reverse the steps. compressor kit: 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk Tire Changing 0 38. Removing the Spare Tire and 2. Lift the cover. Tools The equipment you need is located in the trunk. 1. Open the trunk. 2. Remove the spare tire cover. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 289

2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nut caps. If needed, finish loosening them by hand. The nut caps will not come off of the wheel cover. The edge of the wheel cover could be sharp, so do not try to remove the cover with your bare hands. Do not drop the cap or lay it face down, as it 1. Screwdriver (If Equipped) could become scratched or 3. Turn the wheel wrench 2. Wrench damaged. counterclockwise to loosen all 3. Tow Hook (If Equipped) of the wheel nuts, but do not Store the wheel cover in the remove them yet. 4. Fastener (If Equipped) trunk until you have the flat tire 5. Jack repaired or replaced. 6. Trim Removal (If Equipped) Caution The jack and tools are stored below Make sure that the jack lift head the spare tire. is in the correct position or you Place the tools next to the tire being may damage your vehicle. The changed. repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 281 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

290 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

you could be badly injured or training. If a jack is provided with killed. Never get under a vehicle the vehicle, it is designed only for when it is supported only by changing a flat tire. If it is used for a jack. anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only { Warning use it for changing a flat tire. Raising the vehicle with the jack 4. Position the jack head, as improperly positioned can shown. damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help Set the jack to the necessary avoid personal injury and vehicle height before positioning it below the jacking point. damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location 5. Attach the jack lift assist tool to before raising the vehicle. the jack by fitting both ends of the jack and tool over one another. { Warning { Warning Lifting a vehicle and getting under Getting under a vehicle when it is it to do maintenance or repairs is 6. Turn the jack handle clockwise lifted on a jack is dangerous. dangerous without the to raise the vehicle far enough If the vehicle slips off the jack, appropriate safety equipment and off the ground for the compact (Continued) (Continued) spare to fit under the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 291

Warning (Continued) { Warning

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash.

11. Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel. Turn each nut clockwise by hand 7. Remove all of the wheel nuts. until the wheel is held against the hub. 8. Remove the flat tire. 12. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handle { Warning counterclockwise. Lower the Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the jack completely. parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose 9. Remove any rust or dirt from { Warning after time. The wheel could come the wheel bolts, mounting Wheel nuts that are improperly or off and cause an accident. When surfaces, and spare wheel. incorrectly tightened can cause changing a wheel, remove any 10. Install the compact spare tire. the wheels to become loose or rust or dirt from places where the come off. The wheel nuts should wheel attaches to the vehicle. In be tightened with a torque wrench an emergency, a cloth or a paper to the proper torque specification (Continued) after replacing. Follow the torque (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

292 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Warning (Continued) and Tools specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when { Warning using accessory locking wheel Storing a jack, a tire, or other nuts. See Capacities and equipment in the passenger Specifications 0 323 for original compartment of the vehicle could equipment wheel nut torque cause injury. In a sudden stop or specifications. collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. Caution 13. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence, as Improperly tightened wheel nuts shown. can lead to brake pulsation and 14. Lower the jack all the way and rotor damage. To avoid expensive remove the jack from under the brake repairs, evenly tighten the vehicle. wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper 15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly torque specification. See with the wheel wrench. Capacities and Specifications 0 323 for the wheel nut torque Caution specification. Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare, the cover or the 1. Turn the wrench spare could be damaged. counterclockwise to remove the fastener. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 293

2. Replace the fastener with the Compact Spare Tire repaired or replaced as soon as one provided in the foam. convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area. Use the longer fastener to { Warning store the flat tire. When using a compact spare tire, Driving with more than one 3. Turn the wrench clockwise to the ABS and Traction Control tighten the fastener. compact spare tire at a time could systems may engage until the spare result in loss of braking and tire is recognized by the vehicle, 4. Replace the foam, jack and handling. This could lead to a especially on slippery roads. Adjust tools, and the tire in their crash and you or others could be driving to reduce possible original storage location. injured. Use only one compact wheel slip. 5. Place the tire, lying flat, facing spare tire at a time. up in the spare tire well. Caution

6. Turn the retainer nut clockwise If this vehicle has a compact spare When the compact spare is to secure the tire. tire, it was fully inflated when new; installed, do not take the vehicle 7. Place the floor cover on the however, it can lose air over time. through an automatic car wash Check the inflation pressure wheel. with guide rails. The compact regularly. It should be 420 kPa spare can get caught on the rails The compact spare is for temporary (60 psi). use only. Replace the compact which can damage the tire, wheel, spare tire with a full-size tire as Stop as soon as possible and check and other parts of the vehicle. soon as you can. that the spare tire is correctly inflated after being installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is Do not use the compact spare on designed for temporary use only. other vehicles. The vehicle will perform differently Do not mix the compact spare tire or with the spare tire installed and it is wheel with other wheels or tires. recommended that the vehicle They will not fit. Keep the spare tire speed be limited to 80 km/h and its wheel together. (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare tire, have the standard tire Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

294 Vehicle Care

Caution Jump Starting { Warning Tire chains will not fit the compact Jump Starting - North Batteries can hurt you. They can spare. Using them can damage America be dangerous because: the vehicle and the chains. Do not For more information about the . They contain acid that can use tire chains on the compact burn you. spare. vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 242. . They contain gas that can If the battery has run down, you explode or ignite. may want to use another vehicle . They contain enough and some jumper cables to start electricity to burn you. your vehicle. Be sure to use the If you do not follow these steps following steps to do it safely. exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you. { Warning

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related Caution accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to Ignoring these steps could result the State of California to cause in costly damage to the vehicle cancer and birth defects or other that would not be covered by the reproductive harm. Batteries also vehicle warranty. Trying to start contain other chemicals known to the vehicle by pushing or pulling it the State of California to cause will not work, and it could damage cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER the vehicle. HANDLING. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 227. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 295

The vehicle has a battery cover that must be removed to gain access to Caution the battery for jump starting. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so that they are not touching. The vehicle has a remote To avoid the possibility of the positive (+) terminal under a trim vehicles rolling, set the parking cover. It is under the battery cover brake firmly on both vehicles on the driver side of the engine involved in the jump starting 1. Clips compartment. See Engine procedure. Put an automatic 2. Pivot Points Compartment Overview 0 230. You transmission in P (Park) or a should always use this remote manual transmission in Neutral To remove the battery cover: positive (+) terminal. before setting the parking 1. Release the two rear clips (1). The jump start negative grounding brake. 2. Lift the battery cover up toward point for the discharged battery is the front of the vehicle to the engine block or an engine Caution release it from the pivot mounting bolt. Connect to a spot as points (2) and remove. far away from the discharged If any accessories are left on or battery as possible. plugged in during the jump 3. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to starting procedure, they could be reinstall the battery cover. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery damaged. The repairs would not with a negative ground system. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

296 Vehicle Care

good battery. Use a remote Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. be covered by the vehicle and some have been blinded. warranty. Whenever possible, turn Use a flashlight if you need more 6. Connect one end of the black off or unplug all accessories on light. negative (−) cable to the either vehicle when jump starting. negative (−) terminal of the Battery fluid contains acid that good battery. can burn you. Do not get it on 3. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF you. If you accidentally get it in 7. Connect the other end of the negative (−) cable to the and switch off all lights and your eyes or on your skin, flush negative ( ) grounding point for accessories in both vehicles, the place with water and get – the discharged battery. except the hazard warning medical help immediately. flashers if needed. 8. Start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine at { Warning idle speed for at least { Warning four minutes. An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine 9. Try to start the vehicle that had when the engine is not running the dead battery. If it will not and can injure you. Keep hands, parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving start after a few tries, it clothing, and tools away from any probably needs service. underhood electric fan. parts once the engine is running. Caution 4. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the remote positive (+) { Warning If the jumper cables are terminal of the discharged connected or removed in the battery. Using a match near a battery can wrong order, electrical shorting cause battery gas to explode. 5. Connect the other end of the may occur and damage the People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) cable to the vehicle. The repairs would not be positive (+) terminal of the (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 297

Recreational Vehicle Caution (Continued) Towing the Vehicle Towing covered by the vehicle warranty. Caution Recreational vehicle towing means Always connect and remove the towing the vehicle behind another jumper cables in the correct order, Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle, such as a motor home. The making sure that the cables do vehicle may cause damage. The two most common types of not touch each other or other damage would not be covered by recreational vehicle towing are metal. the vehicle warranty. known as dinghy towing and dolly Do not lash or hook to towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Jumper Cable Removal suspension components. Use the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the Reverse the sequence exactly when proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. vehicle with two wheels on the removing the jumper cables. ground and two wheels up on a After starting the disabled vehicle device known as a dolly. Have the vehicle towed on a wheel and removing the jumper cables, Here are some important things to allow it to idle for several minutes. lift tow truck. A flatbed car carrier could damage the vehicle. The consider before recreational vehicle wheel lift tow truck must raise the towing: rear of the vehicle and wheel dollies . What is the towing capacity of must be used to lift the front wheels the towing vehicle? Be sure to off the ground. read the tow vehicle Consult your dealer or a manufacturer's professional towing service if the recommendations. disabled vehicle must be towed. . How far will the vehicle be towed? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

298 Vehicle Care

. Does the vehicle have the 22 (Key Access only), and 24, proper towing equipment? See from the instrument panel fuse your dealer or trailering block. See Instrument Panel professional for additional advice Fuse Block 0 259. and equipment Remember to reinstall the fuses recommendations. once the destination has been . Is the vehicle ready to be reached. towed? Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure Caution the vehicle is prepared to be towed. If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded Dinghy Towing while towing the vehicle, it could To dinghy tow the vehicle from the be damaged. Never exceed Vehicles equipped with an active front with all four wheels on the 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing shutter system cannot be dinghy ground: the vehicle. towed without the tow equipment 1. Position the vehicle to tow and damaging the vehicle. See Dolly “ then secure it to the towing Towing following for the correct way ” vehicle. to tow a vehicle with an active Caution shutter system. 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict 3. Place the ignition in the ACC/ ACCESSORY position. See airflow and cause damage to the Ignition Positions (Keyless transmission. The repairs would Access) 0 188 or Ignition not be covered by the vehicle Positions (Key Access) 0 190. warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the 4. To prevent the battery from towing vehicle. draining while the vehicle is being towed, remove fuses 8, Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 299 Dolly Towing Appearance Care Exterior Care Locks Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 319. Washing the Vehicle Caution To preserve the vehicle's finish, Tow the vehicle with the two rear Towing the vehicle from the rear wash it often and out of direct wheels on the ground and the front could damage it. Also, repairs sunlight. wheels on a dolly. would not be covered by the To tow the vehicle with two wheels vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution on the ground and a dolly: vehicle towed from the rear. Do not use petroleum-based, 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. acidic, or abrasive cleaning 2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). agents as they can damage the 3. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

300 Vehicle Care

If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible. Caution (Continued) follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for your dealer. Follow all wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign manufacturer directions regarding Remove any accessories that may matter. correct product usage, necessary be damaged or interfere with the car Occasional hand waxing or mild safety precautions, and wash equipment. appropriate disposal of any polishing should be done to remove vehicle care product. Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning cleaning agents completely. If they products. are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to Caution they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Avoid using high-pressure chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) avoid surface scratches and water to the surface of the vehicle. Use spotting. Caution of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Finish Care Machine compounding or in damage or removal of paint Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a and decals. sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only are damaged, see your dealer to The e symbol is on any non-abrasive waxes and polishes have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/ underhood compartment electrical repaired. Foreign materials such as center that should not be power clearcoat paint finish on the calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle. washed. This could cause damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree that would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new, damage the vehicle's finish if they keep the vehicle garaged or remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 301

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Moldings intended for automotive use. or other harsh cleaners. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Caution vehicle after washing to protect . Aftermarket appearance caps or and extend the molding finish. Failure to clean and protect the covers while the lamps are bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ illuminated, due to excessive in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals and heat generated. This damage would not be Stripes Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses, can cause damage to the lamp vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes. cover that would not be covered stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing by the vehicle warranty. always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this instructions: section. . Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic, the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective Caution cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them while they are dry. Using wax on low gloss black . Use only approved cleaning finish stripes can increase the solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a or stainless steel. Some lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low cleaners are highly acidic or . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and contain alkaline substances and water only. can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations . Always dilute a concentrated than suggested by the cleaner according to the manufacturer. manufacturer’s instructions. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

302 Vehicle Care

Air Intakes Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires cloth or paper towel soaked with Clear debris from the air intakes, Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to windshield washer fluid or a mild between the hood and windshield clean the tires. detergent. Wash the windshield when washing the vehicle. thoroughly when cleaning the Shutter System blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Caution a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper Using petroleum-based tire streaking. dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/ Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, surfaces on the vehicle. snow, and ice. Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Apply Dielectric silicone grease on or Chrome weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at The vehicle may have a shutter After rinsing thoroughly with clean least once a year. Hot, dry climates system designed to help increase water, dry with a soft, clean towel. may require more frequent fuel economy. Keep the shutter A wax may then be applied. system clean for proper operation. application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a Caution Clean the outside of the windshield clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 319. Chrome wheels and other chrome with glass cleaner. trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 303

Brake System Body Component Lubrication Caution (Continued) Visually inspect brake lines and Lubricate all key lock cylinders, on roads that have been sprayed hoses for proper hook-up, binding, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the with magnesium, calcium, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect steel fuel door hinge, unless the or sodium chloride. These disc brake pads for wear and rotors components are plastic. Applying chlorides are used on roads for for surface condition. Inspect drum silicone grease on weatherstrips conditions such as ice and dust. brake linings/shoes for wear or with a clean cloth will make them Always wash the chrome with cracks. Inspect other brake parts, last longer, seal better, and not stick soap and water after exposure. including drums, wheel cylinders, or squeak. calipers, parking brake, master cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, Underbody Maintenance vacuum pipes, electric vacuum At least twice a year, spring and fall Caution pump including bracket and vent use plain water to flush any hose, if equipped. corrosive materials from the To avoid surface damage, do not underbody. Take care to thoroughly use strong soaps, chemicals, Steering, Suspension, and clean any areas where mud and abrasive polishes, cleaners, Chassis Components other debris can collect. brushes, or cleaners that contain Visually inspect steering, Do not directly power wash the acid on aluminum or suspension, and chassis transfer case and/or front/rear axle chrome-plated wheels. Use only components for damaged, loose, output seals. High pressure water approved cleaners. Also, never or missing parts or signs of wear at can overcome the seals and drive a vehicle with aluminum or least once a year. contaminate the fluid. Contaminated chrome-plated wheels through an Inspect power steering for proper fluid will decrease the life of the automatic car wash that uses hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, transfer case and/or axles and silicone carbide tire cleaning chafing, etc. should be replaced. brushes. Damage could occur Visually check constant velocity joint and the repairs would not be boots and axle seals for leaks. covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

304 Vehicle Care

Sheet Metal Damage Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean the interior using the following If the vehicle is damaged and To prevent dirt particle abrasions, cleaners or techniques: requires sheet metal repair or regularly clean the vehicle's interior. replacement, make sure the body Immediately remove any soils. . Never use a razor or any other repair shop applies anti-corrosion Newspapers or dark garments can sharp object to remove soil from material to parts repaired or transfer color to the vehicle’s any interior surface. replaced to restore corrosion interior. . Never use a brush with stiff protection. Use a soft bristle brush to remove bristles. Original manufacturer replacement dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface parts will provide the corrosion instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much protection while maintaining the soap solution, immediately remove pressure. vehicle warranty. hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or . Do not use laundry detergents or Finish Damage dishwashing soaps with permanent damage may result. Quickly repair minor chips and degreasers. For liquid cleaners, Use cleaners specifically designed scratches with touch-up materials use approximately 20 drops per for the surfaces being cleaned to available from your dealer to avoid 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. prevent permanent damage. Apply corrosion. Larger areas of finish A concentrated soap solution will all cleaners directly to the cleaning damage can be corrected in your create streaks and attract dirt. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any dealer's body and paint shop. Do not use solutions that contain switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap. cleaners quickly. Chemical Paint Spotting . Do not heavily saturate the Airborne pollutants can fall upon Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning. follow all safety instructions on the and attack painted vehicle surfaces Do not use solvents or cleaners label. While cleaning the interior, . causing blotchy, ring-shaped containing solvents. discolorations, and small, irregular open the doors and windows to get dark spots etched into the paint proper ventilation. surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 305

Interior Glass . When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the sponge or soft, lint-free cloth soil and gently rub toward the To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth dampened with water. Wipe droplets to a clean area frequently to left behind with a clean dry cloth. . When heavily soiled, use warm prevent forcing the soil in to the If necessary, use a commercial soapy water. fabric. glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Fabric/Carpet/Suede 4. Continue gently rubbing the Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no Caution using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. To prevent scratching, never use being used, only use it on the floor 5. If the soil is not completely abrasive cleaners on automotive carpet. Before cleaning, gently removed, use a mild soap glass. Abrasive cleaners or remove as much of the soil as solution followed only by plain aggressive cleaning may damage possible: water. the rear window defogger. . Gently blot liquids with a paper If the soil is not completely towel. Continue blotting until no removed, it may be necessary to Cleaning the windshield with water more soil can be removed. use a commercial upholstery during the first three to six months . For solid soils, remove as much cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small of ownership will reduce tendency as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before to fog. using a commercial upholstery To clean: cleaner or spot lifter. If ring Speaker Covers 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free formation occurs, clean the entire Vacuum around a speaker cover colorfast cloth with water. fabric or carpet. Microfiber cloth is gently, so that the speaker will not After cleaning, use a paper towel to recommended to prevent lint be damaged. Clean spots with water blot excess moisture. and mild soap. transfer to the fabric or carpet. Coated Moldings 2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does Coated moldings should be cleaned. not drip from the cleaning cloth. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

306 Vehicle Care

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended. use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions. separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse Caution thoroughly and air dry before Caution next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air may cause permanent damage. Do not attach a device with a freshener comes in contact with Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in suction cup to the display. This surfaces after cleaning and allow may cause damage and would the vehicle, blot immediately and them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened not be covered by the vehicle heat, steam, or spot removers. Do warranty. with a mild soap solution. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. solvents can permanently change (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Vehicle Care 307

Cargo Cover and . Do not place anything on top of Convenience Net Warning (Continued) the driver side floor mat. Wash with warm water and mild cause unintended acceleration . Use only a single floor mat on detergent. Do not use chlorine and/or increased stopping the driver side. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and distance which can cause a crash . Do not place one floor mat on then dry completely. and injury. Make sure the floor top of another. Care of Safety Belts mat does not interfere with the pedals. Removing and Replacing the Keep belts clean and dry. Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for If equipped, pull up on the rear of { Warning proper floor mat usage: the floor mat to unlock each retainer and remove. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended Clean safety belts only with mild that GM certified floor mats be soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always Floor Mats check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. { Warning . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a If a floor mat is the wrong size or floor mat retainer on the driver is not properly installed, it can side floor. interfere with the pedals. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat . Use the floor mat with the retainer openings over the carpet Interference with the pedals can correct side up. Do not turn retainers and snapping into position. (Continued) it over. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

308 Vehicle Care

Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 309 General Information changes and tire rotations and Service and additional maintenance items like Maintenance Your vehicle is an important tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper investment. This section describes blades. the required maintenance for the General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution General Information ...... 309 protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly Maintenance Schedule ...... 310 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services by the vehicle warranty. responsibility of the owner to have Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 316 inspections, recommended fluids, Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working and Care maintenance using genuine condition. Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and Care ...... 316 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these Lubricants ...... 319 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Parts ...... 320 keep the vehicle in good working Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy, Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions. Maintenance Records ...... 321 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary. for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

310 Service and Maintenance frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Maintenance Additional Required Services - service. Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the Schedule . Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart. the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop label. See Vehicle Load Limits { Warning . Check the engine oil level. See 0 184. Engine Oil 0 231. Performing maintenance work can . Are driven on reasonable road Once a Month surfaces within legal driving be dangerous and can cause limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire Pressure . Use the recommended fuel. See required information, proper tools, 0 268. Fuel 0 216. and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 274. Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the Required Services - Normal chart. work. See Doing Your Own . Check the windshield washer Service Work 0 228. fluid level. See Washer Fluid The Additional Required Services - 0 240. Severe are for vehicles that are: . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL . Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven . Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the . Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 311

a year and the oil life system must . Check windshield washer fluid . Check restraint system be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid 0 240. components. See Safety System 0 technician can perform this work. . Visually inspect windshield wiper Check 62. If the engine oil life system is reset blades for wear, cracking, . Visually inspect fuel system for accidentally, service the vehicle or contamination. See Exterior damage or leaks. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the 0 Care 299. Replace worn or . Visually inspect exhaust system last service. Reset the oil life damaged wiper blades. See system when the oil is changed. and nearby heat shields for 0 Wiper Blade Replacement loose or damaged parts. See Engine Oil Life System 233. 0 245. Tire Rotation and Required . Lubricate body components. See . Check tire inflation pressures. Exterior Care 0 299. Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure 0 268. 7,500 mi . Check starter switch. See Starter . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Switch Check 0 244. Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection 0 274. . Check automatic transmission the vehicle, and perform the . Visually check for fluid leaks. following services. See Tire shift lock control function. See Rotation 0 274. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Automatic Transmission Shift See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Lock Control Function Check . Check engine oil level and oil 0 234. 0 244. life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. See . Check ignition transmission lock reset oil life system. See Engine Exterior Care 0 299. (If equipped with a key type Oil 0 231 and Engine Oil Life ignition). See Ignition . Visually inspect steering, 0 System 0 233. suspension, and chassis Transmission Lock Check 244. . Check engine coolant level. See components for damaged, loose, Engine Coolant 0 236. or missing parts or signs of wear. See Exterior Care 0 299. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

312 Service and Maintenance

. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 244. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. . Check tire sealant expiration date, if equipped. See Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit 0 282. . Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 46. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 313

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @ Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

314 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying, Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage; (1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed. comes first. More frequent (6) Or every three years, whichever passenger compartment air filter comes first. replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter. (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. (4) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 235. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 315

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @ Replace brake fluid. (6) @ @ @

Footnotes — Maintenance Passenger compartment air filter (3) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required replacement may also be needed if comes first. If driving in dusty Services - Severe there is reduced airflow, window conditions, inspect the filter at each (1) Or every two years, whichever fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer oil change or more often as needed. comes first. More frequent can help determine when to replace (4) Or every five years, whichever passenger compartment air filter the filter. comes first. See Cooling System replacement may be needed if (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines 0 235. driving in areas with heavy traffic, and hoses for proper hook-up, poor air quality, high dust levels, routing, and condition. or environmental allergens. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

316 Service and Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever Special Application Additional comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; Services Maintenance and Care replace, if needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important (6) Or every three years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly comes first. components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle . Have underbody flushing service performance, additional performed. See "Underbody maintenance services may be Maintenance" in Exterior Care required. 0 299. It is recommended that your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 317

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are . Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road. the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure . Belts may need replacing if they 0 that they light when braking. squeak or show signs of Lubricants 319 for GM approved cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps . Trained dealer technicians have and note any concerns. access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may Shocks and struts help aid in control replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride. may be low and need to be Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven . Signs of brake wear may include tire wear. chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

318 Service and Maintenance

of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and 0 Wiper blades need to be cleaned when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 304 and and kept in good condition to Exterior Care 0 299. Tires provide a clear view. Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield, the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber. and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and . Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed. replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear. or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment. split in the tire. Windshield . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear. services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed. new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 319 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 231. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 236. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category Release Pawl LB or GC-LB. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hinges Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

320 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 2.5L L4 Engine 20972654 A3174C Engine Oil Filter 2.5L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13271190 CF181 Spark Plugs 2.5L L4 Engine 12627160 41-115 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 92231676 — Passenger Side – 47.5 cm (18.7 in) 22846938 — Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Service and Maintenance 321 Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

322 Technical Data Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification This label, in either the glove box or Number (VIN) the trunk area, has the following Vehicle Identification information: Number (VIN) ...... 322 Service Parts Identification . Vehicle Identification Label ...... 322 Number (VIN). Vehicle Data . Model designation. Capacities and . Paint information. Specifications ...... 323 Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 324 . Production options and special This legal identifier is in the front equipment. corner of the instrument panel, on Do not remove this label from the the left side of the vehicle. It can be vehicle. seen through the windshield from outside. The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 323 for the vehicle's engine code. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Technical Data 323 Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.5L L4 Engine 7.4 L 7.8 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.5L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt Fuel Tank Base model 62.8 L 16.6 gal LT or LTZ model 70.0 L 18.5 gal Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

324 Technical Data

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.5L L4 Engine A Automatic 0.95–1.1 mm (0.037– 0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 325 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Customer the Canadian Information Government ...... 336 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction General Motors ...... 336 Procedure Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 325 Vehicle Data Recording and Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Customer Assistance Privacy ...... 336 with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 327 Event Data Recorders ...... 337 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text ® OnStar ...... 337 resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 328 Infotainment System ...... 338 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 328 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 329 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 329 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 331 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 331 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 332 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 334 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 335 of your dealership or the general manager. Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a the United States member of dealership management, Government ...... 335 it appears your concern cannot be Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

326 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, 1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc. or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard can file with the Better Business We encourage you to call the ® Suite 600 toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201 to enforce your rights. inquiry prompt attention. Have the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/ representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ . Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been likely be resolved at a dealer's to you. facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 327

Limited wants you to be aware of its The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico participation in a no-charge c/o Customer Care Centre Chevrolet Motor Division Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited Chevrolet Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Center has committed to binding arbitration 1908 Colonel Sam Drive P.O. Box 33170 of owner disputes involving Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Detroit, MI 48232-5170 factory-related vehicle service Your inquiry should be accompanied www.Chevrolet.com claims. The program provides for by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-222-1020 the review of the facts involved by Number (VIN). an impartial third party arbiter, and 1-800-833-2438 (For Text may include an informal hearing Telephone Devices (TTYs)) before the arbiter. The program is Customer Assistance Roadside Assistance: designed so that the entire dispute Offices 1-800-243-8872 settlement process, from the time Chevrolet encourages customers to From U.S. Virgin Islands: you file your complaint to the final call the toll-free number for 1-800-496-9994 decision, should be completed in assistance. However, if a customer about 70 days. We believe our wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, Canada impartial program offers advantages the letter should be addressed to: over courts in most jurisdictions General Motors of Canada Limited because it is informal, quick, and Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: free of charge. CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive For further information concerning Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 eligibility in the Canadian Motor www.gm.ca Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English) the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French) Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text 1-800-263-7854 (French), Telephone devices (TTYs)) or write to: Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

328 Customer Information

Overseas Membership Benefits H (Other Account Information) : Please contact the local General E (Vehicle Information) : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite Motors Business Unit. Download owner manuals and view radio, and OnStar account vehicle-specific how-to videos. information (if equipped). Customer Assistance for G (Maintenance Information) : F (Live Chat Support) : Chat with Text Telephone (TTY) View maintenance schedules, online help representatives. Users alerts, and OnStar Vehicle See my.chevrolet.com to register Diagnostic Information. Schedule your vehicle. To assist customers who are deaf, service appointments. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired Chevrolet Owner Centre I (Service History) : View and and who use Text Telephones print dealer-recorded service (Canada) chevroletowner.ca (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY records and self-recorded service Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: equipment available at its Customer records. Assistance Center. Any TTY user in . Chat live with online help the U.S. can communicate with D (Preferred Dealer representatives. Chevrolet by dialing: Information) : Select a preferred . Locate owner resources such as 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in dealer and view locations, maps, lease-end, financing, and Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. phone numbers, and hours. warranty information. r (Warranty Tracking Online Owner Center . Retrieve your favorite articles, Information) : Track your vehicle’s quizzes, tips, and multimedia warranty information. Online Owner Experience galleries organized into the (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com J (Recall Information) : View Featured Articles and Auto Care active recalls by Vehicle Sections. The Chevrolet online owner Identification Number (VIN). See . Download owner manuals. experience allows interaction with Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Chevrolet and keeps important 0 322. . Find the vehicle-specific information in one Chevrolet-recommended place. maintenance services. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 329

GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle s powertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call ’ warranty. 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. 365 days a year. This program is available to Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Assistance, Chevrolet reserve the right to make required for the vehicle, such as have the following information any changes or discontinue the hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: Roadside Assistance program at scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and any time without notification. For more information on the limited home telephone number. General Motors North America and offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your Chevrolet reserve the right to limit call the GM Mobility Assistance location. services or payment to an owner or Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are . Location of the vehicle. Telephone (TTY) users, call made too often, or the same type of 1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times. plate number of the vehicle. General Motors of Canada also has Services Provided a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca . Odometer reading, Vehicle or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle. Delivery of enough fuel for the 1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest . Description of the problem. service station. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

330 Customer Information

. Lock-Out Service: Service to be reimbursed within the restricted. Propane and other unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period. fuels are not provided through locked out. A remote unlock may Items considered are reasonable this service. be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being registration is required. must present identification delivered back to the customer, before this service is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over . Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in 150 km from where your trip was Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance started to qualify. General nearest Chevrolet dealer for Motors of Canada Limited warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by violation of any laws. requires pre-authorization, was in a crash and cannot be original detailed receipts, and a driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines. copy of the repair orders. Once when the vehicle is stuck in the authorization has been received, sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, the Roadside Assistance advisor . Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices. will help to make arrangements change a flat tire with the spare and explain how to receive tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle payment. must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a . Alternative Service: If properly inflated. It is the owner's assistance cannot be provided responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and right away, the Roadside replacement of the tire if it is not Assistance advisor may give covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not covered. permission to get local . Battery Jump Start: Service to emergency road service. You will jump start a dead battery. Services Specific to receive payment, up to $100, Canadian-Purchased Vehicles . Trip Interruption Benefits and after sending the original receipt Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement to Roadside Assistance. interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available, Mechanical failures may be event, incidental expenses may diesel fuel delivery may be covered, however any cost for Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 331

parts and labor for repairs not Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be owner responsibility. Program completed while you wait. However, To enhance your ownership if you are unable to do so, your experience, we and our participating Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Appointments transportation options: Transportation, a customer support When the vehicle requires warranty program for vehicles with the Shuttle Service service, contact your dealer and Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty This includes one-way or round-trip request an appointment. By Coverage period in Canada), shuttle service within reasonable scheduling a service appointment extended powertrain, and/or time and distance parameters of and advising the service consultant hybrid-specific warranties in both your dealer's area. of your transportation needs, your the U.S. and Canada. dealer can help minimize your Several Courtesy Transportation Public Transportation or Fuel inconvenience. options are available to assist in Reimbursement If the vehicle cannot be scheduled reducing inconvenience when If overnight warranty repairs are into the service department warranty repairs are required. needed, and public transportation is immediately, keep driving it until it Courtesy Transportation is not a used, the expense must be can be scheduled for service, part of the New Vehicle Limited supported by original receipts and unless, of course, the problem is Warranty. A separate booklet within the maximum amount allowed safety related. If it is, please call entitled Limited Warranty and by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. your dealership, let them know this, “ Owner Assistance Information customers arrange their own and ask for instructions. ” furnished with each new vehicle transportation, limited If your dealer requests you to bring provides detailed warranty coverage reimbursement for reasonable fuel the vehicle for service, you are information. expenses may be available. Claim urged to do so as early in the work amounts should reflect actual costs day as possible to allow for and be supported by original same-day repair. receipts. See your dealer for information. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

332 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle General Motors reserves the right to are preserved. The use of Genuine For an overnight warranty repair, the unilaterally modify, change, GM parts can help maintain the GM dealer may provide an available or discontinue Courtesy New Vehicle Limited Warranty. courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Transportation at any time and to Recycled original equipment parts reimbursement of a rental vehicle. resolve all questions of claim may also be used for repair. These Reimbursement is limited and must eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts are typically removed from be supported by original receipts as conditions described herein at its vehicles that were total losses in well as a signed and completed sole discretion. prior crashes. In most cases, the rental agreement and meet state/ parts being recycled are from provincial, local, and rental vehicle Collision Damage Repair undamaged sections of the vehicle. provider requirements. If the vehicle is involved in a A recycled original equipment GM Requirements vary and may include collision and it is damaged, have the part may be an acceptable choice to minimum age requirements, damage repaired by a qualified maintain the vehicle's originally insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper designed appearance and safety Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement performance; however, the history of charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision these parts is not known. Such parts excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale are not covered by the GM New beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent related failures are not covered by It may not be possible to provide a collisions. that warranty. like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new companies other than GM and may Information parts made with the same materials not have been tested for the vehicle. All program options, such as shuttle and construction methods as the As a result, these parts may fit service, may not be available at parts with which the vehicle was poorly, exhibit premature durability/ every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM corrosion problems, and may not for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to perform properly in subsequent ensure that the vehicle's designed collisions. Aftermarket parts are not appearance, durability, and safety covered by the GM New Vehicle Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 333

Limited Warranty, and any vehicle specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information failure related to such parts is not When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved covered by that warranty. recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. vehicle will be repaired with GM Repair Facility For emergency towing see original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program GM also recommends that you If such insurance coverage is not 0 329. choose a collision repair facility that available from your current meets your needs before you ever insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: need collision repairs. Your dealer to another insurance carrier. . Driver name, address, and may have a collision repair center If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number. with GM-trained technicians and company may require you to have . Driver license number. state-of-the-art equipment, or be insurance that ensures repairs with able to recommend a collision repair Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and center that has GM-trained Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. technicians and comparable Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number. equipment. parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Vehicle make, model, and Insuring the Vehicle you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs. model year. Protect your investment in the GM . Vehicle Identification vehicle with comprehensive and If a Crash Occurs Number (VIN). collision insurance coverage. There If there has been an injury, call are significant differences in the . Insurance company and policy emergency services for help. Do not number. quality of coverage afforded by leave the scene of a crash until all various insurance policy terms. matters have been taken care of. . General description of the Many insurance policies provide Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle. reduced protection to the GM puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility vehicle by limiting compensation for instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts. damage repairs through the use of officer. See Collision Parts earlier in this aftermarket collision parts. Some “ ” section. insurance companies will not Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

334 Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage Service Bulletins give additional Inflates? 0 68. does not pay the full cost. technical service information Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, General Motors cars and trucks. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that to assist in the diagnosis and damage repairs, GM recommends insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Owner Information repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. information about the vehicle. The be original equipment parts, either Owner Manual includes the new Genuine GM parts or recycled Service Publications Maintenance Schedule for all original GM parts. Remember, models. recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information the GM vehicle warranty. (US and Canada Only) In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner Manual, and Warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals Manual. but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, Service Manuals have the diagnosis RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – your insurance company may and repair information on the $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and initially value the repair using engines, transmission, axle, shipping fees. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with suspension, brakes, electrical, Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. the repair professional, and insist on steering, body, etc. Genuine GM parts. Remember, RETAIL SELL PRICE: if the vehicle is leased, you may be $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and obligated to have the vehicle shipping fees. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 335 Current and Past Models Radio Frequency Reporting Safety Technical Service Bulletins and Statement Defects Manuals are available for current This vehicle has systems that and past model GM vehicles. operate on a radio frequency that Reporting Safety Defects ORDER TOLL FREE: complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday Federal Communications 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time Commission (FCC) rules and with Government For Credit Card Orders Only Industry Canada Standards If you believe that your vehicle (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, has a defect which could cause ICES 001. Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. ‐ a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: Operation is subject to the following death, you should immediately two conditions: Helm, Incorporated inform the National Highway Attention: Customer Service 1. The device may not cause Traffic Safety Administration 47911 Halyard Drive harmful interference. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Plymouth, MI 48170 2. The device must accept any General Motors. Prices are subject to change without interference received, including If NHTSA receives similar notice and without incurring interference that may cause complaints, it may open an obligation. Allow ample time for undesired operation of the investigation, and if it finds that device. delivery. a safety defect exists in a group All listed prices are quoted in U.S. Changes or modifications to any of of vehicles, it may order a recall funds. Make checks payable in U.S. these systems by other than an and remedy campaign. funds. authorized service facility could void However, NHTSA cannot authorization to use this equipment. become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

336 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Recording and 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Privacy www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors. The vehicle has a number of Administrator, NHTSA computers that record information Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. about the vehicle’s performance and Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Motor Division how it is driven. For example, the Chevrolet Customer Assistance vehicle uses computer modules to You can also obtain other Center monitor and control engine and information about motor vehicle P.O. Box 33170 transmission performance, to safety from http:// Detroit, MI 48232-5170 monitor the conditions for airbag www.safercar.gov. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 deployment and deploy them in a (English) or 1-800-263-7854 crash, and, if equipped, to provide Reporting Safety Defects (French), or write: antilock braking to help the driver to the Canadian control the vehicle. These modules General Motors of Canada Limited may store data to help the dealer Government Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: technician service the vehicle. If you live in Canada, and you CA1-163-005 Some modules may also store data believe that the vehicle has a safety 1908 Colonel Sam Drive about how the vehicle is operated, defect, notify Transport Canada Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 such as rate of fuel consumption or immediately, and notify General average speed. These modules may Motors of Canada Limited. Call retain personal preferences, such as Transport Canada at radio presets, seat positions, and 1-800-333-0510 or write to: temperature settings. Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 80 rue Noel Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Customer Information 337

Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a GM will not access these data or better understanding of the share it with others except: with the This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and consent of the vehicle owner or, event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. if the vehicle is leased, with the main purpose of an EDR is to Note consent of the lessee; in response record, in certain crash or near to an official request by police or crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your similar government office; as part of bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash GM's defense of litigation through obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are the discovery process; or, as understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal required by law. Data that GM systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal collects or receives may also be designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and used for GM research needs or may vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. be made available to others for systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law research purposes, where a need is typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the shown and the data is not tied to a EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of specific vehicle or vehicle owner. record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash ® . How various systems in your investigation. OnStar vehicle were operating; If the vehicle is equipped with To read data recorded by an EDR, ® . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and OnStar and has an active passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is subscription, additional data may be buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle collected through the OnStar . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as system. This includes information depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the about the vehicle’s operation; or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the collisions involving the vehicle; the information if they have access to use of the vehicle and its features; . How fast the vehicle was the vehicle or the EDR. and, in certain situations, the traveling. location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

338 Customer Information

OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 343. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

OnStar 339 OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement OnStar for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) OnStar Overview or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 339 The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the OnStar Services status light is: Emergency ...... 340 Security ...... 340 . Solid Green: System is ready. Navigation ...... 340 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Connections ...... 341 Q Blue OnStar Button Diagnostics ...... 343 . Red: Indicates a problem. > Emergency Button Q OnStar Additional Information . Off: System is off. Press OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar Information ...... 343 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor. services may require a paid Press = to: subscription. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical . Make a call, end a call, system, cellular service, and GPS or answer an incoming call. satellite signals to be available and . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling operating. OnStar acts as a link to voice commands. existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn information about you and your Navigation voice commands. vehicle, including location information. See OnStar’s Terms & Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

340 OnStar . Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security or SSID and password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these Emergency services: Press Q to connect to an OnStar Emergency Services require . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to . Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it. automatically alert a specially . Get driving directions. . With Remote Ignition Block, trained OnStar Advisor who is . Receive a Diagnostic check of if equipped, OnStar can block immediately connected to the the engine from being started. the vehicle's key operating vehicle to help. systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Press > for a priority connection to . Receive Roadside Assistance. if equipped, OnStar can work an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down. if equipped. them to your exact location, and relay important information. Press > to get a priority connection Navigation to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a 7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to . Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn . Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. . Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

OnStar 341

2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction given, then responds with The following OnStar services help 3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected. commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Get My Destination For coverage maps, see Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar ready, then a tone. Cancel Route “ ” OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) 2. Say “Get my destination.” The vehicle may have a built-in 1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access address and distance to the to the Internet and web content at 2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. devices can be connected. A data cancel directions?” Destination Download plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Subscribers can have directions OK, request completed, thank do so. “ sent to the vehicle’s navigation you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Route Preview information, press =, wait for Press Q, then ask the Advisor to the prompt, then say Wi-Fi = download directions to the vehicle s “ 1. Press . System responds: ’ settings.” On some vehicles, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After touch Wi-Fi Settings on the the call ends, press the Go button screen. 2. Say “Route preview.” System on the navigation screen to begin responds with the next three driving directions. Routes that are 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display maneuvers. sent to the navigation screen can the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), Repeat only be canceled through the password, and on some navigation system. vehicles, the connection type 1. Press =. System responds: See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” www.onstar.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

342 OnStar

(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map 2. Say “Call.” System responds: 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). “Call. Please say the name or (poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot number to call.” 3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 3. Say the entire number without password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, pausing, including a “1” and the 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. area code. System responds: with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information “OK, calling.” OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App and compatibility, see Calling 911 Emergency (If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. Press =. System responds: Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OnStar ready.” mobile app to select Apple®, Remote Services ® 2. Say Call. System responds: Android™, BlackBerry , “ ” ® Contact an OnStar Advisor to Call. Please say the name or or Windows mobile devices. “ unlock the doors or sound the horn number to call.” OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps. following services from a mobile 3. Say “911” without pausing. device: OnStar AtYourService System responds: “911.” . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide 4. Say “Call.” System responds: if factory-equipped. savings offers from restaurants and “OK, dialing 911.” retailers on your route, help locate . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped hotels, or book a room. Retrieve My Number with automatic locks. 1. Press =. System responds: . Activate the horn and lamps. OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OnStar ready.” . Check the vehicle s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the ’ 2. Say My number. System life, or tire pressure, built-in wireless calling service. “ ” responds: Your OnStar if factory-equipped with the Tire “ Make a Call Hands-Free Calling number is, Pressure Monitor System. ” 1. Press =. System responds: then says the number. . Send directions to the vehicle. “OnStar ready.” Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

OnStar 343 End a Call OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners Press =. System responds: “Call Information ended.” Press Q and follow the prompts to In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as Verify Minutes and Expiration Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update Press = and say “Minutes” then information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar service options. “Verify” to check how many minutes . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press remain and their expiration date. Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works Diagnostics . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics can Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle perform a check of the vehicle's key . After change in ownership and at 90 days. Diagnostics, Remote Services, operating systems through a Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn monthly diagnostics report, through Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling Q real time alerts or by pressing . Q are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar can also monitor tire Press to request account transfer all OnStar services are available pressure, if equipped with a Tire eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For Pressure Monitor System. can cancel or change account more information, a full description information. of OnStar services, system Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar terms and conditions: Vehicle . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar services if . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). transferred, or if the lease ends. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

344 OnStar

. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification 0 Advisor. 335. Number (PIN) OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when Advisors provide services to help wireless service provider for service speaking with an Advisor. To Subscribers with physical disabilities in that area. The wireless service change the OnStar PIN, contact an and medical conditions. provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. technology compatible with OnStar services. Service involving location . Locate a gas station with an Warranty attendant to pump gas. information about the vehicle cannot OnStar equipment may be work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty. compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest hardware. OnStar services may not Languages hospital or pharmacy in urgent work if the OnStar equipment is not situations. The vehicle can be programmed to properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages. properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users Q software is added, connected, Press and ask for an Advisor. or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired the control of OnStar — such as languages may vary by country. customers while in the vehicle. The hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, Potential Issues electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle OnStar cannot perform Remote to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance after the vehicle has Turn-by-Turn Navigation. jamming — may prevent service. been off continuously for five days without an ignition cycle. If the Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

OnStar 345

vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas Add-on Electrical Equipment five days, OnStar can contact Cellular reception is required for The OnStar system is integrated Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to into the electrical architecture of the to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over vehicle. Do not add any electrical Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment. See Add-On Electrical System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal Equipment 0 224. Added electrical reception. equipment may interfere with the . Obstruction of the GPS can operation of the OnStar system and occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar cause it to not operate. buildings; in parking garages; Message around airports; in tunnels and Vehicle Software Updates If there is limited cellular coverage underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached OnStar or GM may remotely deliver very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message software updates or changes to the are not available, the OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the vehicle without further notice or system should still operate to consent. These updates or changes call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. may enhance or maintain safety, could have difficulty identifying security, or the operation of the the exact location. Vehicle and Power Issues vehicle or the vehicle systems. . In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may OnStar services require a vehicle can use the last stored GPS affect or erase data or settings that electrical system, wireless service, location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as and GPS satellite technologies to be responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name available and operating for features tags, saved navigation destinations, A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems or pre-set radio stations. Neither loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is OnStar nor GM is responsible for Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. Advisor may give a verbal route or any affected or erased data or may ask for a call back after the settings. These updates or changes vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

346 OnStar

statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this the time of installation. These transmissions and private permission notice appear in all updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. copies. a system to automatically THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF collect information about vehicle ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, getdocuments.html DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, The complete OnStar Privacy libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Statement may be found at CONTRACT, TORT OR www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION recommend that you review it. If you Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE have any questions, call Stenberg, . USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) THE SOFTWARE. or press Q to speak with an All rights reserved. Except as contained in this notice, Advisor. Users of wireless Permission to use, copy, modify, the name of a copyright holder shall communications are cautioned that and distribute this software for any not be used in advertising or the privacy of any information sent purpose with or without fee is otherwise to promote the sale, use via wireless cellular communications hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software cannot be assured. Third parties without prior written authorization of the copyright holder. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

OnStar 347

unzip: This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential or disabled. damages arising out of the use of or license.html indefinitely. 3. Altered versions–including, but inability to use this software. Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All not limited to, ports to new rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic, and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: marked as such and must not Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Info-ZIP releases–including, Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in not limited to, different Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

348 OnStar

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 349 Index A Airbags Accessories and Adding Equipment to the Modifications ...... 227 Vehicle ...... 74 Accessory Power ...... 195 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 105 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 224 Readiness Light ...... 105 Additional Information Servicing Airbag-Equipped OnStar® ...... 343 Vehicles ...... 73 Additional Maintenance System Check ...... 63 and Care ...... 316 Alarm Adjustments Vehicle Security ...... 39 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 51 Alert Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 234 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 212 Air Filter, Passenger All-Season Tires ...... 262 Compartment ...... 175 AM-FM Radio ...... 147 Air Vents ...... 174 Antenna Airbag System Backglass ...... 150 Check ...... 74 Multi-band ...... 150 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 201 Restrain? ...... 68 Warning Light ...... 109 Passenger Sensing System . . . .69 Appearance Care What Makes an Airbag Exterior ...... 299 Inflate? ...... 67 Interior ...... 304 What Will You See after an Armrest Airbag Inflates? ...... 68 Rear Seat ...... 57 When Should an Airbag Assistance Program, Inflate? ...... 66 Roadside ...... 329 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 65 Audio Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 141 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

350 Index

Audio Players Brakes (cont'd) California (cont'd) CD ...... 151 Fluid ...... 241 Perchlorate Materials Automatic Parking ...... 201 Requirements ...... 227 Door Locks ...... 36 System Messages ...... 117 California Headlamp System ...... 134 Braking ...... 179 Proposition Transmission ...... 198 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 188 65 Warning ...... 227, 242, 294 Transmission Fluid ...... 234 Bulb Replacement ...... 253 Camera Automatic Transmission Fog Lamps ...... 136, 249 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 207 Manual Mode ...... 200 Halogen Bulbs ...... 246 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Shift Lock Control Function Headlamp Aiming ...... 246 Capacities and Check ...... 244 Headlamps ...... 246 Specifications ...... 323 Auxiliary Headlamps, Front Turn Carbon Monoxide Devices ...... 152 Signal, Sidemarker, and Engine Exhaust ...... 197 Parking Lamps ...... 247 Trunk ...... 38 B High Intensity Discharge Winter Driving ...... 183 Backglass Antenna ...... 150 (HID) Lighting ...... 246 Cargo Battery License Plate Lamps ...... 252 Tie-Downs ...... 95 Load Management ...... 138 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2 Voltage and Charging Stoplamps, and CD Player ...... 151 Messages ...... 117 Back-up Lamps ...... 250, 251 Center Console Storage ...... 95 Battery - North America . . . .242, 294 Buying New Tires ...... 276 Center Stack Display ...... 113 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 245 Chains, Tire ...... 280 Bluetooth C Charging System Light ...... 106 Overview ...... 157, 158, 162 Calibration ...... 99 Check Brake California Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 244 System Warning Light ...... 108 Fuel Requirements ...... 216 Malfunction Indicator Brakes ...... 241 Engine Light ...... 107 Antilock ...... 201 Assist ...... 202 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 351

Child Restraints Control of a Vehicle ...... 179 D Infants and Young Children . . . . .77 Convenience Net ...... 95 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 332 Lower Anchors and Tethers Convex Mirrors ...... 42 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2 for Children ...... 82 Coolant Data Recorders, Event ...... 337 Older Children ...... 75 Engine ...... 236 Daytime Running Securing ...... 89, 91 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 104 Lamps (DRL) ...... 134 Systems ...... 79 Cooling System ...... 235 Defensive Driving ...... 178 Cleaning Engine Messages ...... 118 Delayed Locking ...... 36 Exterior Care ...... 299 Courtesy Lamps ...... 136 Devices Interior Care ...... 304 Courtesy Transportation Auxiliary ...... 152 Climate Control Systems ...... 168 Program ...... 331 Diagnostics Air Conditioning ...... 168 Cruise Control ...... 205 OnStar® ...... 343 Dual Automatic ...... 171 Light ...... 113 Display Heating ...... 168 Messages ...... 117 Center Stack ...... 113 Clock ...... 99 Cupholders ...... 95 Distracted Driving ...... 178 Cluster, Instrument ...... 102 Customer Assistance ...... 328 Dome Lamps ...... 137 Collision Damage Repair ...... 332 Offices ...... 327 Door Compact Spare Tire ...... 293 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Light ...... 113 Compartments Users ...... 328 Ajar Messages ...... 117 Storage ...... 94 Customer Information Delayed Locking ...... 36 Compass ...... 99 Service Publications Locks ...... 35 Messages ...... 117 Ordering Information ...... 334 Power Locks ...... 36 Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 282 Customer Satisfaction Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 324 Connections Procedure ...... 325 Driver Information OnStar® ...... 341 Center (DIC) ...... 113 Control Driving Traction and Electronic Characteristics and Stability ...... 203 Towing Tips ...... 219 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

352 Index

Driving (cont'd) Engine F Defensive ...... 178 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 234 Features Drunk ...... 178 Check and Service Engine Memory ...... 12 For Better Fuel Economy ...... 24 Soon Light ...... 107 Filter, Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 182 Compartment Overview ...... 230 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 234 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 184 Coolant ...... 236 Flash-to-Pass ...... 134 Loss of Control ...... 180 Coolant Temperature Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 135 Off-Road Recovery ...... 180 Gauge ...... 104 Flat Tire ...... 281 Track Events and Cooling System ...... 235 Changing ...... 288 Competitive ...... 181 Cooling System Messages . . . .118 Floor Mats ...... 307 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 184 Drive Belt Routing ...... 324 Fluid Wet Roads ...... 181 Exhaust ...... 197 Automatic Transmission ...... 234 Winter ...... 183 Heater ...... 193 Brakes ...... 241 Dual Automatic Climate Oil Life System ...... 233 Washer ...... 240 Control System ...... 171 Oil Messages ...... 118 Fog Lamps E Oil Pressure Light ...... 111 Bulb Replacement ...... 136, 249 Overheating ...... 239 Electrical Equipment, Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Power Messages ...... 119 Add-On ...... 224 System ...... 211 Running While Parked ...... 198 Electrical System Frequency Statement Starting ...... 192 Engine Compartment Fuse Radio ...... 335 Entry Lighting ...... 138 Block ...... 255 Front Fog Lamp Equipment, Towing ...... 223 Fuses ...... 254 Light ...... 112 Event Data Recorders ...... 337 Instrument Panel Fuse Front Seats Exit Lighting ...... 138 Block ...... 259 Adjustment ...... 50 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 62 Overload ...... 254 Heated ...... 54 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 Emergency Fuel ...... 216 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 133 OnStar® ...... 340 Additives ...... 217 Economy Driving ...... 24 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 353

Fuel (cont'd) General Information Heater Filling a Portable Fuel Service and Maintenance . . . . . 309 Engine ...... 193 Container ...... 219 Towing ...... 219 Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 168 Filling the Tank ...... 217 Vehicle Care ...... 227 High Voltage Devices and Foreign Countries ...... 217 Glove Box ...... 94 Wiring ...... 254 Gauge ...... 103 GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Beam On Light ...... 112 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 112 Program ...... 329 High-Speed Operation ...... 269 Requirements, California . . . . . 216 H Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 182 System Messages ...... 119 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 202 Halogen Bulbs ...... 246 Fuses ...... 254 Hood ...... 228 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 135 Engine Compartment Fuse Horn ...... 98 Head Restraints ...... 49 Block ...... 255 How to Wear Safety Belts Headlamps Instrument Panel Fuse Properly ...... 58 Aiming ...... 246 Block ...... 259 Automatic ...... 134 I G Bulb Replacement ...... 246 Ignition Positions ...... 188, 190 Garage Door Opener ...... 129 Daytime Running Ignition Transmission Lock Programming ...... 129 Lamps (DRL) ...... 134 Check ...... 244 Gauges Flash-to-Pass ...... 134 Immobilizer ...... 41 Engine Coolant Headlamps, Front Turn Indicator Temperature ...... 104 Signal, Sidemarker, and Vehicle Ahead ...... 110 Fuel ...... 103 Parking Lamps ...... 247 Infants and Young Children, Odometer ...... 103 High Intensity Discharge Restraints ...... 77 Speedometer ...... 103 (HID) Lighting ...... 246 Infotainment ...... 140 Tachometer ...... 103 High-Beam On Light ...... 112 Infotainment System ...... 338 Trip Odometer ...... 103 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 133 Instrument Cluster ...... 102 Warning Lights and Lamps On Reminder ...... 113 Instrument Panel Indicators ...... 101 Heated Front Seats ...... 54 Storage Area ...... 94 Heated Mirrors ...... 43 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 6 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

354 Index

Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 43 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Introduction ...... 2 Reading ...... 137 Front Fog Lamp ...... 112 Lane Departure High-Beam On ...... 112 J Warning (LDW) ...... 214 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 133 Jump Starting - North Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning ...... 109 America ...... 294 Light ...... 109 Low Fuel Warning ...... 112 K Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 59 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 104 Key and Lock Messages ...... 119 LATCH System Security ...... 112 Keyless Entry Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 110 Remote (RKE) System ...... 28 Crash ...... 89 Tire Pressure ...... 111 Keys ...... 26 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Traction Control System ® L Tethers for Children ...... 82 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 110 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 263 LED Lighting ...... 246 Traction Off ...... 110 Lamps Lighting Locks Courtesy ...... 136 Entry ...... 138 Automatic Door ...... 36 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 134 Exit ...... 138 Delayed Locking ...... 36 Dome ...... 137 Illumination Control ...... 136 Door ...... 35 Exterior Controls ...... 133 LED ...... 246 Lockout Protection ...... 36 Exterior Lamps Off Lights ...... 109 Power Door ...... 36 Reminder ...... 133 Airbag Readiness ...... 105 Safety ...... 37 License Plate ...... 252 Antilock Brake System Loss of Control ...... 180 Malfunction Indicator ...... 107 (ABS) Warning ...... 109 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 112 Messages ...... 119 Brake System Warning ...... 108 Lower Anchors and Tethers On Reminder ...... 113 Charging System ...... 106 for Children (LATCH Cruise Control ...... 113 System) ...... 82 Door Ajar ...... 113 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 51 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 111 Front Seats ...... 51 Flash-to-Pass ...... 134 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 355

M Messages (cont'd) O Maintenance Tire ...... 121 Object Detection System Records ...... 321 Transmission ...... 122 Messages ...... 120 Maintenance and Care Vehicle ...... 116 Odometer ...... 103 Additional ...... 316 Vehicle Reminder ...... 122 Trip ...... 103 Maintenance Schedule ...... 310 Washer Fluid ...... 122 Off-Road Recommended Fluids and Window ...... 122 Recovery ...... 180 Lubricants ...... 319 Mirrors Oil Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 107 Automatic Dimming Engine ...... 231 Manual Mode ...... 200 Rearview ...... 44 Engine Oil Life System ...... 233 Memory Features ...... 12 Convex ...... 42 Messages ...... 118 Memory Seats ...... 53 Heated ...... 43 Pressure Light ...... 111 Messages Manual Rearview ...... 43 Older Children, Restraints ...... 75 Battery Voltage and Power ...... 43 Online Owner Center ...... 328 Charging ...... 117 Tilt in Reverse ...... 43 OnStar ...... 337 Brake System ...... 117 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 43 OnStar® Additional Compass ...... 117 Monitor System, Tire Information ...... 343 Door Ajar ...... 117 Pressure ...... 270 OnStar® Connections ...... 341 Engine Cooling System ...... 118 Multi-band Antenna ...... 150 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 343 ® Engine Oil ...... 118 N OnStar Emergency ...... 340 Engine Power ...... 119 OnStar® Navigation ...... 340 Navigation ® Fuel System ...... 119 ® OnStar Overview ...... 339 OnStar ...... 340 ® Key and Lock ...... 119 Net, Convenience ...... 95 OnStar Security ...... 340 Lamp ...... 119 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 188 Operation Object Detection System . . . . . 120 Infotainment System ...... 143 Ride Control System ...... 121 Ordering Security ...... 121 Service Publications ...... 334 Service Vehicle ...... 121 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

356 Index

Outlets Power (cont'd) Records Power ...... 100 Outlets ...... 100 Maintenance ...... 321 Overheating, Engine ...... 239 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 195 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 297 Overview ...... 141 Seat Adjustment ...... 51 Reimbursement Program, Windows ...... 44 P GM Mobility ...... 329 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 61 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Park Privacy System ...... 28 Shifting Into ...... 195 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 336 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 34 Shifting Out of ...... 196 Program Replacement Bulbs ...... 253 Parking Courtesy Transportation ...... 331 Replacement Parts Brake ...... 201 Proposition Airbags ...... 75 Brake and P (Park) 65 Warning, Maintenance ...... 320 Mechanism Check ...... 244 California ...... 227, 242, 294 Replacing Airbag System ...... 75 Over Things That Burn ...... 197 Replacing LATCH System Parking Assist ...... 209 R Parts after a Crash ...... 89 Passenger Airbag Status Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 335 Replacing Safety Belt System Indicator ...... 105 Radio Reception ...... 149 Parts after a Crash ...... 63 Passenger Compartment Air Radios Reporting Safety Defects Filter ...... 175 AM-FM Radio ...... 147 Canadian Government ...... 336 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 69 Satellite ...... 148 General Motors ...... 336 Perchlorate Materials Reading Lamps ...... 137 U.S. Government ...... 335 Requirements, California ...... 227 Rear Seat Armrest ...... 57 Restraints Personalization Rear Seats ...... 55 Where to Put ...... 81 Vehicle ...... 123 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 207 Retained Accessory Phone Rearview Mirrors ...... 43 Power (RAP) ...... 195 Bluetooth ...... 157, 158, 162 Automatic Dimming ...... 44 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 43 Power Reclining Seatbacks ...... 51 Ride Control Systems Door Locks ...... 36 Recommended Fluids and Messages ...... 121 Mirrors ...... 43 Lubricants ...... 319 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 357

Roads Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 282 Service (cont'd) Driving, Wet ...... 181 Seats Publications Ordering Roadside Assistance Adjustment, Front ...... 50 Information ...... 334 Program ...... 329 Head Restraints ...... 49 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 331 Roof Heated Front ...... 54 Vehicle Messages ...... 121 Sunroof ...... 46 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 51 Services Rotation, Tires ...... 274 Memory ...... 53 Special Application ...... 316 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 324 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 51 Servicing the Airbag ...... 73 Running the Vehicle While Rear ...... 55 Shift Lock Control Function Parked ...... 198 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 51 Check, Automatic Transmission ...... 244 S Securing Child Restraints . . . . 89, 91 Security Shifting Safety Belts ...... 57 Light ...... 112 Into Park ...... 195 Care ...... 62 Messages ...... 121 Out of Park ...... 196 Extender ...... 62 OnStar® ...... 340 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 212 How to Wear Safety Belts Vehicle ...... 39 Signals, Turn and Properly ...... 58 Vehicle Alarm ...... 39 Lane-Change ...... 135 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 59 Service ...... 176 Spare Tire Reminders ...... 104 Accessories and Compact ...... 293 Replacing after a Crash ...... 63 Modifications ...... 227 Special Application Services . . . . 316 Use During Pregnancy ...... 61 Climate Control System ...... 168 Specifications and Safety Defects Reporting Doing Your Own Work ...... 228 Capacities ...... 323 Canadian Government ...... 336 Engine Soon Light ...... 107 Speedometer ...... 103 General Motors ...... 336 Maintenance Records ...... 321 StabiliTrak U.S. Government ...... 335 Maintenance, General OFF Light ...... 110 Safety Locks ...... 37 Information ...... 309 Start Assist, Hills ...... 202 Safety System Check ...... 62 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 322 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 34 Satellite Radio ...... 148 Starter Switch Check ...... 244 Scheduling Appointments ...... 331 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

358 Index

Starting the Engine ...... 192 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 328 Tires (cont'd) Steering ...... 179 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 41 Wheel Alignment and Tire Wheel Adjustment ...... 97 Immobilizer ...... 41 Balance ...... 279 Wheel Controls ...... 97 Time ...... 99 Wheel Replacement ...... 279 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Tires ...... 261 When It Is Time for New Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 All-Season ...... 262 Tires ...... 275 Storage Areas Buying New Tires ...... 276 Winter ...... 262 Center Console ...... 95 Chains ...... 280 Towing Convenience Net ...... 95 Changing ...... 288 Driving Characteristics ...... 219 Glove Box ...... 94 Compact Spare ...... 293 Equipment ...... 223 Instrument Panel ...... 94 Designations ...... 265 General Information ...... 219 Storage Compartments ...... 94 Different Size ...... 277 Recreational Vehicle ...... 297 Storing the Tire Sealant and If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 281 Trailer ...... 222 Compressor Kit ...... 288 Inspection ...... 274 Vehicle ...... 297 Stuck Vehicle ...... 184 Messages ...... 121 Track Events and Summer Tires ...... 262 Pressure ...... 269 Competitive Driving ...... 181 Sun Visors ...... 46 Pressure Light ...... 111 Traction Sunroof ...... 46 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 271 Control System (TCS)/ Symbols ...... 3 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 270 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 110 System Rotation ...... 274 Off Light ...... 110 Forward Collision Sealant and Traction Control/Electronic Alert (FCA) ...... 211 Compressor Kit ...... 282 Stability Control ...... 203 Infotainment ...... 140, 338 Sealant and Compressor Trailer Towing ...... 222 T Kit, Storing ...... 288 Sidewall Labeling ...... 263 Transmission Tachometer ...... 103 Terminology and Definitions . . 265 Automatic ...... 198 Taillamps Uniform Tire Quality Fluid, Automatic ...... 234 Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 Grading ...... 278 Messages ...... 122 Chevrolet Malibu Limited Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S/Canada- 9086425) - 2016 - crc - 5/12/15

Index 359

Transportation Program, Vehicle (cont'd) When It Is Time for New Courtesy ...... 331 Towing ...... 297 Tires ...... 275 Trip Odometer ...... 103 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 110 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 81 Trunk ...... 38 Vehicle Care Windows ...... 44 Turn and Lane-Change Storing the Tire Sealant Messages ...... 122 Signals ...... 135 and Compressor Kit ...... 288 Power ...... 44 Turn Signal Tire Pressure ...... 268 Windshield Bulb Replacement ...... 250, 251 Vehicle Data Recording and Wiper/Washer ...... 98 Privacy ...... 336 U Winter Ventilation, Air ...... 174 Driving ...... 183 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 278 Visors ...... 46 Winter Tires ...... 262 Universal Remote System ...... 129 Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 254 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 245 Operation ...... 132 Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 254 Programming ...... 129 W Using This Manual ...... 2 Warning Brake System Light ...... 108 V Caution and Danger ...... 2 Vehicle Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 214 Alarm System ...... 39 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Canadian Owners ...... 2 Indicators ...... 101 Control ...... 179 Warnings Identification Number (VIN) . . . 322 Hazard Flashers ...... 135 Load Limits ...... 184 Washer Fluid ...... 240 Messages ...... 116 Messages ...... 122 Personalization ...... 123 Wheels Reminder Messages ...... 122 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 279 Remote Start ...... 34 Different Size ...... 277 Security ...... 39 Replacement ...... 279